Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question 1.
What are double salts?
Answer:
Double salts are crystalline molecular or addition compounds containing more than one salt in simple molecular proportions soluble in water and in solution they ionise and exhibit all the properties of the constituent ions.

For example, K2SO4+ A12(SO4)324H2O
\(\mathrm{K}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4} \cdot \mathrm{Al}_{2}\left(\mathrm{SO}_{4}\right)_{3} \cdot 24 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{~K}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+2 \mathrm{Al}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}+4 \mathrm{SO}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}+24 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{0}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 2.
Define coordination compound.
Answer:
Coordination compound : It consists of a central metal ion or atom surrounded by atoms, molecules or anions called ligands by coordinate bonds, e.g. cisplatin Pt(NH3)2Cl2, [Cu(NH3)4]SO4.

Question 3.
Define Lewis bases and Lewis acids with respect to a coordination compound.
Answer:

  • Lewis bases : In a coordination compound the ligands being electron pair donors they are Lewis bases.
  • Lewis acids : The central metal atom or ion being electron acceptor behaves as a Lewis acid.
  • For example, in the coordination compound, [Cu(NH3)4]2+, NH3 is a Lewis base and Cu2+ is a Lewis acid.

Question 4.
Define coordination sphere. Give example.
Answer:
Coordination sphere : A coordination entity consisting of a central metal atom or ion and the coordinating groups like neutral molecules or anions (ligands) written inside a square bracket is together called coordination sphere. This is a discrete structural unit. The ionisable groups (generally ions) called counter ions are written outside the bracket.

For example, in the coordination compound K4[Fe(CN)6], the coordination sphere is [Fe(CN)6]4- while K+ represents counter ion.

Question 5.
Define and explain charge number of a complexion.
Answer:
Charge number of a complexion : The net charge carried by a complexion or a coordination entity is called its charge number.

Explanation :
(i) Charge number is equal to the algebraic sum of the charges carried by central metal atom or ion and all the ligands attached to it.
(ii) E.g. consider anionic complex, [Fe(CN)6]4-.
Charge number of [Fe(CN)6]4- = Charge on Fe2+ ions + 6 x charge on CN = ( + 2) + 6( -1) = – 4 Hence charge number of [Fe(CN)6]4- is – 4.

Question 6.
Explain the oxidation state of a metal in a complex.
Answer:

  • The oxidation state of a metal atom or ion in the complex is the apparent charge carried by it in the complex.
  • It depends upon the atomic number and electronic configuration of the metal atom or ion.
  • The coordination number, the formula and geometry of a complex depend upon the oxidation state of the metal
    atom or ion.

Question 7.
What is the charge on a monodentate ligand X in the complex, [NiX4]2-?
Answer:
The charge number of the complex ion is – 2. Nickel being divalent, its oxidation state is + 2. If the charge on monodentate ligand X is y, then Charge number = charge on Ni2+ charge on 6X – 2 = + 2 + 4 xy
∴ y = – 1
Hence the charge on ligand X is – 1.

Question 8.
Calculate the oxidation state of a metal in the following complexes :
(a) [Fe(NH3)6](NO3)3
(b) Ni(CO)5.
Answer:
(a) [Fe(NH3)6](NO3)3 ⇌ [Fe(NH3)6]3+ + 3NO3

NH3 is a neutral ligand, and the charge number of complex ion is + 3.
If the oxidation state of Fe is x then,
+ 3 = x + 6(0)
∴ x = + 3
∴ The oxidation state of Fe is +3.

(b) Ni(CO)5 is a neutral complex and CO is a neutral ligand. If the oxidation state of Ni is x, then zero = x + 5 x (zero)
∴ x = zero.
The oxidation state of Ni is zero.

Question 9.
Define and explain the term coordination number (C.N.) of a metal in the complex.
Answer:
Coordination number or legancy (C.N.) : The number of (monodentate) ligands which are directly bonded by coordinate bonds to central metal atom or ion in a coordination compound is called coordination number (C.N.) of the metal atom or ion.

Explanation :

  • The coordination number (C.N.) is a characteristic property of the metal and its electronic configuration.
  • C.N. takes the values from 2 to 10, of which 4 and 6 are very common.
  • The light transition metals show C.N. 4 and 6 while the heavier transition metals show C.N. 8.
  • The geometry and shape of a complex compound depends upon C.N. of the metal.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 10.
Mention primary valence, secondary valence and coordination number in the following complexes :
(a) [Cu(NH3)JCI2
(b) [Co(NH3)3CI3]
(C) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(d) [CoF6]3
(e) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
(f) [Pt(NH3)2(Py)3CI2]
(g) Cr(CO)6
(h) [Ni(CN)4]2-
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 2

Question 11.
Classify the following complexes as homoleptic and heteroleptic complex :
(a) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4;
(b) [Cu(en)2(H2O)CI]2+
(c) [Fe(H2O)5(NCS)]2+
(d) Tetraaminezinc(II) nitrate.

Question 12.
Summarise the rules of IUPAC nomenclature of coordination compounds.
Answer:
Following rules are followed for naming coordination compounds recommended by IUPAC :

  1. In case of a complexion or a neutral molecule, name the ligand first and then the metal.
  2. The names of anionic ligands are obtained by changing the ending -ide to -o and -ate to -ato.
  3. The name of a complex is one single word. There must not be any space between different ligand names as well as between ligand name and the name of the metal.
  4. After the name of the metal, write its oxidation state in Roman number which appears in parentheses without any space between metal name and parentheses.
  5. If complex has more than one ligand of the same type, the number is indicated with prefixes, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa- and so on.
  6. For the complex having more than one type of ligands, they are written in an alphabetical order. Suppose two ligands with prefixes are tetraaqua and dichloro. While naming in alphabetical order, tetraaqua is written first and then dichloro.
  7. If the ligand itself contains numerical prefix in its name, then display number by prefixes bis for 2, tris for 3, tetrakis for 4 and so forth. Put the ligand name in parentheses. For example, (ethylenediamine)3 or (en)3 would appear as tris (ethylenediamine) or tris(ethane-l, 2-diamine).
  8. The metal in cationic or neutral complex is specified by its usual name while in the anionic complex the name of metal ends with ‘ate’.

Question 13.
State effective atomic number (EAN).
OR
State and explain effective atomic number (EAN). How is it calculated?
Answer:
Effective atomic number (EAN) : It is the total number of electrons present around the central metal atom or ion and calculated as the sum of electrons of metal atom or ion and the number of electrons donated by ligands.

It is calculated by the formula : EAN = Z – X + Y where.
Z = Atomic number of metal atom
X = Number of electrons lost by a metal atom forming a metal ion
Y = Total number of electrons donated by all ligands in the complex.

Generally the value of EAN is equal to the atomic number of the nearest inert element.

Explanation : Consider a complex ion [Co(NH3)6]3+
Oxidation state of cobalt is + 3 hence X = 3.
There are six ligands, hence Y = 2 x 6 = 12
Atomic number of cobalt. Z = 27
∴ EAN = Z – X + Y = 27 – 3 + 12 = 36.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 14.
Find effective atomic number (EAN) in the following complexes :
(1) [Ni(CO)4]
(2) [Fe(CN)6]4-
(3) [Co(NH3)6]3+
(4) [Zn(NH3)J2+
(5) [Pt(NH3)6]4+
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 4

Question 15.
What is effective atomic number (EAN) in the following complexes ?
(1) [Fe(CN)6]3-
(2) [CU(NH3)4]2+
(3) [Pt(NH3)4]2+
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 5

Question 16.
Calculate EAN in the following complexes :
(1) [Cr(H2O)2(NH3)2(en)]CI3;
(2) [Ni(en)2]SO4;
(3) Na3[Cr(C2O4)3].
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 6

Question 17.
Define in coordination compounds :
(1) Isomerism
(2) Isomers.
Answer:

  1. Isomerism : It is the phenomenon in coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different physical and chemical properties due to different arrangements of the ligands around the central metal atom or ion in the space.
  2. Isomers : The isomers are the coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different physical and chemical properties due to the difference in arrangements of the ligands in the space.

Question 18.
Mention the types of isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Answer:
There are two principal types of isomerisms in coordination compounds as follows :
(A) Stereoisomerism
(B) Structural isomerism (OR Constitutional isomerism)

(A) Stereoisomerism is further classified as :

  • Geometrical isomerism
  • Optical isomerism

(B) Structural isomerism is further classified as :

  • Ionisation isomerism
  • Linkage isomerism
  • Coordination isomerism
  • Solvate (or hydrate) isomerism

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 19.
Why does stereoisomerism arise in the coordination compounds?
Answer:
In the coordination compounds (complexes) the ligands are linked to the central metal atom or ion by coordinate bonds which are directional in nature and hence give rise to the phenomenon of stereoisomerism.

In this isomerism, the different stereoisomers have different arrangements of ligands (atoms, molecules or ions) in space around the central metal atom or ion. Hence they have different physical and chemical properties and give rise to the phenomenon of stereoisomerism.

Question 20.
Define, in coordination compounds : (1) Stereoisomerism (2) Stereoisomers.
Answer:
(1) Stereoisomerism The phenomenon of isomerism in the coordination compounds arising due to different spatial positions of the ligands in the space around the central metal atom or ion is called stereoisomerism.

(2) Stereoisomers : The coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different stereoisomerism due to different spatial arrangements of the ligand groups in the space around the central metal atom or ion are called stereoisomers.

Question 21.
Define :
(1) Geometrical isomerism and
(2) Geometrical isomers.
Answer:
(1) Geometrical isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in the heteroleptic coordination compounds with the same molecular formula but different spatial arrangement of the ligands in the space around the central metal atom or ion is called geometrical isomerism.

(2) Geometrical isomers : The heteroleptic coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different geometrical isomerism due to different spatial arrangements of the ligands in the space around the central metal atom or ion are called geometrical isomers.

Question 22.
Define cis and trails isomers in the coordination compounds.
Answer:
(1) Cis-isomer : A heteroleptic coordination compound in which two similar ligands are arranged adjacent to each other is called cis-isomer. For example,

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 11

Gis-Diamminedichloroplatinum(II)

(2) Trans-isomer : A heteroleptic coordination compound in which two similar ligands are arranged diagonally opposite to each other is called trans-isomer. For example,

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 12

Trans-Diamminedichloroplatinum(II)

Question 23.
Write structures for geometrical isomers of Diamminebromochloroplatinum(II).
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 7

Question 24.
Explain the geometrical isomerism of the octahedral complex of the type [MA4B2] with a suitable example.
Answer:

  • Consider an octahedral complex of a metal M with coordination number six and monodentate ligands a and b having formula [MA4B2],
  • CA-isomer is obtained when both the B ligands occupy adjacent (1,2) positions.
  • Trans-isomer is obtained when the ligands B occupy the opposite (1,6) positions.
  • For example, consider a complex [CO(NH3)4CI2]+. The structures of cis and trans isomers are
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 8

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 25.
Explain the geometrical isomerism of the octahedral complex of the type [M(AA)2B2] with a suitable example.
Answer:

  • Consider an octahedral complex of metal M with coordination number six and a bidentate ligand AA and monodentate ligand B having molecular formula [M(AA)2B2] .
  • Bidentate ligand AA has two identical coordinating atoms.
  • Cis- isomer is obtained when two bidentate AA ligands as well as two ‘B’ ligands are at adjacent positions.
  • Trans-isomer is obtained when two AA ligands and two B ligands are at opposite positions.
  • For example, consider a complex [Co(en)2CI2]+.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 10

Question 26.
Explain the geometrical isomerism of the octahedral complex of the type [MA4BC] with suitable example.
Answer:

  • Consider an octahedral complex of metal M with coordination number six and monodentate ligands A, B andC.
  • Cis-isomer is obtained when both the ligands B and C occupy adjacent (1,2) positions.
  • Trans-isomer is obtained when the ligands B and C occupy opposite positions.
  • For example, consider a complex [Pt(NH3)4BrCI] of the type [MA4BC],
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 13

Question 27.
Define : (1) Optical isomerism (2) Optical isomers.
Answer:
(1) Optical isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in which different coordination compounds having same molecular formula have different optical activity is called optical isomerism.

(2) Optical isomers : Different coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different optical activity
are called optical isomers.

Question 28.
Explain : (1) Plane polarised light (2) Optical activity.
Answer:
(1) Plane polarised light : A monochromatic light having vibrations only in one plane is called a plane polarised light. This light is obtained by passing monochromatic light through NICOL prism.

(2) Optical activity : A phenomenon of rotating a plane of a plane polarised light by an optically active substance is
called optical activity. This substance is said to be optically active.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 29.
Explain : (1) Dextrorotatory substance (2) Laevorotatory substance. (1 mark each)
Answer:

  1. Dextrorotatory substance : An optically active substance which rotates the plane of a plane polarised light to right hand side is called dextrorotatory or d isomer denoted by d.
  2. Laevorotatory substance : An optically, active substance which rotates the plane of a plane polarised light to the left hand side is called laevorotatory or l isomer and denoted by l.

Question 30.
What are the conditions for the optical isomerism in coordination compounds?
Answer:

  • Optical isomerism is exhibited by those coordination compounds which possess chirality.
  • There should not be the presence of element of symmetry which makes the complex optically inactive.
  • The mirror images of the complex molecule or ion must be non-superimposable with the molecule or ion. B

Question 31.
What are enantiomers?
Answer:
Enantiomers : The two forms of the optical active complex molecule which are mirror images of each other are called enantiomers.

There are two forms of enantiomers, d form and l form.

Question 32.
Draw diagrams for the optical isomers of a complex, [Co(en)3]3+.
Answer:
The complex [Co(en)3]3+ has two optical isomers.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 14

Question 33.
Explain the optical isomerism in the octahedral complex with two symmetrical bidentate chelating ligands.
Answer:
The octahedral complexes of the type [M(AA)2Q2]”±, in which two symmetrical bidentate chelating ligands like AA and two monodentate ligands like a are coordinated to the central metal atom or ion exhibit optical isomerism and two optical isomers d and l can be resolved. For example, [Pt Cl2(en)2]2.

The cis-form is unsymmetrical and optically active while the trans-form is symmetrical and hence optically inactive. The optical isomers of cis-form (d and ) of this complex along with trans-form are shown below,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 15

Question 34.
When are optical isomers called chiral?
Answer:
When the mirror images of optical isomers of the complex are nonsuperimposable they are said to be chiral. For example, [Co(en)2(NH3)2]3+.

Question 35.
Define and explain ionisation isomerism.
Answer:
Ionisation isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in the metal complexes in which there is an exchange of ions between coordination (or inner) sphere and outer sphere is known as ionisation isomerism.

Explanation :

  • Ionisation isomers have same molecular formula but different arrangement of ions in the inner sphere and outer sphere in the complex,
  • Hence on ionisation, these ionisation isomers produce different ions in the solution. This ionisation isomerism is also called ion-ion exchange isomerism.

Examples:
(A) [CO(NH3)4CI2]Br and (B) [Co(NH3)4CIBr] Cl

Ionisation :
(A) [CO(NH3)4CI2] Br ⇌ [CO(NH3)4CI2]+ + Br-
(B) [Co(NH3)4CIBr]Cl ⇌ [CO(NH3)4ClBr]+ + CP
In the isomers (A) and (B), there is an exchange of ions namely Br and CI.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 36.
Define : (1) Linkage isomerism (2) Linkage isomers.
OR
What is linkage isomerism ? Explain with an example.
Answer:
(1) Linkage isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in which the coordination compounds have same metal atom or ion and same ligand but bonded through different donor atoms or linkages is known as linkage isomerism.

(2) Linkage isomers : The coordination compounds having same metal atom or ion and ligand but bonded through different donor atoms or linkages are called linkage isomers.
For example : Nitro complex [CO(NH3)5NO2]CI2 = (Yellow) and nitrito complex [CO(NH3)5ONO]CI2 (Red)

Question 37.
Explain linkage isomers with NO2 group as a ligand.
Answer:
(1) Nitro group (NO2) is an ambidentate ligand. NO2 group may link to central metal atom, through N or O.
(2) The two linkage isomers are, [CI: → Ag ← : NO2] and [CI: → Ag ← O-NO]
Choloronitroargentate(I) ion and Chloronitritoargentate(I) ion

Question 38.
Write linkage isomers of a complex having constituents Co3+, 5NH3 and NO2.
Answer:
(i) NO2 is an ambidentate ligand which can be linked through N or O.
(ii) The linkage isomers are as follows :
(a) [CO(NH3)5(NO2)]2+ Pentaamminenitrocobalt(III) ion
(b) [CO(NH3)5(ONO)]2+ Pentaamminenitritocobalt(III) ion

Question 39.
Define: (1) Coordination isomerism (2) Coordination isomers.
Answer:
(1) Coordination isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in the ionic coordination compounds having the same molecular formula but different complex ions involving the interchange of ligands between cationic and anionic spheres of different metal. ions is called coordination isomerism.

(2) Coordination isomers : The ionic coordination compounds having same molecular formula but different complexions duc to interchange of ligands between cationic and anionic spheres of different metal ions are called coordination isomers.

For example,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 27

Question 40.
Give three examples of coordination isomers. (I mark each)
Answer:

  • [Cu(NH3)4] [PICI4] and I Pt(NH3)4] [ICuCl44]
  • [Cr(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6] and [Cr(NH3)4(CN)2] [Cr(NH3)2(CN)4]
  • [Cr(NH3)6] [Cr(SCN)6] and [Cr(NH3)4(SCN)2] [Cr(SCN)4(NH3)2]

Question 41.
Define Solvate or Hydrate isomerism.
Answer:
Solvate ate or Hydrate isomerism : The phenomenon of isomerism in the coordination compounds arising due to the exchange of solvent or H2O molecules inside the coordination sphere and outer sphere of the complex is known as solvate or hydrate isomerism.

Question 42.
Define solvate or hydrate isomers.
OR
What are hydrate isomers? Explain with examples.
Answer:
Solvate or Hydrate isomers : The coordination compounds having the same molecular formula but differ in the number of solvent or H2O molecules inside the coordination sphere and outer sphere of the complexes are called solvate or hydrate isomers.

For example : [Cr(H2O)6] CI3; [Cr(H2O)5CI]CI2 H2O; and [Cr(H2O)4CI2] CI 2H2O.

Question 43.
A coordination compound has the formula COCI3 6H2O. Write the hydrate isomers of the complex.
Answer:
The possible hydrate isomers of the coordination compounds having molecular formula COCI3 6H2O are as follows :
(1) [CO(H2O)6]CI3;
(2) [CO(H2O)5CI]CI2 H2O
(3) [CO(H2O)4CI2] Cl – 2H2O
(4) [Co(H2O)3 CI3] 3H2O.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 44.
Explain the steps involved in describing the bonding in coordination compounds using valence bond theory.
Answer:

  • Vacant d-orbitais of metal ion form coordination bonds with ligands.
  • s, p orbitais along with vacant d-orbitais of metal ion take part in hybridisation.
  • The number of vacant hybrid orbitais formed is equal to number of hybridising orbitais which is equal to the number of ligand donor atoms or coordination number of the metal.
  • The metal-ligand coordination bonds are formed by the overlap between the vacant hybrid orbitais of metal and the filled orbitais of the ligands.
  • The hybrid orbitais used by the metal ion point in the direction of the ligands.
  • When inner (n – 1)d orbitais of metal ion are used in the hybridisation then the complex is called (a) inner orbital complex while when outer nd orbitais are used, complexes are called (b) outer orbital complexes. .

Question 45.
Explain the steps involved ¡n the metal-ligand bonding.
Answer:

  • Find the oxidation state of central metal ion in the complex.
  • Write the valence shell electronic configuration of metal ion.
  • From the formula of the complex determine the number of ligands and find the number of metal ion orbitais required for bonding.
  • Find the orbitais of metal ion available for hybridisation and the type of hybridisation involved.
  • Represent the electronic configuration of metal ion after hybridisation.
  • Exhibit filling of hybrid orbitais after complex formation.
  • Determine the nunther of unpaired electrons and predict magnetic property of the complex.
  • Find whether the complex is low spin or high spin (applicable for octahedral complexes with d4 or d8 electronic configuration.)

Question 46.
What are the salient features of valence bond theory (VBT)?
Answer:
The salient features of valence bond theory (VBT) are as follows :

  1. According to this theory, a central metal atom or ion present in a complex provides a definite number of vacant orbitals (s, p, d and) to accommodate the electrons from the ligands for the formation coordinate bonds with the metal ion atom.
  2. The number of vacant orbitals provided by the central metal atom or ion is the same as the coordination number of the metal. For example : Cu2+ provides 4 vacant orbitals in the complex. [Cu(NH3)4]2+.
  3. The vacant orbitals of metal atom or ion undergo hybridisation forming the same number of hybridised orbitals, since the bonding with the hybrid orbitals is stronger.
  4. Each ligand has one or more orbitals containing one or more lone pairs of electrons.
  5. The shape or geometry of the complex depends upon the type of hybridisation of the metal atom.
  6. When inner orbitals namely (n – 1) d orbitals in transition metal atom or ion hybridise, the complex is called inner complex and when outer orbitals i.e., nd orbitals hybridise then the complex is called outer complex.
  7. When the central metal atom or ion in the complex contains one or more unpaired electrons the complex is
    paramagnetic while if all the electrons are paired, the complex is diamagnetic.

Question 47.
What is the spin pairing process in the coordination compound?
Answer:
When the ligands approach the metal atom or ion for the formation of a complex, they influence the valence electrons of metal atom or ion. Accordingly the ligands are classified as (A) strong ligands and (B) weak ligands.

(A) Strong ligands :

  • They cause the pairing of unpaired electrons present in the metal atom or ion.
  • Spin pairing process :
    • The process of pairing of unpaired electrons in metal atom or ion due to the presence of ligands in the complex is called spin pairing process.
    • This spin pairing process decreases the number of unpaired electrons and hence decreases the paramagnetic character of the complex.
    • The strong ligands also promote the outer ns electrons to the vacant inner (n – 1)d orbitals.

(B) Weak ligands : The weak ligands have no effect on the electrons in the valence shell of a metal atom or ion.
Strong ligands : CO, CN, ethylenediammine (en), NH3, EDTA, etc.
Weak ligands : CI, I, OH, etc.

[Note : If a complex has n number of unpaired electrons then the magnetic moment, μ is given by ‘spin only’ formula μ = n(n + 2) B.M. where B.M. (Bohr Magneton) is the unit of magnetic moment. Hence from the magnitude of p, the number of unpaired electrons in the complex and its structure can be evaluated.]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 48.
Explain the structure of octahedral complex, [CO(NH3)6]3+ on the basis of valence bond theory.
Answer:
(1) Hexaamminecobalt(III) ion, [CO(NH3)6]3+ is a cationic complex, the oxidation state of cobalt is + 3 and the coordination number is 6.

(2) Electronic configuration : 27CO [Ar]18 3d7 4s2
Electronic configuration : Co3+ [Ar]18 3d6 4s° 4p°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 32

(3) Since NH3 is a strong ligand, due to spin pairing effect, all the four unpaired electrons in 3d orbital are paired giving two vacant 3d orbitals.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 33

(4) Since the coordination number is Co3+ ion gets six vacant orbitais by hybridisation of two 3d vacant orbitais, One 4s and three 4p orbitais forming six d2sp3 hybrid orbitais giving octahedral geometly. It is an inner complex.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 34

(5) 6 lone pairs of electrons from 6NH3 ligands are accommodated in the six vacant d2sp3 hybrid orbitals. Thus six hybrid orbitals of Co3+ overlap with filled orbitals of NH3 forming 6 coordinate bonds giving octahedral geometry to the complex.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 35

Since the complex has all electrons paired, it is diamagnetic.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 36

Question 49.
Explain the geometry of [CoF6]3- on the basis of valence bond theory.
Answer:
(1) Hexafluorocobaltate(III) ion, [CoF]3- is an anionic complex, the oxidation state of cobalt is +3 and the coordination number is 6.
(2) Electronic configuration : 27Co [Ar]18 3d7 4s2 4p° 4d°
Electronic configuration : Co3+ [Ar]18 3d6 4s° 4p° 4d°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 37

(3) Since F is a weak ligand, there is no spin pairing effect and Co3+ possesses 4 unpaired electrons.
(4) Since the coordination number is 6, the Co3+ ion gets six vacant orbitals by hybridisation of one 45 orbital, three 4p orbitals and two 4d orbitals forming six sp3d2 hybrid orbitals giving octahedral geometry.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 38
(5) 6 lone pairs of electrons from 6F ligands are accommodated in the six vacant sp3d2 hybrid orbitals. Thus six hybrid orbitals of Co3+ overlap with filled orbitals of F forming 6 coordinate bonds giving octahedral geometry to the complex. It is an outer complex.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 39

As the complex has 4 unpaired electrons it is paramagnetic.
Magnetic movement μ is, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 29

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 40

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 50.
Explain the structure of tetrachloronickelate(II) [NiCI]2- on the basis of valence bond theory.
Answer:
(1) Tetrachloronickelate(II) ion is an anionic complex, oxidation state of Ni is +2 and the coordination number is 4.
(2) Electronic configuration : 28Ni [Ar]18 3d8 4s2 4p°
Electronic configuration : Ni2+ [Ar]18 3d8 4s° 4p°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 41

(3) Since the coordination number is 4, it gets 4 vacant hybrid orbitals by sp3 -hybridisation of one 4s and three 4p orbitals giving tetrahedral geometry to the complex.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 42
(4) As Cl is a weak ligand, 2 unpaired electrons in Ni2+ remain undisturbed.
(5) 4 lone pairs of electrons from 40 ligands are accommodated in the vacant four sp3 hybrid orbitals. Thus four sp3 hybrid orbitals of Ni2+ overlap with filled orbitals of Clforming 4 coordination bonds, giving tetrahedral geometry to the complex.
Since the complex has 2 unpaired electrons, it is paramagnetic.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 43
Magnetic moment \(\mu \text { is, } \mu=\sqrt{n(n+2)}=\sqrt{2(2+2)}=2.83 \text { B.M. }\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 44

Question 51.
Explain the structure of [Ni(CN)4]2- on the basis of valence bond theory.
Answer:
(1) Tetracyanonickelate (II) ion, INi(CN)2]2- is an anionic complex, oxidation state of Ni is + 2 and the coordination number is 4.
(2) Electronic configuration : 22Ni [Ar]18 3d8 4s2 4p°
Electronic configuration: Ni2+ [Ai]18 3d8 4s° 4p°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 45
(3) Since CN is a sa-ong ligand, one of the unpaired electrons in 3d orbital is promoted giving two paired electrons and one vacant 3d orbital.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 46
(4) Since the coordination number is 4, Ni2+ gets 4 vacant hybrid orbitais by hybridisation of one 3d, one 4s and two 4p orbitais forming four dsp2 hybrid orbitaIs. This has square planar geometry.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 47
(5) 4 lone pairs from 4CN ligands are accommodated in the vacant four dsp2 hybrid orbitais. Thus four dps2 hybrid orbitais of Ni2+ overlap with filled orbitais of CN forming 4 coordinate bonds giving square planar geometry to the complex. It is an inner complex.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 48
Since the complex ion has all electrons paired, it is diamagnetic.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 49
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 50

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 52.
What are the limitations of valence bond theory?
Answer:
In case of the coordination compounds, the valence bond theory has the following limitations :
(1) It cannot explain the spectral properties (colours) of the complex compounds.
(2) Even if the magnetic moments can be calculated from the number of unpaired electrons, it cannot explain the magnetic moment arising due to orbital motion of electrons.
(3) It cannot explain why the metal ions with the same oxidation state give inner complexes and outer complexes with different ligands.
(4) In every complex, it cannot explain magnetic properties based on geometry of the complex.
(5) Quantitative interpretations of thermodynamic and kinetic stabilities of the coordination compounds cannot be accounted.
(6) The complexes with weak field ligands and strong field ligands cannot be distinguished.
(7) It cannot predict the tetrahedral and square planar geometry of complexes with coordination number 4.
(8) The order of reactivity of inner complexes of d3, d4, d5 and d6 metal ions cannot be explained.
(9) It cannot explain the rates and mechanisms of reactions of the coordination compounds.

Question 53.
What are the assumptions of Crystal Field Theory (CFT)?
Answer:
Bethe and van Vleck developed Crystal Field Theory (CFT) to explain various properties of coordination compounds. The salient features of CFT are as follows :

  1. In a complex, the central metal atom or ion is surrounded by various ligands which are either negatively charged ions (F, CI, CN, etc.) or neutral molecules (H2O, NH3, en, etc.) and the most electronegative atom in them points towards central metal ion.
  2. The ligands are treated as point charges involving purely electrostatic attraction between them and metal ion.
    • The central metal ion has five, (n – 1)d degenerate orbitals namely dxy, dyz, dzx, d(x2 – y2) and dz2.
    • When the ligands approach the metal ion, due to repulsive forces, the degeneracy of <i-orbitals is destroyed and they split into two groups of different energy, t2g and eg orbitals. This effect is called crystal field splitting which depends upon the geometry of the complex.
    • The T-orbitals lying in the direction of ligands are affected to a greater extent while those lying in between the ligands are affected to a less extent.
    • Due to repulsion, the orbitals along the axes of ligands acquire higher energy while those lying in between the ligands acquire less energy.
    • Hence repulsion by ligands give two sets of split up orbitals of metal ion with different energies.
    • The energy difference between two sets of d-orbitais after splitting by ligands is called crystal field splitting energy (CFSE) and represented by Δ0 or by arbitrary term 10Dq. The value of Δ or 10Dq depends upon the geometry of the complex.
      Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 53
  3. The electrons of metal ion occupy the split d-orbitais according to Hund’s rule. aufbau principle and those orbitais with minimum repulsion and the farthest away from the ligands.
  4. CFI’ does not account for overlapping of orbitais of central metal ion and ligands, hence does not consider covalent nature of the complex.
  5. From the crystal field stability energy, the stability of the complexes can he known.
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 54

Question 54.
What is crystal field splitting?
Answer:
The splitting of five degenerate d-orbitals of the transition metal ion into different sets of orbitals (to2g and eg) having different energies in the presence of ligands in the complex is called crystal field splitting.

Question 55.
What is crystal field stabilisation energy?
Answer:
Crystal field stabilisation energy (CFSE) It is the change in energy achieved by preferential filling up of the orbitals by electrons in the complex of metal atom or ion.

CFSE is expressed as a negative .quantity i.e., CFSE < 0. Higher the negative value more is the stability of the complex. m

Question 56.
Explain the factors affecting Crystal Field Splitting parameter (Δ0).
Answer:
Crystal Field Splitting parameter (Δ0) depends on. (a) Strength of the ligands and (b) Oxidation state of the metal.

(a) Strength of the ligands : Since strong field ligands like CN, en, etc. approach closer to the central metal ion, it results in a large crystal field splitting and hence Δ0 has higher values.
(b) Oxidation state of the metal A metal ion with the higher positive charge draws the ligands closer to it which results in large separation of t2g and eg set of orbitals. The complexes involving metal ions with low oxidation state have low values of Δ0. For example [Fe(NH3)6]3+ has higher Δ0 than [Fe(NH3)6]2+. H

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 57.
Explain the octahedral geometry of complexes using crystal field theory.
Answer:
(1) In an octahedral complex [MX6]n+, the metal atom or ion is placed at the centre of regular octahedron while six ligands occupy the positions at six vertices of the octahedron.

(2) Among five degenerate d-orbitals. two orbitals namely dx2 – y2 and dz2 are axial and have maximum electron density along the axes, while remaining three c-orbitals namely dxy, dyz and dyz are planar and have maximum electron density in the planes and in-between the axes.

(3) Hence, when the ligands approach a metal ion, the orbitals dx2 – y2 and dz2 experience greater repulsion and the orbitals dzy, dyz and dzx experience less repulsion.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 55

(4) Therefore the energy of dx2 – y2 and dz2 increases while the energy of dxy, dyz and dzx decreases and five d-orbital lose degeneracy and split into two point groups. The orbitals dxy, dyz and dyz form t2g group of lower energy while dx2 – y2 and dz2 form e group of higher energy.

Thus t2g has three degenerate orbitals while eg has two degenerate orbitals.

(5) Experimental calculations show that the energy of t2g orbitals is lowered by 0.4Δ0 or 4Dq and energy of eg. orbital is increased by 0.6 Δ0 or 6Dq Thus energy difference between t2g and eg orbitals is Δ0 or 10Dg which is crystal field splitting energy.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 56

(6) CFSF increases with the increasing strength of ligands and oxidation stale of central metal ion.

Question 58.
Explain the tetrahedral geometry of complexes using crystal field theory.
Answer:
(1) In the tetrahedral complex, [MX4], the metal atom or ion is placed at the centre of the regular tetrahedron and the four ligands, are placed at four corners of the tetrahedron.

(2) The ligands approach the central metal atom or ion in-between the three coordinates x, y and The orbitals dxy, dyz and d are pointed towards ligands and experience greater repulsion while the axial orbitals dx2y2 and dz2 lie in-between metal-ligand bond axes and experience comparatively less experience.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 57
Fig. 9.12 (a) and (b) : Tetrahedral geometry hasing central metal atoll) (M) at the centre and four ligands (L) al the four corners

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

(3) Therefore energy of dxy, dyz and ddzx orbitals is increased while that of dx2y2 and dz2 is lowered. Hence 5d-orbitals lose their degeneracy and split into two point groups, namely f2? of higher energy (dxy, dyz and dzx) and eg of lower energy (dx2 – y2 and dz2).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 58

(4) The experimental calculations show that the energy of t2g orbitals is increased by 0.4 Δ0 or 4Dq and energy of eg is lowered by 0.6 Δ0 or 6Dg. Thus energy difference between t2g and eg orbitals is Δ0 or 10Dg which is crystal field splitting energy (CFSE).

(5) This explains that the entry of each electron in eg orbitals, stabilises the complex by 0.6 Δ0 or 6Dq While the entry of each electron in t2g orbitals destabilises the tetrahedral complex by 0.4 Δ0 or 4Dg.

(6) In case of strong field ligands, the electrons prefer to pair up in eg orbitals giving low spin (LS) complexes while in case of weak held ligands, the electrons prefer to enter higher energy t2g orbitals giving more unpaired electrons and hence form high spin (HS) complexes.

Table 9.4 : Properties of complexes

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 59

Question 59.
Give valence bond description for the bonding in the complex [VCI4]. Draw box diagrams for free metal ion. Which hybrid prbitals are used by the metal? State the number of unpaired electrons.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 64
Since CI is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = 2
Type of hybridisation = sp3

Geometry of complex ion = Tetrahedral
The complex ion is paramagnetic.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 60.
Write a note on colour in coordination compounds.
Answer:

  • A large number of coordination compounds show wide range of colours due to d – d transition of electron and this can be explained by crystal field theory (CFT).
  • The complex absorbs the light in one visible region (400 nm to 700 nm) and transmits the light in different visible region giving complementary colour.
  • Consider an octahedral purple coloured complex of [Ti(H2O)6]3+ which absorbs green light and transmits purple colour. Similarly [Cu(H2O)6]2+ absorbs the light in the red region of radiation spectrum and transmits in the blue region, hence the complex appears blue.
  • The absorption of light arises due to d-d transition of electron from lower energy level (t2g) to higher energy level (eg) in octahedral complex.
  • The energy required for transition depends upon crystal field splitting energy Δ0. If Δ0 = ΔE, then the energy of an absorbed photon (hv) is \(\Delta E=h v=\frac{h c}{\lambda}\) where λ, v and c are wavelength, frequency and velocity of the absorbed light.
  • Higher the magnitude of Δ0 or ΔE, higher is the frequency or lower is the wavelength of the absorbed radiation.
  • Since Δ0 depends upon nature of metal atom or ion, its oxidation state, nature of ligands and the geometry of the complex, different coordination compounds have different colours.

Question 61.
Explain the purple colour of the complex, [Ti(H2O)6]3+ with the help of crystal field theory.
Answer:
(1) [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is an octahedral complex, oxidation state of titanium is +3 (Ti3+) and the coordination number is 6.

(2) Electronic configuration = 22Ti [Ar]18 3d2 4s2
Electronic configuration = Ti3+ + [Ar]18 3d1
OR
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 66
(3) According to crystal field theory, 3d orbitals undergo crystal field splitting giving higher energy eg, two orbitals and lower energy t2g, three orbitals.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 67
(4) The crystal field splitting energy (CFSE), Δ0 is found to be 3.99 x 10-19 J/ion from the spectrochemical studies.

(5) The absorption of radiation of wavelength λ or frequency v results in the transition of one unpaired electron from Photon energy t2g orbital to eg orbital.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 68
(6) The wavelength of the absorbed radiation will be.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 69
(7) Hence the complex [Ti(H2O)6]3+ absorbs the green radiation of wavelength 498 nm in the visible region and transmits the complementary purple light. Therefore the complex is purple coloured.

Question 62.
An octahedral complex absorbs the radiation of wavelength 620 nm. Find the crystal field splitting energy.
Answer:
Crystal field splitting energy Δ0 is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 70

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 63.
What are the applications of coordination compounds ?
Answer:
(1) In biology : Several biologically important natural compounds are metal complexes which play an important role in number of processes occurring in plants and animals.

For example, chlorophyll in plants is a complex of Mg2+ ions, haemoglobin in blood is a complex of iron, vitamin B12 is a complex of cobalt.

(2) In medicine : The complexes are used on a large scale in medicine. Many medicines in the complex form are more stable, more effective and can be assimilated easily.

For example, platinum complex [Pt(NH3)2CI2] known as cisplatin is effectively used in cancer treatment. EDTA is used to treat poisoning by heavy metals like lead.

(3) To estimate hardness of water :

  • The hardness of water is due to the presence Mg2+ and Ca2+ ion in water.
  • The strong field ligand EDTA forms stable complexes with Mg2+ and Ca2+. Hence these ions can be removed by adding EDTA to hard water.

Similarly these ions can be selectively estimated due to the difference in their stability constants.

(4) Electroplating : This involves deposition of a metal on the other metal. For smooth plating, it is necessary to supply continuously the metal ions in small amounts.

For this purpose, a solution of a coordination compound is used which dissociates to a very less extent. For example, for uniform and thin plating of silver and gold, the complexes K[Ag(CN)2] and K[Au(CN)2] are used.

Multiple Choice Questions

Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

Question 1.
The coordination number of cobalt in the complex [Co(en)2Br2]CI2 is
(a) 4
(b) 5
(c) 6
(d) 7
Answer:
(c) 6

Question 2.
EDTA combines with cations to form
(a) chelates
(b) polymers
(c) clathrates
(d) non-stoichiometric compounds
Answer:
(a) chelates

Question 3.
Which one of the following compounds can exhibit coordination isomerism?
(a) [Co(en)2CI2]Br
(b) [CO(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6]
(c) [Co(en)3]CI3
(d) [CO(NH3)5NO2]CI2
Answer:
(b) [CO(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6]

Question 4.
Which of the following compounds can exhibit linkage isomerism?
(a) [Co(en)3]CI3
(b) [Co(en)2CI2]CI
(c) [Co(en)2NO2Br]CI
(d) [Co(NH3)5CI]Br2
Answer:
(c) [Co(en)2NO2Br]CI

Question 5.
Oxidation number of cobalt in K[COCI4] is
(a) +1
(b) -1
(c) +3
(d) -3
Answer:
(b) -1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 6.
The correct structure of [Cr(H2O)6]3+ is ……………………
(a) octahedral
(b) tetrahedral
(c) square pyramidal
(d) trigonal bipyramidal
Answer:
(b) tetrahedral

Question 7.
Amongst the following ions which one has the highest paramagnetism?
(a) [Cr(H2O)6]3+
(b) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(c) [CU(H2O)6]2+
(d) [Zn(H2O)6]2+
Answer:
(b) [Fe(H2O)6]2+

Question 8.
The geometry of [Ni(CN)4]3- and [NiCI4]-2 are
(a) both tetrahedral
(b) both square planar
(c) tetrahedral and square planar respectively
(d) square planar and tetrahedral respectively
Answer:
(d) square planar and tetrahedral respectively

Question 9.
The complex cis-[Pt(NH3)2CI2] is used in treatment of cancer under the name.
(a) Aspirin
(b) Eqanil
(c) cisplatin
(d) transplatin
Answer:
(c) cisplatin

Question 10.
[CO(NH3)6]3+ is an orbital complex and is in nature.
(a) inner, paramagnetic
(b) inner, dimagnetic
(c) outer, paramagnetic
(d) outer, dimagnetic
Answer:
(b) inner, dimagnetic

Question 11.
The IUPAC name of [Ni(Co)4] is
(a) tetra carbonyl nickel (O)
(b) tetra carbonyl nickel (II)
(c) tetra carbonyl nickelate (O)
(d) tetra carbonyl nickelate (II)
Answer:
(a) tetra carbonyl nickel (O)

Question 12.
The number of ions produced by the complex [CO(NH3)4CI2] Cl is
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(b) 2

Question 13.
The dimagnetic species is
(a) [Ni(CN)4]2-
(b) [NiCl4]2-
(c) [CoCI4]2-
(d) [CoF6]2-
Answer:
(a) [Ni(CN)4]2-

Question 14.
Which one of the following is an inner orbital complex as well as diamagnetic in behaviour (Atomic no. Zn = 30, Cr = 24, Co = 27, Ni = 28)
(a) [Zn(NH3)6]2+
(b) [Cr(NH3)6]3+
(c) [CO(NH3)6]3+
(d) [Ni(NH3)6]2+
Answer:
(c) [CO(NH3)6]3+

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 15.
Among [Ni(Co)J, [Ni(CN)4]2A [NiClJ2- Species, the hybridisation states at the Nickel atom are respectively
(a) sp3, dsp2, sp3
(b) sp3, dsp2, dsp2
(c) dsp2, sp3, sp3
(d) sp3, sp3, dsp2
Answer:
(a) sp3, dsp2, sp3

Question 16.
The strongest ligand in the following is
(a) CN
(b) Br
(c) HO
(d) F
Answer:
(a) CN

Question 17.
Magnetic moment of (NH4)2 (MnBr4) is BM
(a) 5.91
(b) 4.91
(c) 3.91
(d) 2.91
Answer:
(a) 5.91

Question 18.
The complex which violates EAN rule is
(a) Fe(CO)5
(b) [Fe(CN)6]3-
(c) Ni(CO)4
(d) [Zn(NH3)4]CI2
Answer:
(b) [Fe(CN)6]3-

Question 19.
EDTA is a ligand of the type
(a) bidentate
(b) tridentate
(c) tetradentate
(d) hexadentate
Answer:
(d) hexadentate

Question 20.
The cationic complex among the following is
(a) K3[Fe(CN)6]
(b) Ni(CO)4
(c) K2HgI4
(d) [CO(NH3)6]CI2
Answer:
(d) [CO(NH3)6]CI2

Question 21.
If Z is the atomic number of a metal, X is number of electrons lost forming metal ion and Y is the number of electrons from the ligands then EAN is
(a) Z + X + Y
(b) X – Z + Y
(c) Z – X + Y
(d) X + Z – Y
Answer:
(c) Z – X + Y

Question 22.
Octahedral complex has hybridisation,
(a) dsp2
(b) d3sp3
(c) dsp3
(d) d2sp3
Answer:
(d) d2sp3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 23.
Inner complex has hybridisation,
(a) d2sp3
(b) sp3d2
(c) sp3d
(d) sp3d3
Answer:
(a) d2sp3

Question 24.
The number of unpaired electrons in [CO(NH3)6]3+ is
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 4
Answer:
(a) 0

Question 25.
The number of unpaired electrons in [NiClJ2- and [Ni(CN)4]2_ are respectively,
(a) 2, 2
(b) 2, 0
(c) 0, 0
(d) 1, 2
Answer:
(b) 2, 0

Question 26.
Among the following complexes, the highest magnitude of crystal field stabilisation energy will be for [Co(H2O)6]3+, [CO(CN)6]3-, [Co(NH3)6]3+, [CoF6]3-
(a) [Co(H2O)6]3+
(b) [CO(CN)6]3-
(c) [Co(NH3)6]3+
(d) [CoF6]3-
Answer:
(b) [CO(CN)6]3-

Question 27.
The number of unpaired electrons in a low spin octahedral complex ion of d1 is
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
(b) 1

Question 28.
The number of unpaired electrons in a high spin octahedral complex ion of d7 is
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
(d) 3

Question 29.
Ligand used in the estimation of hardness of water is
(a) EDTA
(b) DBG
(c) chloride
(d) bromo
Answer:
(a) EDTA

Question 30.
Which of the following complexes will give a white precipitate on treatment with a solution of barium nitrate?
(a) [Cr(NH3)4SO4] CI
(b) [CO(NH3)4CI2] NO2
(c) [Cr(NH3)4CI2] SO4
(d) [CrCI3(H2O)4]CI
Answer:
(c) [Cr(NH3)4CI2] SO4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Important Questions

Question 31.
What is effective atomic number of Fe (z = 26) in [Fe(CN)6]4-?
(a) 12
(b) 30
(c) 26
(d) 36
Answer:
(d) 36

Question 32.
Cisplatin compound is used in the treatment of
(a) malaria
(b) cancer
(c) AIDS
(d) yellow fever
Answer:
(b) cancer

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own need is known as
a. Continuous development
b. Sustainable development
c. True development
d. Irrational development
Answer:
b. Sustainable development

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question ii.
Which of the following is ϒ-isomer of BHC?
a. DDT
b. lindane
c. Chloroform
d. Chlorobenzene
Answer:
b. lindane

Question iii.
The prefix ‘nano’ comes from
a. French word meaning billion
b. Greek word meaning dwarf
c. Spanish word meaning particle
d. Latin word meaning invisible
Answer:
(b) Greek word meaning dwarf

Question iv.
Which of the following information is given by FTIR technique?
a. Absorption of functional groups
b. Particle size
c. Confirmation of formation of nanoparticles
d. Crystal structure
Answer:
(a) Absorption of functional groups

Question v.
The concept of green chemistry was coined by
a. Born Haber
b. Nario Taniguchi
c. Richard Feynman
d. Paul T. Anastas
Answer:
(d) Paul T. Anastas

2. Answer the following

Question i.
Write the formula to calculate % atom economy.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 9

Question ii.
Name the ϒ-isomer of BHC.
Answer:
Lindane

Question iii.
Ridhima wants to detect structure of surface of materials. Name the technique she has to use.
Answer:
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

Question iv.
Which nanomaterial is used for tyres of car to increase the life of tyres?
Answer:
Carbon black

Question v.
Name the scientist who discovered scanning tunneling microscope (STM) in 1980.
Answer:
Gerd Binning and Heinrich Rohrer. (Nobel prize 1986)

Question vi.
1 nm = …..m?
Answer:
1 nm = 109 m

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

3. Answer the following

Question i.
Define
(i) Green chemistry
(ii) sustainable development.
Answer:
(i) Green chemistry : Green chemistry is the use of chemistry for pollution prevention and it designs the use of chemical products and processes that reduce or eliminate the use or generation of hazardous substances.

(ii) Sustainable development : Sustainable development is the development that meets the needs of the present, without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

Question ii.
Explain the role of green chemistry.
Answer:
When the waste and pollution that society generates exceeds the Earth’s natural capacity for dealing with it, the green chemistry approach plays an important role.

  • To reduce or eliminate the use or generation of hazardous substances in the design, manufacture and use of chemical products by promoting innovative chemical technologies.
  • Capital expenditure required for prevention of pollution is controlled by the use of green chemistry.
  • Since green chemistry incorporates and promotes pollution prevention practices in the manufacturing process of chemicals it helps industrial ecology.
  • Green chemistry helps to protect the presence of ozone in the stratosphere. Ozone layer is essential for the survival of life on the earth.
  • Global warming (Greenhouse effect) is controlled by green chemistry. At present it is the beginning of the green revolution.
  • It is an exciting time with the new challenges for chemist involved with the discovery, manufacturing and use of chemicals. Green chemistry helps us to save environment and save earth, which is important for our future.

Question iii.
Give the full form (long form) of the names for the following instruments.
a. XRD
b. TEM.
c. STM
d. FTIR
e. SEM
Answer:
a. XRD-X-ray diffraction
b. TEM-Tunneling Electron Microscope
c. STM – Scanning Tunneling Microscope
d. FTIR-Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscope
e. SEM-Scanning Electron Microscope

Question iv.
Define the following terms :
a. Nanoscience
b. Nanotechnology
c. Nanomaterial
d. Nanochemistry
Answer:
a. Nanoscience : The study of phenomena and manipulation of materials at atomic, molecular and macromolecular scales where properties differ significantly from those at a larger scale is called nanoscience.

b. Nanotechnology : The design, characterization, production and application of structures, device and system by controlling shape and size at nanometer scale is called nanotechnology.

c. Nanomaterial : A material having structural components with at least one dimension in the nanometer scale that is 1 -100 nm is called the nanomaterial. Nanomaterials are larger than single atoms but smaller than bacteria and cells.

d. Nanochemistry : It is the combination of chemistry and nanoscience. It deals with designing and synthesis of materials of nanoscale with different size and shape, structure and composition and their organization into functional architectures.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question v.
How nanotechnology plays an important role in water purification techniques?
Answer:

  1. Water purification is an important issue as 1.1 billion people do not have access to improved water supply. Water contains water bom pathogens like viruses, bacteria.
  2. Silver nanoparticles are highly effective bacterial disinfectant to remove E. Coli from water. Hence, filter materials coated with silver nanoparticles is used to clean water.
  3. Silver nanoparticles (AgNps) is a cost effective alternative technology (for e.g. water purifier).

Question vi.
Which nanomaterial is used in sunscreen lotion? Write its use.
Answer:
Zinc oxide (ZnO) and Titanium dioxide (TiO2) nanoparticles are used sunscreen lotions. The chemicals protect the skin against harmful u.v (ultraviolet) rays by absorbing or reflecting the light and prevent the skin from damage.

Question vii.
How will you illustrate the use of safer solvent and auxiliaries?
Answer:

  • Use of safer solvents and auxiliaries – is a principle of green chemistry it states that safer solvent like water, supercritical CO2 should be used in place of volatile halogenated organic solvents, like CH2CI2, CHCI3, CCI4 for chemical synthesis and other purposes.
  • Solvents dissolve solutes and form solutions, they facilitate many reactions. Water is a safer benign solvent while solvents like dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CHCI3) etc are hazardous.
  • Use of toxic solvents affect millions of workers every year and have implications for consumers and the environment. A large amount of waste is created by their use and they also have huge environmental and health impacts.
  • Finding safer solvents or designing processes which are solvent free is the best way to improve the process and the product.

Question viii.
Define catalyst. Give two examples.
Answer:
A substance which speeds up the rate of a reaction without itself being changed chemically in the reaction is called a catalyst. It helps to increase selectivity, minimise waste and reduce reaction time and energy demands. For example : Hydrogenation of oil the catalyst used are platinum or palladium, Raney nickel.

4. Answer the following

Question i.
Explain any three principles of green chemistry.
Answer:

  1. Environment protection is the prime concern which has lead to the need for designing chemicals that degrade and can be discarded easily. These chemicals and their degradation products should be non-toxic, non-bioaccumulative or should not be environmentally persistent.
  2. This principle aims at waste product being automatically degradable to clean the environment. Thus the preference for biodegradable polymers and pesticides.
  3. To make the separation and segregation easier for the consumer an international plastic recycle mark is printed on larger items.
  4. There is a dire need to develop improvised analytical methods to allow for real time, in process monitoring and control prior to the formation of hazardous substances.
  5. It is very much important for the chemical industries and nuclear reactors to develop or modify analytical
    methodologies so that continuous monitoring of the manufacturing and processing unit is possible.
  6. It is needed to develop chemical processes that are safer and minimize the risk of accidents. It is important to select chemical substances used in a chemical reaction in such a way that they can minimize the occurrence of chemical accidents, explosions, fire and emissions.
  7. For example : Chemical process that works with the gaseous substances can lead to relatively higher possibilities of accidents including explosion as compared to the system working with nonvolatile liquid and solid substances.

Question ii.
Explain atom economy with suitable example.
Answer:
(1) Atom economy is a measure of the amount of atoms from the starting material that are present in the final product at the end of a chemical process. Good atom economy means most of the atoms of the reactants are incorporated in the desired products. Only small amount of waste is produced, hence lesser problem of waste disposal.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

(2) The atom economy of a process can be calculated using the following formula.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 1

The atom economy of the above reacijon is less than 50% and waste produced is higher.

Question iii.
How will you illustrate the principle, minimization of steps?
Answer:
(1) The technique of protecting or blocking group is commonly used in organic synthesis. Finally on completion of reaction deprotection of the group is required. This leads to unnecessary increase in the number of steps and decreased atom economy.

(2) The green chemistry principle aims to develop processes to avoid necessary steps i.e. (minimization of steps). When biocatalyst is used very often there is no need for protection of selective group. For example, conversion of m-hydroxyl benzaldehyde to m-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 6

Question iv.
What do you mean by sol and gel? Describe the sol-gel method of preparation for nanoparticles.
Answer:
(1) Sol : Sols are dispersions of colloidal particles in a liquid. Colloids are solid particles with diameter of 1-100 nm.

(2) Gel : A gel is interconnected rigid network with pores of submicrometer dimensions and polymeric chains whose average length is greater than a micrometer.

(3) Sol-gel Process : A sol-gel process is an inorganic polymerisation reaction. It is generally carried out at room temperature, it includes four steps : Hydrolysis, polycondensation, drying and thermal decomposition. This method is widely used to prepare oxide materials.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 8

The reactions involved in the sol-gel process are as follows :
MOR + H2O → MOH + ROH (hydrolysis)
metal alkoxide
MOH + ROM → M-O-M + ROH (condensation)

  • Formation of different stable solution of the alkoxide or solvated metal precursor.
  • Gelation involves the formation of an oxide or alcohol-bridged network (gel) by a polycondensation reaction.
  • Aging of the gel means during that period gel transforms into a solid mass.
  • Drying of the gel involves removal of water and other volatile liquids from the gel network.
  • Dehydration is achieved when the material is heated at temperatures up to 800°C.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question v.
Which flower is an example of self-cleaning?
Answer:

  • Lotus is an example of self cleansing.
  • Nanostructures on the lotus plant leaves are super hydrophobic, they repel water which carries dirt as it rolls off.
    Thus though lotus plant (Nelumbonucifera) grows in muddy water, its leaves always appear clean.

Activity :
Collect information about the application of nanochemistry in cosmetics and pharmaceuticals

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry Intext Questions and Answers

Do you know? (Textbook page 343)

Question 1.
Does plastic packaging impact the food they wrap ?
Answer:
Phthalates leach into food through packaging so you should avoid microwaving food or drinks in plastic and not use plastic cling wrap and store your food in glass container whenever possible. Try to avoid prepackaging, processed food so that you will reduce exposure to the harmful effects of plastic.

Used Catalyst (Textbook page 342)

Question 18.
Complete the chart:

Reaction Name of Catalyst used
1. Hydrogenation of oil (Hardening) …………………………………
2. Haber’s process of manufacture of ammonia …………………………………
3. Manufacture of HDPE polymer …………………………………
4. Manufacture of H2S04 by contact process …………………………………
5. Fischer-Tropsch process (synthesis of gasoline) …………………………………

Answer:

Reaction Name of Catalyst used
1. Hydrogenation of oil (Hardening) Nickel (Ni)
2. Haber’s process of manufacture of ammonia Iron
3. Manufacture of HDPE polymer Zeigler-Natta catalyst
4. Manufacture of H2S04 by contact process Vanadium oxide (V205)
5. Fischer-Tropsch process (synthesis of gasoline) Cobalt-based or Iron based

 

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The correct order of increasing reactivity of C-X bond towards nucleophile in the following compounds is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 268
a. I < II < III < IV
b. II < I < III < IV
c. III < IV < II < I
d. IV < III < I < II
Answer:
(d) IV < III < I < II

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question ii.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 269
The major product of the above reaction is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 270
Answer:
(c)

Question iii.
Which of the following is likely to undergo racemization during alkaline hydrolysis?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 271
Answer:
(a) Only I

Question iv.
The best method for preparation of alkyl fluorides is
a. Finkelstein reaction
b. Swartz reaction
c. Free radical fluorination
d. Sandmeyer’s reaction
Answer:
b. Swartz reaction

Question v.
Identify the chiral molecule from the following.
a. 1-Bromobutane
b. 1,1- Dibromobutane
c. 2,3- Dibromobutane
d. 2-Bromobutane
Answer:
(d) 2-Bromobutane

Question vi.
An alkyl chloride on Wurtz reaction gives 2,2,5,5-tetramethylhexane. The same alkyl chloride on reduction with zinc-copper couple in alchol give hydrocarbon with molecular formula C5H12. What is the structure of alkyl chloride
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 272
Answer:
(a)

Question vii.
Butanenitrile may be prepared by heating
a. propanol with KCN
b. butanol with KCN
c. n-butyl chloride with KCN
d. n-propyl chloride with KCN
Answer:
(d) n-propyl chloride with KCN

Question viii.
Choose the compound from the following that will react fastest by SN1 mechanism.
a. 1-iodobutane
b. 1-iodopropane
c. 2-iodo-2 methylbutane
d. 2-iodo-3-methylbutane
Answer:
(c) 2-iodo-2 methylbutane

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question ix.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 273
The product ‘B’ in the above reaction sequence is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 274
Answer:
(d)

Question x.
Which of the following is used as source of dichlorocarbene
a. tetrachloromethane
b. chloroform
c. iodoform
d. DDT
Answer:
(b) chloroform

2. Do as directed.

Question i.
Write IUPAC name of the following compounds
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 275
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 23
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 24

Question ii.
Write structure and IUPAC name of the major product in each of the following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 276
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 277
Answer:
Structure and IUPAC name
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 126
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 127

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Identify chiral molecule/s from the following.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 278
Answer:
Chiral molecule
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 88

Question iv.
Which one compound from the following pairs would undergo SN2 faster from the?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 279
Answer:
(1) Sincey Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 157 is a primary halide it undergoes SN2 reaction faster than Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 158.
(2) Since iodine is a better leaving group than chloride, 1-iodo propane (CH3CH2CH2I) undergoes SN2 reaction faster than l-chloropropane (CH3CH2CH2CI).

Question v.
Complete the following reactions giving major product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 280
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 214

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 215
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 216

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 217
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 218

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 219
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 266

Question vi.
Name the reagent used to bring about the following conversions.
a. Bromoethane to ethoxyethane
b. 1-Chloropropane to 1 nitropropane
c. Ethyl bromide to ethyl isocyanide
d. Chlorobenzene to biphenyl
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 220

Question vii.
Arrange the following in the increase order of boiling points
a. 1-Bromopropane
b. 2- Bromopropane
c. 1- Bromobutane
d. 1-Bromo-2-methylpropane
Answer:
l-Bromo-2-methylpropane, 2-Bromopropane, 1-Bromopropane, 1-Bromo butane

Question viii.
Match the pairs.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 283
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 246

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

3. Give reasons

Question i.
Haloarenes are less reactive than haloalkanes.
Answer:
Haloarenes (Aryl halides) are less reactive than (alkyl halides) haloalkanes due to the following reasons :

(1) Resonance effect : In haloarenes, the electron pairs on halogen atom are in conjugation with 7r-electrons of the benzene ring. The delocalization of these electrons C-Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 208

Due to partial double bond character of C-Cl bond in aryl halides, the bond cleavage in haloarene is difficult and are less reactive. On the other hand, in alkyl halides, carbon is attached to chlorine by a single bond and it can be easily broken.

(2) Aryl halides are stabilized by resonance but alkyl halides are not. Hence, the energy of activation for the displacement of halogen from aryl halides is much greater than that of alkyl halides.

(3) Different hybridization state of carbon atom in C-X bond :
(i) In alkyl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp3-hybridized with less 5-character and greater bond length of 178 pm, which requires less energy to break the C-X bond.

(ii) In aryl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp3-hybridized with more 5-character and shorter bond length which requires more energy to break C-X bond. Therefore, aryl halides are less reactive than alkyl halides.

(iii) Polarity of the C-X bond : In aryl halide C-X bond is less polar than in alkyl halides. Because sp3-hybrid carbon of C-X bond has less tendency to release electrons to the halogen than a sp3-hybrid carbon in alkyl halides. Thus halogen atom in aryl halides cannot be easily displaced by nucleophile.

(2) Aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
Answer:
Aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction due to the following reasons : (1) Resonance effect : In haloarenes, the electron pairs on halogen atom are in conjugation with 7r-electrons of the benzene ring. The delocalization of these electrons C-Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 209

Due to partial double bond character of C-Cl bond in aryl halides, the bond cleavage in haloarene is difficult and are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution.

(2) Sp2 hybrid state of C : Different hybridization state of carbon atom in C-X bond : In aryl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp2-hybridized with more 5-character and shorter bond length of 169 pm which requires more energy to break C-X bond. It is difficult to break a shorter bond than a longer bond, in alkyl chloride (bond length 178 pm) therefore, aryl halides are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction.

(3) Instability of phenyl cation : In aryl halides, the phenyl cation formed due to self ionisation will not be stabilized by resonance which rules out possibility of SN1 mechanism. Also backside attack of nucleophile is blocked by the aromatic ring which rules out SN2 mechanism. Thus cations are not formed and hence aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction easily.

(4) As any halides are electron rich molecules due to the presence of re-bond, they repel electron rich nucleophilic, attack. Hence, aryl halides are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions. However, the presence of electron withdrawing groups at o/p position activates the halogen of aryl halides towards substitution.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 210

(3) Aryl halides undergo electrophilic substitution reactions slowly.
Answer:
Aryl halides undergo electrophilic substitution reactions slowly and it can be explained as follows :

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

(1) Inductive effect : The strongly electronegative halogen atom withdraws the electrons from carbon, atom of the ring, hence aryl halides show reactivity towards electrophilic attack.

(2) Resonance effect : The resonating structures of aryl halides show increase in electron density at ortho and para position, hence it is o, p directing.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 211

The inductive effect and resonance effect compete with each other. The inductive effect is stronger than resonance effect. The reactivity of aryl halides is controlled by stronger inductive effect and o, p orientation is controlled by weaker resonating effect.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 212

The attack of electrophile (Y) on haloarenes at ortho and para positions are more stable due to formation of chloronium ion. The chloronium ion formed is comparatively more stable than other hybrid structures of carbonium ion.

(4) Reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous condition.
Answer:
(1) Grignard reagent (R Mg X) is an organometallic compound. The carbon-magnesium bond is highly polar and magnesium halogen bond is in ionic in nature. Grignard reagent is highly reactive.

(2) The reactions of Grignard reagent are carried out in dry conditions because traces of moisture may spoil the reaction and Grignard reagent reacts with water to produce alkane. Hence, reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous condition.

(5) Alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkane.
Answer:
(1) Free radical halogenation of alkane gives a mixture of all different possible Monohaloalkanes as well as polyhalogen alkanes.
(2) In this method, by changing the quantity of halogen the desired product can be made to predominate over the other
products. Hence, alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkane.

Question ii.
Alkyl halides though polar are immiscible with water.
Answer:
(1) In alkyl halide, the halogen atom is more electronegative than carbon atom, the C – X bond is polar.
(2) Though alkyl halide is polar, it is insoluble in water because alkyl halide is not able to form hydrogen bonds with water. Attraction between alkyl halide molecule is stronger than attraction between alkyl halide and water.

(2) C-F bond in CH3F is the strongest bond and C-I bond in CH3I is the weakest bond. Explain.
Answer:
(1) Methyl fluoride (CH3F) is highly polar molecule and has the shortest C-F bond length (139 pm) and the strongest C-F bond due to greater overlap of orbitals of the same principal quantum number i.e., overlap of 2sp3 orbital of carbon with 2pz orbital of fluorine.
(2) Methyl iodide (CH3I) is much less polar and has the longest (C-I) bond length (214 pm) and the weakest C-I bond due to poor overlap of 2sp3 orbital carbon with 5pz orbital of iodine i.e., 2sp3 orbital of carbon cannot penetrate into larger p-orbitals.

(3) The boiling point of alkyl iodide is higher than that of alkyl fluoride.
Answer:
For a given alkyl group, the boiling point increases with increasing atomic mass of the halogen, because magnitude of van der Waals force increases with increase in size and mass of halogen. Therefore, boiling point of alkyl iodide is higher than that of alkyl fluoride.

(4) The boiling point of isopropyl bromide is lower than that of it-propyl bromide.
Answer:
For isomeric alkyl halides (isopropyl bromide and n-propyl bromide), the boiling point decreases as the branching increases, surface area decreases on branching and van der Waals forces decrease, therefore, the boiling point of isopropyl bromide is lower than that of n-propyl bromide.

(5) p-Dichlorobenzene Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 75 has mp. higher than those of o-and rn-isomers.
Answer:
p-Dichlorobenzene has higher melting point than those of o-and m-isomers. This is because of its symmetrical structure which can easily fits in crystal lattice. As a result intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger and therefore greater energy is required to overcome its lattice energy.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous conditions.

Question iv.
Alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkanes.
Answer:
(1) Direct fluorination of alkanes is highly exothermic, explosive and invariably leads to polyfluorination and decomposition of the alkanes. It is difficult to control the reaction.
(2) Direct iodination of alkanes is highly reversible and difficult to carry out.
(3) In direct chlorination and bromination, the reaction is not selective. It can lead to different isomeric monohalogenated alkanes (alkyl halides) as well as polyhalogenated alkanes.
Hence, halogenation of alkanes is not a good method of preparation of alkyl halides.

4. Distinguish between – SN1 and SN2 mechanism of substitution reaction ?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 152

5. Explain – Optical isomerism in 2-chlorobutane.
Answer:
(1) 2-Chlorobutane contains an asymmetric. Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 265 carbon atom (the starred carbon atom) which is attached to four different groups, i.e., ethyl (-CH2 – CH3), methyl (CH3), chloro (Cl) and hydrogen (H) groups.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 83
(2) Two different arrangements of these groups around the carbon atom are possible as shown in the figure. Hence, it exists as a pair of enanti¬omers. The two enantiomers are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable.

(3) One of the enantiomers will rotate the plane of plane-polarized light to the left hand side and is called the laevorotatory isomer (/-isomer). The other enantiomer will rotate the plane of plane-polarized light to the right hand side and is called the dextrorotatory isomer (d-isomer).

(4) Equimolar mixture of the d- and the 1-isomers is optically inactive and is called the racemic mixture or the racemate (dl-mixture). The optical inactivity of the racemic mixture is due to external compensation.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

6. Convert the following.

Question i.
Propene to propan-1-ol
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 177

Question ii.
Benzyl alcohol to benzyl cyanide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 178

Question iii.
Ethanol to propane nitrile
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 179

Question iv.
But-1-ene to n-butyl iodide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 180

Question v.
2-Chloropropane to propan-1-ol
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 181

Question vi.
tert-Butyl bromide to isobutyl bromide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 182

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question vii.
Aniline to chlorobenzene
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 183

Question viii.
Propene to 1-nitropropane
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 184

7. Answer the following

Question i.
HCl is added to a hydrocarbon ‘A’ (C4H8) to give a compound ‘B’ which on hydrolysis with aqueous alkali forms tertiary alcohol ‘C’ (C4H10O). Identify ‘A’ , ‘B’ and ‘C’.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 173

Question ii.
Complete the following reaction sequences by writing the structural formulae of the organic compounds ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 281
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 175
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 176

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Observe the following and answer the questions given below.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 282
a. Name the type of halogen derivative
b. Comment on the bond length of C-X bond in it
c. Can react by SN1 mechanism? Justify your answer.
Answer:
a. Vinyl halide
b. C – X bond length shorter in vinyl halide than alkyl halide. Vinyl halide has partial double bond character due to resonance.

In vinyl halide, carbon is sp hybridised. The bond is shorter and stronger and the molecule is more stable.

c. Yes, It reacts by SN1 mechanism. SN1 mechanism involves formation of carbocation intermediate. The vinylic carbocation intermediate formed is resonance stabilized, hence SN1 mechanism is favoured.

Activity :
1. Collect detailed information about Freons and their uses.
2. Collect information about DDT as a persistent pesticide.
Reference books
i. Organic chemistry by Morrison, Boyd, Bhattacharjee, 7th edition, Pearson
ii. Organic chemistry by Finar, Vol 1, 6th edition, Pearson

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 9 Halogen Derivatives Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power….. (Textbook page 212)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 284

Question 1.
Write IUPAC names of the following:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 30

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.1 : (Textbook page 213)

How will you obtain 1.bromo.1-methylcyclohexane from alkene? Write possible structures of alkene and the reaction involved.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 285
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 64

Use your brain power ….. (Textbook page 213)

Question 1.
Rewrite the following reaction by filling the blanks:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 65
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 66
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 67

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.2 : (Textbook page 216)

Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing boiling points : bromoform, chloromethane, dibromomethane, bromomethane.
Answer:
The comparative boiling points of halogen derivatives are mainly related with van der Waals forces of attraction which depend upon the molecular size. In the present case all the compounds contain only one carbon. Thus the molecular size depends upon the size of halogen and number of halogen atoms present.

Thus increasing order of boiling point is, CH3CI < CH3Br < CH2Br2 < CHBr3

Try this ….. (Textbook page 2016)

Question 1.
(1) Make a three-dimensional model of 2-chlorobutane.
(2) Make another model which is a mirror image of the first model.
(3) Try to superimpose the two models on each other.
(4) Do they superimpose on each other exactly ?
(5) Comment on whether the two models are identical or not.
Answer:
(1) (2) and (3)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 76
(4) Two models are non-superimposable mir ror images of each other called enantiomers.

(5) Two enantiomers are identical. Theyhave the same physical properties (such as melting points, boiling points, densities refractive index). They also have identical chemical properties. The magnitude of their optical rotation is equal but the sign of optical rotation is opposite.

Try this ….. (Textbook page 219)

Question 1.
1. Draw structares of enantiomers of lactic acid Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 91 using Fischer projection formulae.
2. Draw structures of enantiomers of 2-bromobutane using wedge formula.
Answer:
(1)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 92

(2) Wedge formula : 2-brornobutane
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 93

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Can you tell? (Textbook page 220)

Question 1.
Alkyl halides, when treated with alcoholic solution of silver nitrite, give nitroalkanes whereas with sodium nitrite they give alkyl nitrites. Explain.
Answer:
Nitrite ion is an ambident nucleophile, which can attack through ‘O’ or ‘N’.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 124
Both nitrogen and oxygen are capable of donating electron pair. C – N bond, being stronger than N – O bond, attack occurs through C atom from alkyl halide forming nitroalkane.

However, sodium nitrite (NaNO2) is an ionic compound and oxygen is free to donate pair of electrons. Hence, attack occurs through oxygen resulting in the formation of alkyl nitrite.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 125

Use your brain power! (Textbook page 222)

Question 1.
Draw the Fischer projection formulae of two products obtained when compound (A) reacts with OHe by SN1 mechanis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 144
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 145

Question 2.
Draw the Fischer projection formula of the product formed when compound (B) reacts with OHΘ by SN2 mechanism.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 146
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 147

Question 10.4 : (Textbook page 223)

Allylic and benzylic halides show high reactivity towards the SN1 mechanism than other primary alkyl halides. Explain.
Answer:
In allylic and benzylic halide, the carbocation formed undergoes stabilization through the resonance. Hence, allylic and benzylic halides show high reactivity towards the SN1 reaction. The resonating structures are
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 149

Resonance stabilization of allylic carbocation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 150
Resonance stabilization of benzylic carbocation

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.5 : (Textbook page 224)

Which of the following two compounds would react faster by SN2 mechanism and Why?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 151
Answer :
In SN2 mechanism, a pentacoordinate T.S. is involved. The order of reactivity of alkyl halides towards SN2 mechanism is.
Primary > Secondary > Tertiary, (due to increasing crowding in T.S. from primary to tertiary halides.
1- Chlorobutane being primary halide will react faster by SN2 mechanism, than the secondary halide 2- chlorobutane.)

Can you tell? (Textbook page 227)

Question 1.
Conversion of chlorobenzene to phenol by aqueous sodium hydroxide requires a high temperature of about 623K and high pressure. Explain.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 199
Answer:
Due to the partial double bond character in chlorobenzene, the bond cleavage in chlorobenzene is difficult and is less reactive. Hence, during the conversion of chlorobenzene to phenol by a question NaOH requires high temperature & high pressure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The oxidation state of cobalt ion in the complex [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 is ……………………….
a. + 2
b. + 3
c. + 1
d. + 4
Answer:
(b) + 3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question ii.
IUPAC name of the complex [Pt(en)2(SCN)2]2+ is ………………………
a. bis (ethylenediamine dithiocyanatoplatinum (IV) ion
b. bis (ethylenediamine) dithiocyantoplatinate (IV) ion
c. dicyanatobis (ethylenediamine) platinate IV ion
d. bis (ethylenediammine)dithiocynato platinate (IV) ion
Answer:
(a) bis(ethylenediamine dithiocyanatoplatinum (IV) ion

Question iii.
Formula for the compound sodium hexacynoferrate (III) is
a. [NaFe(CN)6]
b. Na2[Fe(CN)6]
c. Na[Fe(CN)6]
d. Na3[Fe(CN)6]
Answer:
(d) Na3[Fe(CN)6]

Question iv.
Which of the following complexes exist as cis and trans isomers?
1. [Cr(NH2)2Cl4]
2. [Co(NH3)5Br]2⊕
3. [PtCl2Br2]2⊕ (square planar)
4. [FeCl2(NCS)2]2⊕ (tetrahedral)
a. 1 and 3
b. 2 and 3
c. 1 and 3
d. 4 only
Answer:
(a) 1 and 3

Question v.
Which of the following complexes are chiral?
1. [Co(en)2Cl2]
2. [Pt(en)Cl2]
3. [Cr(C2O4)3]3⊕
4. [Co(NH3)4CI2]
a. 1 and 3
b. 2 and 3
c. 1 and 4
d. 2 and 4
Answer:
(a) 1 and 3

Question vi.
On the basis of CFT predict the number of unpaired electrons in [CrF6]3.
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
Answer:
(c) 3

Question vii.
When an excess of AgNO3 is added to the complex one mole of AgCl is precipitated. The formula of the complex is ……………..
a. [CoCl2(NH3)4]Cl
b. [CoCl(NH3)4] Cl2
c. [CoCl3(NH3)3]
d. [Co(NH3)4]Cl3
Answer:
(a) [COCI3(NH3)4]CI

Question viii.
The sum of coordination number and oxidation number of M in [M(en)2C2O4]Cl is
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 8
Answer:
(c) 9

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
Write the formula for tetraammineplatinum (II) chloride.
Answer:
Formula of tetraamineplatinum(II) chloride : [Pt(NH3)4]CI2

Table 9.1 : IUPAC names of anionic and neutral ligands
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 3
Table 9.2: IUPAC names of anionic complexes

Metal Name
A1
Cr
Cu
Co
Au(Gold)
Fe
Pb
Mn
Mo
Ni
Zn
Ag
Sn
Aluminate
Chromate
Cuprate
Cobaltate
Aurate
Ferrate
Plumbate
Manganate
Molybdate
Nickelate
Zincate
Argentate
Stannate

Table 9.3 : IUPAC names of some complexes

Complex IUPAC name
(i) Anionic complexes :
(a) [Ni(CN)J2-
(b) [Co(C204)3]3-
(c) [Fe(CN)6]4-
Tetracyanonickelate(II) ion Trioxalatocobaltate(III) ion
Hexacyanoferrate(II) ion
(ii) Compounds containing complex anions and metal cations :
(a) Na3[Co(N02)6]
(b) K3[A1(C204)3]
(c) Na3[AIF6]
Sodium hexanitrocobaltate(III)
Potassium trioxalatoaluminate(III)
Sodium hexafluoroaluminate(III)
(iii) Cationic complexes :
(a) [Cu(NH3)4]2+
(b) [Fe(H20)5(NCS)]2+
(c) [Pt(en)2(SCN)2]2+
Tetraamminecopper(II) ion
Pentaaquai sothiocyanatoiron(III) ionBis(ethylenediamine)dithiocyanatoplatinum(IV)
(iv) Compounds containing complex cation and anion :
(a) [PtBr2(NH3)4]Br2
(b) [Co(NH3)5C03]CI
(c) [Co(H20)(NH3)5]I3
Tetraamminedibromoplatinum(IV) bromide, Pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III) chloride, Pentaammineaquacobalt(III) iodide
(v) Neutral complexes :
(a) Co(N02)3(NH3)3
(b) Fe(CO)5
(c) Rh(NH3) 3(SCN) 3
Triamminetrinitrocobalt(III) Pentacarbonyliron(0) Triamminetrithiocyanatorhodium(III)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question ii.
Predict whether the [Cr(en)2(H2O)2]3+ complex is chiral. Write structure of its enantiomer.
Answer:
(i) Complex is chiral.
(ii) The following are its enantiomers
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 19

Question iv.
Name the Lewis acids and bases in the complex [PtCl2(NH3)2].
Answer:
Lewis acid : Pt2+
Lewis bases : Cl and NF3

Question v.
What is the shape of a complex in which the coordination number of central metal ion is 4?
Answer:
A complex with the coordination number of central metal ion equal to 4 may be tetrahedral or square planar.

Question vi.
Is the complex [CoF6] cationic or anionic if the oxidation state of cobalt ion is +3?
Answer:
In the complex, Co carries + 3 charge while 6F carry – 6 charge. Hence the net charge on the complex is – 3.
Therefore it is an anionic complex.

Question vii.
Consider the complexes [Cu(NH3)4][PtCl4] and [Pt(NH3)4] [CuCl4]. What type of isomerism these two complexes exhibit?
Answer:
Since in these two given complexes, there is an exchange of ligands between cationic and anionic constituents, they exhibit coordination isomerism.

Question viii.
Mention two applications of coordination compounds.
Answer:
(1) In biology : Several biologically important natural compounds are metal complexes which play an important role in number of processes occurring in plants and animals.

For example, chlorophyll in plants is a complex of Mg2+ ions, haemoglobin in blood is a complex of iron, vitamin B12 is a complex of cobalt.

(2) In medicine : The complexes are used on a large scale in medicine. Many medicines in the complex form are more stable, more effective and can be assimilated easily.

For example, platinum complex [Pt(NH3)2CI2] known as cisplatin is effectively used in cancer treatment. EDTA is used to treat poisoning by heavy metals like lead.

(3) To estimate hardness of water :

  • The hardness of water is due to the presence Mg2+ and Ca2+ ion in water.
  • The strong field ligand EDTA forms stable complexes with Mg2+ and Ca2+. Hence these ions can be removed by adding EDTA to hard water.

Similarly these ions can be selectively estimated due to the difference in their stability constants.

(4) Electroplating : This involves deposition of a metal on the other metal. For smooth plating, it is necessary to supply continuously the metal ions in small amounts.
For this purpose, a solution of a coordination compound is used which dissociates to a very less extent. For example, for uniform and thin plating of silver and gold, the complexes K[Ag(CN)2] and K[Au(CN)2] are used.

3. Answer in brief.

Question i.
What are bidentate ligands? Give one example.
Answer:
Bidentate ligand : This ligand has two donor atoms in the molecule or ion. For example, ethylenediamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.

Question ii.
What is the coordination number and oxidation state of metal ion in the complex [Pt(NH3)Cl5]2?
Answer:
Coordination number = 6
Oxidation state of Pt = +4.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question iii.
What is the difference between a double salt and a complex? Give an example.
Answer:

Double salt Coordination compound (complex)
(1) Double salts exist only in the solid state and dissociate into their constituent ions in the aqueous solutions. (1) Coordination compounds exist in the solid-state as well as in the aqueous or non-aqueous solutions.
(2) Double salts lose their identity in the solution. (2) They do not lose their identity completely.
(3) The properties of double salts are same as those of their constituents. (3) The properties of coordination compounds are different from their constituents.
(4) Metal ions in the double salts show their normal valence. (4) Metal ions in the coordination compounds show two valences namely primary valence and second­ary valence satisfied by anions or neutral molecules called ligands.
(5) For example in K2SO4. K2SO4. A12(SO4)3. 24H2O. The ions K+, Al3 + and SO4 show their properties. (5) In K4[Fe(CN)6], ions K+ and [Fe(CN)6]4‘~ ions show their properties.

Question iv.
Classify the following complexes as homoleptic and heteroleptic
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4, [Cu(en)2(H2O)Cl]3⊕, [Fe(H2O)5(NCS)]2⊕, tetraammine zinc (II) nitrate.
Answer:
Homoleptic complex :
(a) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4
(d) Tetraaminezinc (II) nitrate : [Zn(NH3)4](NO3)2

Heteroleptic Complex :
(b) [Cu(en)2(H2O)CI]2+
(c) [Fe(H2O)5(NCS)]2+

Question v.
Write formulae of the following complexes
a. Potassium ammine-tri chloroplatinate (II)
b. Dicyanoaurate (I) ion
Answer:
(a) Potassium amminetrichloroplatinate(II) K[Pt(NH3)CI3]
(b) Dicyanoaurate (I) ion [AU(CN)2]

Question vi.
What are ionization isomers? Give an example.
Answer:
Ionisation isomers : The coordination compounds having same molecular composition but differ in the compositions of coordination (or inner) sphere and outer sphere and produce different ions on ionisation in the solution are called ionisation isomers. For example, Pentaamminesulphatocobalt (III) bromide [Co(NH3)5SO4] Br, Pentaamminebromocobalt(III) sulphate [Co(NH3)5Br] SO4.

Question vii.
What are the high-spin and low-spin complexes?
Answer:
(1) High spin complex (HS) :

  • The complex which has greater iwmher of unpaired electrons and hence a higher value of resultant spin and magnetic moment is called high spin (or spin free) or IlS complex.
  • It is formed with weak field ligands and the complexes have lower values for crystal field splitting energy (CFSE). Δ0
  • The paramagnetism of HS complex is larger.

(2) Low spin complex (LS) :

  • The complex which has the Icasi number of unpaired electrons or all electrons paired and hence the lowest
    (or no) resultant spin or magnetic moment is called low spin (or spin paired) or LS complex.
  • It is formed with strong tickl ligands and the complexes have higher values of crystal field splitting energy (Δ0).
  • Low spin complex is diamagnetic or has low paramagnetism.

Table 9.5 : d-orbitai diagrams fir high spin and low spin complexes
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 60

(Only the electronic configurations c4 to d1 render the high spin and low spin complexes)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question viii.
[CoCl4]2⊕ is a tetrahedral complex. Draw its box orbital diagram. State which orbitals participate in hybridization.
Answer:
27Co [Ar] 3d74s2
Oxidation state of Co = +2 Co2+ [Ar] 3d7 4s°
Since CI is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons. Since C.N. is 4, there is sp3 hybridisation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 30

Question ix.
What are strong field and weak field ligands? Give one example of each.
Answer:
The ligands are then classified as (a) strong field and (b) weak field ligands. Strong field ligands are those in which donor atoms are C,N or P. Thus CN, NC, CO, HN3, EDTA, en (ethylenediammine) are considered to be strong ligands. They cause larger splitting of d orbitals and pairing of electrons is favoured. These ligands tend to form low spin complexes. Weak field ligands are those in which donor atoms are halogens, oxygen or sulphur.

For example, F, CI, Br, I, SCN, C2O42-. In case of these ligands the A0 parameter is smaller compared to the energy required for the pairing of electrons, which is called as electron pairing energy. The ligands then can be arranged in order of their increasing field strength as
I < Br < CI < S2- < F < OH < C2O42- < H2O < NCS < EDTA < NH3 < en < CN < CO.

Question x.
With the help of a crystal field energy-level diagram explain why the complex [Cr(en)3]3⊕ is coloured?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 31

Since (en) is a strong field ligand there is pairing of electrons. The electrons occupy the t2g orbitals of lower energy. It has one unpaired electron. Due to d-d transition, it is coloured.

4. Answer the following questions.

Question i.
Give valence bond description for the hybrid orbitals are used by the metal? State the number of unpaired electrons.
Answer:
Since CI is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = 2
Type of hybridisation = sp3

Geometry of complex ion = Tetrahedral
The complex ion is paramagnetic.

Question ii.
Draw a qualitatively energy-level diagram showing d-orbital splitting in the octahedral environment. Predict the number of unpaired electrons in the complex [Fe(CN)6]4⊕. Is the complex diamagnetic or paramagnetic? Is it coloured? Explain.
Answer:
(A) r-orbital splitting in the octahedral environment :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 65
(B) [Fe (CN)6]4- is an octahedral complex.
(C) Since CN is a strong ligand, there is pairing of electrons and the complex is diamagnetic.
(D) The complex exists as lemon yellow crystals.
(In the complex all electrons in t2g are paired and requires high radiation energy for excitation.)

Question iii.
Draw isomers in each of the following
a. [Pt(NH3)2ClNO2]
b. [Ru(NH3)4Cl2]
c. [Cr(en2)Br2]
Answer:
(a) [Pt(NH3)2CINO2]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 20
(b) [RU(NH3)4CI2]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 21
(c) [Cr(en2)Br2]+
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 22

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question iv.
Draw geometric isomers and enantiomers of the following complexes.
a. [Pt(en)3]4⊕
b. [Pt(en)2ClBr]2⊕
Answer:
The complex [Pt(en)3]4+ has two optical isomers.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 23
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 24

Question v.
What are ligands? What are their types? Give one example of each type.
Answer:
Ligands : The neutral molecules or negatively charged anions (or rarely positive ions) which are bonded by coordinate bonds to the central metal atom or metal ion in a coordination compound are called ligands or donor groups. For example in [Cu(CN)4]2-, four CN ions are ligands coordinated to central metal ion Cu2+. Ligands can be classified on the basis of number of electron donor atoms in the ligand i.e. denticity.

(1) Monodentate or unidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has only one donor atom with a lone pair of electrons forming only one coordinate bond with metal atom or ion in the complex is called monodentate or unidentate ligand. For example NH3, Cl, OH, H2O, etc.

(2) Polydentate or multidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has two or more donor atoms with the lone pairs of electrons forming two or more coordinate bonds with the central metal atom or ion in the complex is called polydentate or multidentate ligand. For example, ethylene diamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.
According to the number of donor atoms they are classified as follows :

  • Bidentate ligand : This ligand has two donor atoms in the molecule or ion. For example, ethylenediamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.
  • Tridentate ligand : This ligand molecule has three donor atoms or three sites of attachment.
    E.g. Diethelene triamine, H2N – CH2 – CH2 – NH – CH2 – CH2 – NH2. This has three N donor atoms.
  • Tetradentate (or quadridentate) ligand : This ligand molecule has four donor atoms.
    Eg. Triethylene tetraamine which has four N donor atoms.
  • Hexdentate ligand : This ligand molecule has six donor atoms. E.g. Ethylenediamine tetracetato.

(3) Ambidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has two or more donor atoms, however in the formation of a complex, only one donor atom is attached to the metal atom or an ion is called ambidentate ligand. For example, NO2 which has two donor atoms N and O forming a coordinate bond, M ← ONO (nitrito) or M ← NO2 (nitro).

(4) Bridging ligand : A monodentate ligand having more than one lone pairs of electrons, hence can attach to two or more metal atoms or ions and hence acts as a bridge between different metal atoms is called bridging ligand. For example : OH, F, SO4-2, etc.

Question vi.
What are cationic, anionic and neutral complexes? Give one example of each.
Answer:
(1) Cationic sphere complexes : A positively charged coordination sphere or a coordination compound having a positively charged coordination sphere is called cationic sphere complex.

For example : [Zn(NH3)4]2+ and [Co(NH3)5CI] SO4 are cationic complexes. The latter has coordination sphere [Co(NH3)5CI]2+, the anion SO42+ makes it electrically neutral.

(2) Anionic sphere complexes : A negatively charged coordination sphere or a coordination compound having negatively charged coordination sphere is called anionic sphere complex. For example, [Ni(CN)4]2+ and K3[Fe(CN)6] have anionic coordination sphere; [Fe(CN)6]3- and three K+ ions make the latter electrically neutral.

(3) Neutral sphere complexes : A neutral coordination complex does not possess cationic or anionic sphere.

[Pt(NH3)2CI2] or [Ni(CO)4] are neither cation nor anion but are neutral sphere complexes.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question vii.
How stability of the coordination compounds can be explained in terms of equilibrium constants?
Answer:
Stability of the coordination compounds : The stability of coordination compounds can be explained on the basis of their stability constants. The stability of coordination compounds depends on metal-ligand interactions. In the complex, metal serves as electron-pair acceptor (Lewis acid) while the ligand as Lewis base (since it is electron
donor). The metal-ligand interaction can be realized as the Lewis acid-Lewis base interaction. Stronger the interaction greater is stability of the complex.

Consider the equilibrium for the metal-ligand interaction :
Ma+ + nLx- ⇌ [MLn]a+(-nx)
where a, x, [a + ( – nx)] denote the charge on the metal, ligand and the complex, respectively. Now, the equilibrium constant K is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 28

Stability of the complex can be explained in terms of K. Higher the value of K larger is the thermodynamic stability of the complex hence K is called stability constant, and denoted by Kstah. The equilibria for the complex formation with the corresponding K values are given below.

Ag+ + 2CN ⇌ [Ag(CN)2] K = 5.5 x 1018
Cu2+ + 4CN ⇌ [CU(CN)4]2- K = 2.0 x 1027
Co3+ + 6NH3 ⇌ [CO(NH3)6]3+ K = 5.0 x 1033

From the above data, the stability of the complexes is [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Cu(CN)4]2- > [Ag(CN)2].

Question viii.
Name the factors governing the equilibrium constants of the coordination compounds.
Answer:
The equilibrium constant of the complex depends on the following factors :

(a) Charge to size ratio of the metal ion : Higher the ratio greater is the stability. For the divalent metal ion complexes their stability shows the trend : Cu2+ > Ni2+ > Co2+ > Fe2+ > Mn2+ > Cd2+. The above stability order is called the Irving-William order. In the above list both Cu and Cd have the charge + 2, however, the ionic radius of Cu2 + is 69 pm and that of Cd2 + is 97 pm. The charge to size ratio of Cu2+ is greater than that of Cd2+. Therefore the Cu2+ forms stable complexes than Cd2+.

(b) Nature of the ligand : A second factor that governs stability of the complexes is related to how easily the ligand can donate its lone pair of electrons to the central metal ion that is, the basicity of the ligand. The ligands those are stronger bases tend to form more stable complexes.

Activity :
1. The reaction of chromium metal with H 2SO4 in the absence of air gives blue solution of chromium ion.
Cr(s) + 2H(aq) → Cr2⊕(aq) + H2(s)
Cr2⊕ forms octahedral complex with H2O ligands.
a. Write formula of the complex
b. Describe bonding in the complex using CFT and VBT.
Draw crystal field splitting and valence bond orbital diagrams.

2. Reaction of complex [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3 with HCl gives a complex [Co(NH3)3H2OCl2] in which two chloride ligands are trans to one another.
a. Draw possible stereoisomers of starting material
b. Assuming that NH3 groups remain in place, which of two starting isomers would give the observed product?

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power ……. (Textbook page 192)

Question 1.
Draw Lewis structures of the following ligands and identify the donor atom in them :
NH3, H2O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this ………. (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
Can you write ionisation of [Ni (NH3)6] CI2?
Answer:
[Ni (NH3)6] CI2 → [Ni(NH3)6]2+ + 2CI

Question 2.
Identify coordination sphere and counter ions.
Answer:
Coordination sphere : [Ni(NH3)6]2+
Counter ions : CI

Can you tell ? (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
A complex is made of Co (III) and consists of four NH3 molecules and two CI ions as ligands. What is the charge number and formula of complexion?
Answer:
The complex ion has formula, [Co(NH3)4CI2]+.
The charge number is + 1.

Use vour brain power ……………… (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
Coordination number used in coordination of compounds is somewhat different than that used in solid state. Explain.
Answer:

  • In a coordination compound the coordination number is the number of donor atoms of ligands directly attached to metal atom or ion.
  • In a solid state, the number of closest constituent atoms or ions in contact with a particular atom in the crystal lattice is called coordination number.
  • In a coordination compound, coordination number depends upon nature of metal atom or ion, and its electronic configuration.
  • In a solid state, the coordination number depends upon the crystalline structure of the unit cell.

Can you tell? ………………. (Textbook page 194)

Question 1.
What is the coordination number of
(a) Co in [CoCl2(en)2]+ = 6
(b) Ir in [Ir(C2O4)2Cl2]3+ and
(c) Pt in [Pt(NO2)2(NH3)2] ?
Answer:
(a) Coordination number of Co in [CoCl2(en)2]+ = 6
(b) Coordination number of Ir in [Ir(C2O4)2Cl2]3+ = 6
(c) Coordination number of Pt in [Pt(NO2)2(NH3)2] = 4

Use your brain power ……… (Textbook page 195)

Question 1.
Classify the complexes as homoleptic and heteroleptic:
(a) [Co (NH3)5CI]SO4,
(b) [CO(ONO)(NH3)5]CI2,
(c) [CoCl(NH3)(en)2]2+ and
(d) [Cu(C2O4)3]3-
Answer:
Homoleptic Complexes : (d) [Cu(C2O4)3]3-
Heteroleptic Complexes : (a) [CO(NH3)5CI]SO4
(b) [CO(ONO)(NH3)5]CI2,
(C) [CoCl(NH3)(en)2]2+

Use your brain power ……… (Textbook page 195)

Question 1.
Classify the complexes as cationic, anionic or Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)23-, PtCI2(en)2 and Cr(CO)6.
Answer:
Cationic complexes : [CO(NH3)6]CI2
Anionic complexes : Na4[Fe(CN)6], [Cr(H2O)2 (C2O4)2]3-
Neutral complexes : Cr(CO)6, Pt CI2(en)2

Try this ……. (Textbook page 197)

Question 1.
Write the representation of the following :
(i) Tricarbonatocobaltate(III) ion.
(ii) Sodium hexacyanoferrate(III).
(iii) Potassium hexacyafioferrate(II).
(iv) Aquachlorobis(ethylenediamine)cobalt(III).
(v) Tetraaquadichlorochromium(III) chloride.
(vi) Diamminedichloroplatinum(II).
Answer:
(i) [Co(C03)3]3-
(ii) Na3[Fe(CN)6]
(iii) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(iv) Co(en)2(H2O)(Cl)
(v) [Cr(H2O)4CI2]CI
(vi) Pt(NH3)2CI2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this …… (Textbook page 196)

Question 1.
Find out the EAN of
(a) [Zn(NH3)4]2+
(b) [Fe(CN)6]4+
Answer:
(a) For the complex ion, [Zn(NH3)4]2+ :
Atomic number of Zn = Z = 30
Charge on metal ion = + 2
∴ Number of electrons lost by Zn atom = X = 2 Total number of electrons donated by 4NH23
ligands = Y = 2 x 4 = 8
EAN = Z – X + Y
= 30 – 2 + 8
= 36

(Note : This is atomic number of the nearest inert element 36Kr.)

(b) For the complex ion, [Fe(CN)J4- :
For Fe, Z = 26 (Atomic number)
X = 2 (Due to + 2 charge on Fe)
Y = 12 (Due to 6 CN ligands)
∴ EAN = Z – X + Y
= 26 – 2 + 12
= 36

Use your brain power …… (Textbook page 197)

Question 1.
Do the following complexes follow the EAN rule
(a) Cr(CO)4,
(b) Ni(CO)4,
(c) Mn(CO)5,
(d) Fe(CO)5?
Answer:
(a) Cr(CO)4 : EAN = Z – X + Y
(b) Ni(C0)4 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 24 – 0 + 8
= 28 – 0 + 8
= 32
= 36
(c) Mn(CO)5 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 25 – 0 + 10
= 35

(d) Fe(CO)5 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 26 – 0 + 10
= 36

Conclusion :
(a) Cr(CO)4 and (c) Mn(CO)5 do not follow EAN Rule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this ….. (Textbook page 199)

Question 1.
Draw structures of ci,c and trans isomers of [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 9

Remember ….. (Textbook page 199)

Our hands are non-superimposable mirror images. When you hold your left hand up to a mirror the image looks like right hand.

Try this ….. (Textbook page 199)

Question 1.
Draw enantiomers of [Cr(OX)2]3 where OX = C2O4 :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 16

Question 2.
Draw (A) enantiomers and (B) cis and trans isomers of [Cr(H2O)2(OX)2] :
Answer:
(A) Enantiomers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 17

(B) as and trans isomers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 18

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Can you tell ? ….. (Textbook page 200)

Question 1.
Can you write IUPAC names of isomers (I) [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br and (II) [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 25

Question 2.
Write linkage isomers of [Fe(H2O)5SCN]+. Write their IUPAC names.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 26

Use your brain power …..(Textbook page 201)

Question 1.
The stability constant K of the [Ag(CN)2] is 5.5 x 10 while that for the corresponding [Ag(NH3)2]+ is 1.6 x 107. Explain why [Ag(CN)2]2- is more stable.
Answer:
Stability constant of [Ag(CN)2]2- is larger than that of [Ag(NH3)2]+ and hence [Ag(CN)2]2- is more stable. Also, CN is a stronger ligand than NH3.

Remember …… (Textbook Page 202)

Question 1.
Complete the missing entries.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 71
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 51

(Note : The missing entries are underlined.)

Table 9.3: Type of hybridisation and geometry of a complex
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 52

Try this ….. (Textbook page 204)

Question 1.
Based on the VBT predict structure and magnetic behaviour of the [Ni(NH3)6]
Answer:
28Ni [Ar] 3d8 4s2
Ni3+ [Ar] 3d7 4s°
Hybridisation : sp3d2
Geometry : Octahedral
Magnetic property : Paramagnetic

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this …… (Textbook page 202)

Question 1.
Give VBT description of bonding in each of following complexes. Predict their magnetic behaviour.
(a) [ZnCI4]2+
(b) [CO(H2O)6]2- (high spin)
(c) [Pt(CN)4]2- (square planar)
(d) [CoCI4]2- (tetrahedral)
(e) [Cr(NH3)6]3+

Try this ……. (Textbook page 206)

Question 1.
Sketch qualitatively crystal field d orbital energy level diagrams for each of the following complexes :
(a) [Ni(en)3]2+ (b) [Mn(CN)6]3- (c) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
Predict whether each of the complexes is diamagnetic or paramagnetic.
Answer:
(a) The complex ion, [Ni(en)3]2+ is octahedral.
28Ni [Ar] 3d8 4s2
Ni2+ [Ar] 3d8 4s°.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 61

Since en is a strong ligand there is pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 2 in t2g, orbitals
Magnetic moment = \(\mu=\sqrt{n(n+2)}\)
\(=\sqrt{2(2+2)}=2.83 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M} .\)

The complex ion is paramagnetic.

(b) The complex ion [Mn(CN)6]3- is octahedral.
25Mn [Ar] 3d5 4s2
Mn3+ [Ar] 3d4 4s°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 62

Since CN is a strong ligand there is pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 2 in t2g, orbitals
Magnetic moment = \(\mu=\sqrt{n(n+2)}\)
\(=\sqrt{2(2+2)}=2.83 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M}\).

The complex ion is paramagnetic.

(c) The complex ion [Fe(H2O)6]2+ is octahedral.
26Fe [Ar] 3d6 4s2
Fe2+ [Ar] 3d6 45°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 63

Since H2O is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 4 in t2g and eg orbitals.
Magnetic moment
\(\begin{aligned}
=\mu &=\sqrt{n(n+2)} \\
&=\sqrt{4(4+2)} \\
&=4.90 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M} .
\end{aligned}\)
The complex ion is paramagnetic.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

1. Choose the most correct answer:

Question i.
The pH of 10-8 M of HCl is
(a) 8
(b) 7
(c) less than 7
(d) greater than 7
Answer:
(c) less than 7

Question ii.
Which of the following solution will have pH value equal to 1.0?
(a) 50 mL of 0.1M HCl + 50mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(b) 60 mL of 0.1M HCl + 40mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(c) 20 mL of 0.1M HCl + 80mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(d) 75 mL of 0.2M HCl + 25mL of 0.2 M NaOH
Answer:
(d) 75 mL of 0.2M HCl + 25mL of 0.2 M NaOH

Question iii.
Which of the following is a buffer solution ?
(a) CH3COONa + NaCl in water
(b) CH3COOH + HCl in water
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa in water
(d) HCl + NH4Cl in water
Answer:
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa in water

Question iv.
The solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt AX is 5.2 x 10-13. Its solubility in mol dm-3 is
(a) 7.2 × 10-7
(b) 1.35 × 10-4
(c) 7.2 × 10-8
(d) 13.5 × 10-8
Answer:
(a) 7.2 × 10-7

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question v.
Blood in human body is highly buffered at pH of
(a) 7.4
(b) 7.0
(c) 6.9
(d) 8.1
Answer:
(a) 7.4

Question vi.
The conjugate base of [Zn(H2O)4]2+ is
(a) [Zn(H2O)4]2+ NH3
(b) [Zn(H2O)3]2+
(c) [Zn(H2O)3OH]+
(d) [Zn(H2O)H]3+
Answer:
(c) [Zn(H2O)3OH]+

Question vii.
For pH > 7 the hydronium ion concentration would be
(a) 10-7 M
(b) < 10-7 M
(c) > 10-7 M
(d) ≥ 10-7 M
Answer:
(b) < 10-7 M

2. Answer the following in one sentence :

Question i.
Why cations are Lewis acids ?
Answer:
Since cations are deficient of electrons they accept a pair of electrons, hence they are Lewis acids.

Question ii.
Why is KCl solution neutral to litmus?
Answer:

  1. Since KCl is a salt of strong base KOH and strong acid HCl, it does not undergo hydrolysis in its aqueous solution.
  2. Due to strong acid and strong base, concentrations [H3O+] = [OH] and the solution is neutral.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question iii.
How are basic buffer solutions prepared?
Answer:

  1. Basic buffer solution is prepared by mixing aqueous solutions of a weak base like NH4OH and its salt of a strong acid like NH4Cl.
  2. A weak base is selected according to the required pH or pOH of the solution and dissociation constant of the weak base.

Question iv.
Dissociation constant of acetic acid is 1.8 × 10-5. Calculate percent dissociation of acetic acid in 0.01 M solution.
Answer:
Given : Ka = 1.8 x 10-5; C = 0.01 M
Percent dissociation = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 1
∴ Percent dissociation = α × 100
= 4.242 × 10-2 × 102
= 4.242%
Percent dissociation = 4.242%

Question v.
Write one property of a buffer solution.
Answer:
Properties (or advantages) of a buffer solution :

  • The pH of a buffer solution is maintained appreciably constant.
  • By addition of a small amount of an acid or a base pH does not change.
  • On dilution with water, pH of the solution doesn’t change.

Question vi.
The pH of a solution is 6.06. Calculate its H+ ion concentration.

Question vii.
Calculate the pH of 0.01 M sulphuric acid.
Answer:
Given : C = 0.01 M H2SO4, pH = ?
\(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{SO}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)
∴ [H3O+] = 2 × 0.01 = 0.02 M
PH = -log10 [H3O+]
= -log10 0.02
= –\((\overline{2} .3010)\)
= 2 – 0.3010
= 1.6990
pH = 1.6990.

Question viii.
The dissociation of H2S is suppressed in the presence of HCl. Name the phenomenon.
Answer:
The weak dibasic acid H2S is dissociated as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 2
When HCl is added, it increases the concentration of common ion H3O+.
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Hence by Le Chaterlier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the dissociation of weak electrolyte H2S.

Question ix.
Why is it necessary to add H2SO4 while preparing the solution of CuSO4?
Answer:
CuSO4 is a salt of strong acid H2SO4 and weak base Cu(OH)2. CuSO4 in aqueous solution undergoes hydrolysis and forms a precipitate of Cu(OH)2 and solution becomes turbid.
CuSO4 + 2H2O ⇌ CU(OH)2↓ + H2SO4
OR
CuSO4 + 4H2O ⇌ Cu(OH)2 + 2H3O+ + \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\)
When H2SO4 is added, the hydrolysis equilibrium is shifted to left hand side and Cu(OH)2 dissolves giving clear solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question x.
Classify the following buffers into different types :
a. CH3COOH + CH3COONa
b. NH4OH + NH4Cl
c. Sodium benzoate + benzoic acid
d. Cu(OH)2 + CuCl2
Answer:
(a) Acidic buffer (CH3COOH + CH3COONa)
(b) Basic buffer (NH4OH + NH4Cl)
(c) Acidic buffer (Sodium benzoate + benzoic acid)
(d) Basic buffer (Cu(OH)2 + CuCl2)
[Note : Cu(OH)2 being insoluble is not used to prepare a buffer solution.]

3. Answer the following in brief :

Question i.
What are acids and bases according to Arrhenius theory ?
Answer:
According to Arrhenius theory :
Acid : It is a substance which contains hydrogen and on dissolving in water produces hydrogen ions (H+) E.g. HCl
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)

Base : It is a substance which contains OH group and on dissolving in water produces hydroxyl ions (OH). E.g. NaOH
\(\mathrm{NaOH}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Na}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)

Question ii.
What is meant by conjugate acid-base pair?
Answer:
Conjugate acid-base pair : A pair of an acid and a base differing by a proton is called a conjugate acid-base pair.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 3

Question iii.
Label the conjugate acid-base pair in the following reactions
a. HCl + H2O ⇌ H3O+ + Cl
b. \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\) + H2O ⇌ OH + \(\mathrm{HCO}_{3}^{-}\)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 4

Question iv.
Write a reaction in which water acts as a base.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 5
Since water accepts a proton, it acts as a base.

Question v.
Ammonia serves as a Lewis base whereas AlCl3 is Lewis acid. Explain.
Answer:

  • Since ammonia molecule, NH3 has a lone pair of electrons to donate it acts as a Lewis base.
  • AlCl3 is a molecule with incomplete octet hence it is electron deficient and acts as a Lewis acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question vi.
Acetic acid is 5% ionised in its decimolar solution. Calculate the dissociation constant of acid.
Answer:
Given : C = 0.1 M; Dissociation = 5%, Ka=2 Percent dissociation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 6
Dissociation constant of acid = Ka = 2.63 × 10-4

Question vii.
Derive the relation pH + pOH = 14.
Answer:
The ionic product of water, Kw is given by,
Kw = [H3O+] × [OH]
At 298 K, Kw = 1 × 10-14
∴ pKw = -log10Kw = log10 1 x 10-14 = 14
∵ [H3O+] × [OH] = 1 × 10-14
Taking logarithm to base 10 of both sides,
log10 [H3O+] + log10 [OH] = log10 1 x 10-14
Multiplying both the sides by -1,
-log10 [H3O+] -log10 [OH] = -log10 1 x 10-14
∵ pH = -log10 [H3O+]; pOH = -log10 [OH];
pKw = – log10 Kw
∴ pH + pOH = pKw
OR pH + pOH =14

Question viii.
Aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is alkaline whereas aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is acidic. Explain.
Answer:
(A) (i) Sodium carbonate is a salt of weak acid and strong base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 7
(iii) Strong base dissociates completely while weak acid dissociates partially since [OH] > [H3O+], the solution is basic.

(B) (i) Ammonium chloride is a salt of strong acid and weak base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 8
(iii) Since [H+] or [H3O+ ] > [OH] the solution is acidic.

Question ix.
pH of a weak monobasic acid is 3.2 in its 0.02 M solution. Calculate its dissociation constant.
Answer:
Given : pH = 3.2; C = 0.02 M; Ka = ?
pH = -log10 [H+]
∴ [H+] = Antilog – pH
= Antilog – 3.2
= Antilog \(\overline{4} .8\)
= 6.31 × 10-4M
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 9
Ka = cα2
= 0.02 × (0.0315)2
= 1.984 × 10-5
Dissociation constant = Ka = 1.984 × 10-5

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question x.
In NaOH solution [OH] is 2.87 × 10-4. Calculate the pH of solution.
Answer:
Given : [OH] = 2.87 × 10-4 M, pH = ?
pOH = -log10 [OH]
= -log10 2.87 × 10-4
= –\((\overline{4} .4579)\)
= (4 – 0.4579)
= 3.5421
∵ pH + pOH = 14
∴ pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 3.5421 = 10.4579
pH = 10.4579.

4. Answer the following :

Question i.
Define degree of dissociation. Derive Ostwald’s dilution law for the CH3COOH.
Answer:
(A) Degree of dissociation :
It is defined as a fraction of total number of moles of an electrolyte that dissociate into its ions at equilibrium.
It is denoted by a and represented by,
α = \(\frac{\text { number of moles dissociated }}{\text { total number of moles of an electrolyte }}\)
Or α = \(\frac{\text { Per cent dissociation }}{100}\)
∴ Per cent dissociation = α × 100

(B) Consider V dm3 of a solution containing one mole of CH3COOH. Then the concentration of acid is, C = \(\frac{1}{V}\) mol dm3. Let α be the degree of dissociation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 10
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 11
This is Ostwald’s dilution law.

Question ii.
Define pH and pOH. Derive relationship between pH and pOH.
Answer:
(1) pH : The negative logarithm, to the base 10, of the molar concentration of hydrogen ions, H+ is known as the pH of a solution.
pH = -log10 [H+]

(2) pOH : The negative logarithm, to the base 10, of the molar concentration of hydroxyl ions, OH is known as the pOH of a solution.
pOH = -log10 [OH]

Relationship between pH and pOH:
The ionic product of water, Kw is given by,
Kw = [H3O+] × [OH]
At 298 K, Kw = 1 × 10-14
∴ pKw = -log10Kw = log10 1 x 10-14 = 14
∵ [H3O+] × [OH] = 1 × 10-14
Taking logarithm to base 10 of both sides,
log10 [H3O+] + log10 [OH] = log10 1 x 10-14
Multiplying both the sides by -1,
-log10 [H3O+] – log10 [OH] = -log10 1 x 10-14
∵ pH = -log10 [H3O+]; pOH = -log10 [OH];
pKw = – log10 Kw
∴ pH + pOH = pKw
OR pH + pOH =14

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question iii.
What is meant by hydrolysis ? A solution of CH3COONH4 is neutral. why ?
Answer:
Hydrolysis : A reaction in which the cations or anions or both the ions of a salt react with water to produce acidity or basicity or sometimes neutrality is called hydrolysis.

A salt of weak acid and weak base for which Ka = Kb:
Consider hydrolysis of CH3COONH4.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 12
Since Ka = Kb, the weak acid CH3COOH and weak base NH4OH dissociate to the same extent, hence, [H3O+] = [OH] and the solution reacts neutral after hydrolysis.

Question iv.
Dissociation of HCN is suppressed by the addition of HCl. Explain.
Answer:
The weak acid HCN is dissociated as follows :
\(\mathrm{HCN}_{(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{CN}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The dissociation constant Ka is represented as,
Ka = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{CN}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HCN}]}\)
When HCl is added, it increases the concentration of H3O+, hence in order to keep the ratio constant, then by Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the dissociation of HCN.

Question v.
Derive the relationship between degree of dissociation and dissociation constant in weak electrolytes.
Answer:
Expression of Ostwald’s dilution law in the case of a weak electrolyte : Consider the dissociation of a weak electrolyte BA. Let V dm3 of a solution contain one mole of the electrolyte. Then the concentration of a solution is, C = \(\frac{1}{V}\)mol dm-3. Let α be the degree of dissociation of the electrolyte.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 13
Applying the law of mass action to this dissociation equilibrium, we have,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 14
As the electrolyte is weak, α is very small as compared to unity, ∴ (1 – α) ≈ 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 15
This is the expression of Ostwald’s dilution law. Thus, the degree of dissociation of a weak electrolyte is directly proportional to the square root of the volume of the solution containing 1 mole of an electrolyte.

Question vi.
Sulfides of cation of group II are precipitated in acidic solution (H2S + HCl) whereas sulfides of cations of group IIIB are precipitated in ammoniacal solution of H2S. Comment on the relative values of solubility product of sulfides of these.
Answer:
(1) In qualitative analysis, the cations of group II are precipitated as sulphides, namely HgS, CuS, PbS, etc., while cations of group IIIB are precipitated as sulphides, namely, CoS, NiS, ZnS.

(2) The sulphides of group II have extremely low solubility product (Ksp) about 10-29 to 10-53 while the sulphides of group IIIB have slightly higher Ksp values about 10-20 to 10-23.

(3) In group II, sulphides are precipitated by adding H2S in acidic solution while in IIIB group they are precipitated in a basic solution like ammonical solution.

(4) In acidic medium due to common ion H+, H2S is dissociated to very less extent but gives sufficient S2- ion to exceed solubility product of group II sulphides of cations and precipitate them.
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-} ; \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{~S}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{S}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)

(5) In basic medium, H+ from H2S are removed by OH in solution, or by NH4OH, increasing the dissociation of H2S and concentration of S2-, so that IP > Ksp.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 16
(6) Therefore group II cations are precipitated in an acidic medium while cations of group IIIB are precipitated in ammonical solution.

Question vii.
Solubility of a sparingly soluble salt get affected in presence of a soluble salt having one common ion. Explain.
Answer:
Consider the solubility equilibrium of a sparingly soluble salt, AgCl.
\(\mathrm{AgCl}_{(\mathrm{s})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Ag}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The solubility product, Ksp is given by,
Ksp = [Ag+] × [Cl]
Consider addition of a strong electrolyte AgNO3 with a common ion Ag+.
\(\mathrm{AgNO}_{3(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Ag}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{NO}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The concentration Ag+ in the solution is increased, hence by Le Chatelier’s principle the equilibrium of AgCl is shifted to left hand side since the value of Ksp is constant.
Thus in the presence of a common ion, the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt is suppressed.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question viii.
The pH of rain water collected in a certain region of Maharashtra on particular day was 5.1. Calculate the H3O+ ion concentration of the rain water and its percent dissociation.
Answer:
Given : pH = 5.1, [H3O+] = ?
PH = -log10 [H3O+]
∴ log10 [H3O+] = -pH
∴ [H3O+] = Antilog – pH
= Antilog – 5.1
= Antilog \(\overline{6} .9\)
= 7.943 × 10-6 M
(H3O+ in rainwater is due to dissolved gases, CO2, SO2, etc. forming acids which dissociate giving H3O+ and acidity to rainwater.)
[H3O+] = 7.943 × 10-4 M

Question ix.
Explain the relation between ionic product and solubility product to predict whether a precipitate will form when two solutions are mixed?
Answer:
If ionic product and solubility product are indicated by IP and Ksp respectively then,
(I) When IP = Ksp, the solution is saturated.
(II) When IP > Ksp, the solution is supersaturated and hence precipitation will occur, when two solutions are mixed.
(Ill) When IP < Ksp, the solution is unsaturated and precipitation will not occur, when two solutions are mixed.

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 47)

Question 1.
Which of the following is a strong electrolyte ?
HF, AgCl, CuSO4, CH3COONH4, H3PO4.
Answer:
CH3COONH4 is a strong electrolyte since in aqueous solution it dissociates completely. Sparingly soluble salts AgCl, CuSO4 are also strong electrolytes.

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 49)

Question 1.
All Bronsted bases are also Lewis bases, but all Bronsted acids are not Lewis acids. Explain.
Answer:
NH3 is a Bronsted base since it can accept a proton while it is also a Lewis base since it has a lone pair of electrons to donate.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 17
(2) HCl is a Bronsted acid since it can donate a proton but it is not a Lewis acid since it can’t accept a pair of electrons.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 18

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 53)

Question 1.
Suppose that pH of monobasic and dibasic acid is the same. Does this mean that the molar concentrations of both acids are identical ?
Answer:
Even if monobasic acid and dibasic acid give same pH, their molar concentrations are different. One mole of monobasic acid like HCl gives 1 mol of H+ while one mole of dibasic acid gives 2 mol of H+ in solution. Hence the concentration of dibasic acid will be half of the concentration of monobasic acid. For example, for same pH. [Monobasic acid] = [Dibasic acid]/2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question 2.
How does pH of pure water vary with temperature ? Explain.
Answer:
Since the increase in temperature, increases the dissociation of water, its pH decreases.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 54)

Question 1.
Why (i) an aqueous solution of NH4Cl is acidic.
(ii) while that of HCOOK basic ?
Answer:
(i) (i) Ammonium chloride is a salt of strong acid and weak base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 19
(iii) Since [H+] or [H3O+] > [OH] the solution is acidic.

(ii) HCOOK is a salt of weak acid HCOOH and strong base KOH. In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis giving weak acid and strong base KOH which dissociates completely,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 20
∴ [OH] > [H3O+], and the solution reacts basic.

Can you think ? (Textbook Page No. 56)

Question 1.
Home made jams and jellies without any added chemical preservative additives spoil in a few days whereas commercial jams and jellies have a long shelf life. Explain. What role does added sodium benzoate play ?
Answer:
Sodium benzoate added to jams and jellies in commercial products maintains the pH constant and acts as a preservative. Hence jams and jellies are not spoiled for a very long time unlike homemade products.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 56)

Question 1.
It is enough to add a few mL of a buffer solution to maintain its pH. Which property of buffer is used here ?
Answer:
The important property of reserve acidity and reserve basicity of a buffer solution is used to maintain constant pH. Weak acid or weak base along with ions (cations or anions) from salt react with excess of added acid (H+) or base [OH] and maintain pH constant.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 59)

Question 1.
What is the relationship between molar solubility and solubility product for salts given below : (i) Ag2CrO4 (ii) Ca3(PO4)2 (iii) Cr(OH)3.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 21
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 22

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 60)

Question 1.
How is the ionization of NH4OH suppressed by addition of NH4Cl to the solution of NH4OH ?
Answer:
Ionisation of NH4OH is represented as follows :
\(\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
It has ionisation constant,
Kb = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}^{4+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{OH}\right]}\)
Kb has constant value at constant temperature. When strong electrolyte NH4Cl is added to its solution, it dissociates completely.
\(\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Due to common ion \(\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\), by Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the ionisation of NH4OH.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The rate law for the reaction aA + bB → P is rate = k[A] [B]. The rate of reaction doubles if
a. concentrations of A and B are both doubled.
b. [A] is doubled and [B] is kept constant
c. [B] is doubled and [A] is halved
d. [A] is kept constant and [B] is halved.
Answer:
b. [A] is doubled and [B] is kept constant

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question ii.
The order of the reaction for which the units of rate constant are mol dm-3 s-1 is
a. 1
b. 3
c. 0
d. 2
Answer:
c. 0

Question iii.
The rate constant for the reaction 2N2O5(g) → 2N2O4(g) + O2(g) is 4.98 × 10-4 s-1. The order of reaction is
a. 2
b. 1
c. 0
d. 3
Answer:
b. 1

Question iv.
Time required for 90 % completion of a certain first order reaction is t. The time required for 99.9 % completion will be
a. t
b. 2t
c. t/2
d. 3t
Answer:
d. 3t

Question v.
Slope of the graph ln[A]t versus t for first order reaction is
a. -k
b. k
c. k/2. 303
d. -k/2. 303
Answer:
a. -k

Question vi.
What is the half life of a first order reaction if time required to decrease concentration of reactant from 0.8 M to 0.2 M is 12 h?
a. 12 h
b. 3 h
c. 1.5 h
d. 6 h
Answer:
d. 6 h

Question vii.
The reaction, 3ClO ClO3Θ + 2 ClΘ occurs in two steps,
(i) 2 ClO → ClO2Θ
(ii) ClO2Θ + ClOΘ → ClO3Θ + ClΘ

The reaction intermediate is
a. ClΘ
b. ClO2Θ
c. ClO3Θ
d. ClOΘ
Answer:
b. ClO2Θ

Question viii.
The elementary reaction O2(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g) is
a. unimolecular and second order
b. bimolecular and first order
c. bimolecular and second order
d. unimolecular and first order
Answer:
c. bimolecular and second order

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question ix.
Rate law for the reaction, 2NO + Cl2 → 2 NOCl is rate = k[NO2]2[Cl2]. Thus k would increase with
a. increase of temperature
b. increase of concentration of NO
c. increase of concentration of Cl2
d. increase of concentrations of both Cl2 and NO
Answer:
a. increase of temperature

Question x.
For an endothermic reaction, X ⇌ Y. If E f is activation energy of the forward reaction and Er that for reverse reaction, which of the following is correct?
a. Ef = Er
b. Ef < Er
c. Ef > Er
d. ∆H = Ef – Er is negative
Answer:
(c) Ef → Er

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
For the reaction,
N2(g) + 3 H2(g) → 2NH3(g), what is the relationship among \(\frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{N}_{2}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}}\)\(\frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}} \text { and } \frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}} ?\)
Answer:
N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
From the above reaction, when 1 mole of N2 reacts, 3 moles of H2 are consumed and 2 moles of NH3 are formed.

If the instantaneous rate R of the reaction is represented in terms of rate of the consumption of N2 then, \(R=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 10
Hence the rate of reaction in terms of concentration changes in N2, H2 and NH3 may be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 11

Question ii.
For the reaction,
CH3Br(aq) + OH-(aq) → CH3OHΘ (aq) +BrΘ (aq), rate law is rate = k[CH3Br][OHΘ]
a. How does reaction rate changes if [OHΘ] is decreased by a factor of 5?
b. What is change in rate if concentrations of both reactants are doubled?
Solution :
Given :
(a) Rate = R = k [CH3Br] x [OH]
If R1 and R2 are initial and final rates of reaction then,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 84
Rate will be increased 4 time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question iii.
What is the relationship between coeffients of reactants in a balanced equation for an overall reaction and exponents in rate law. In what case the coeffients are the exponents?
Answer:
Explanation : Consider the following reaction, aA + bB → products

If the rate of the reaction depends on the concentrations of the reactants A and B, then, by rate law,
R α [A]a [B]b
∴ R = k [A]a [Bb
where [A] = concentration of A and
[B] = concentration of B

The proportionality constant k is called the velocity constant, rate constant or specific rate of the reaction.

a and b are the exponents or the powers of the concentrations of the reactants A and B respectively when observed experimentally.

The exponents or powers may not be necessarily a and b but may be different x and y depending on experimental observations. Then the rate R will be,
R = k [A]x [B]y
For example, if x = 1 and y = 2, then,
R = k [A] x [B]2

Question iv.
Why all collisions between reactant molecules do not lead to a chemical reaction?
Answer:
(i) Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic re-quirements of a reaction is that the reacting species (atoms, ions or molecules) must come together and collide for a reaction to occur. Therefore the rate of the reaction shall depend on the rate and frequency of collisions which increase with the amount of reacting species and temperature.

However it is observed that the rate of reaction is very low as compared to the rate of collisions between reacting species in gaseous phase or liquid phase. This suggests that all the collisions are not fruitful leading to a reaction. Hence it is necessary to consider another factor like energy of colliding species along with collision frequency.

(ii) Energy requirement (Activation energy) : The colliding molecules must possess a certain mini-mum energy called activation energy required far breaking and making bonds resulting in the reaction. This implies that the colliding molecules must have energy equal to or greater than the activation energy. The colliding molecules with less energy do not react.

(iii) Orientation of reactant molecules : The concept of activation energy is satisfactory in case of simple molecules or ions but not in case of complex or higher polyatomic molecules. It is observed that the rates of reaction are less as compared to the rates of collisions between activated molecules with activation energy.

This suggests that in addition, the colliding molecules must have proper orientations relative to each other during collisions. For example, consider the reaction, A – B-l-C → A + B – C. For the reaction to occur, C must collide with B while collisions with A will not be fruitful. Since B has to bond with C.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 118

Question v.
What is the activation energy of a reaction?
Answer:
Activation energy : The energy required to form activated complex or transition state from the reactant molecules is called activation energy.
OR
The height of energy barrier in the energy profile diagram is called activation energy.

Question vi.
What are the units for rate constants for zero order and second order reactions if time is expressed in seconds and concentration of reactants in mol/L?
Answer:
(a) For a zero order reaction, the rate constant has units, molL-1s-1.
(b) For second order reaction,
Rate = k x [Reactant]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 176

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question vii.
Write Arrhenius equation and explain the terms involved in it.
Answer:
Arrhenius equation is represented as k = A x e-Ea/RT
where
k = Rate constant at absolute temperature T
Ea = Energy of activation R = Gas constant
A = Frequency factor or pre-exponential factor.

Question viii.
What is the rate determining step?
Answer:
Many chemical reactions take place in a series of elementary steps. Among many steps of the reaction, one of the steps is the slowest step compared to other steps.

Rate determining step : The slowest step in the reaction mechanism which involves many steps is called the rate-determining step.

Question ix.
Write the relationships between rate constant and half life of fist order and zeroth order reactions.
Answer:
(a) For first order reaction, half-life period t1/2 is, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\) where k is the rate constant.
(b) For zeroth-order reaction, half half period (t1/2) is, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where k is the rate constant and [A]0 is initial concentration of the reactant.

Question x.
How do half lives of the fist order and zero order reactions change with initial concentration of reactants?
Answer:
(A) For the first order reaction, half life, t1/2 is given by, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\) where k is rate constant. Hence it is independent of initial concentration of the reactant.

(B) Zero order reaction,
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where [A]0 is initial concentration of the reactant.

Hence, half life period increases with the increase in concentration of the reactant.

3. Answer the following in brief.

Question i.
How instantaneous rate of reaction is determined?
Answer:
(1) The instantaneous rate is expressed as an infinite¬simal change in concentration (- dc) of the reactant with the infinitesimal change in time (dt).
For a reaction, A → B, let an infinitesimal change in A be – dc in time dt, then Rate \(=\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\).

Hence, it is represented as,
∴ Instantaneous rate \(=-\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

The negative sign indicates a decrease in the concentration of A.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 8
It is obtained by drawing a tangent to the curve obtained by plotting the concentration against the time. Hence, the slope at a given point represents the instantaneous rate of the reaction.

(2) The instantaneous rate can also be expressed as an infinitesimal change (or increase) in the concentration of the product with the infinitesimal change in time (dt).

Let dB be an infinitesimal change in the concentration of product B in time dt, then Rate \(=\frac{d[\mathrm{~B}]}{d t}=\frac{d x}{d t}\).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Hence,
Instantaneous rate \(=\frac{d x}{d t}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 9
It is obtained from the slope of the curve obtained by plotting the concentration of the product against time.

The instantaneous rate is more useful in obtaining the rate law integrated equations.

Question ii.
Distinguish between order and molecularity of a reaction.
Answer:

Order Molecularity
1. It is the sum of the exponents to which the concentration terms in rate law expression are raised. 1. ¡t is the number of molecules (or atoms or ions) of the reaCtants taking part in the elementary reaction.
2. It is experimentally determined and indicates the dependence of the reaction rate on the concentration of particular reactants. 2. It is the oretical property and indicátes the number of molecules of reactant in each step of the reaction.
3. It may have values that are integer, fractional, or zero. 3. It is always an integer.
4. Its value depends upon experimental conditions. 4. Its value does not depend upon experimental conditions.
5. It is the property of elementary and complex reactions. 5. It is the property of elementary reactions only.
6. Rate law expression describes the order of the reaction. 6. Rate law does not describe molecularity.

Question iii.
A reaction takes place in two steps,
1. NO(g) + Cl2(g) NOCl2(g)
2. NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)
a. Write the overall reaction.
b. Identify reaction intermediate.
c. What is the molecularity of each step?
Solution :
Given :
(1) NO(g) + Cl2(g) → NOCl2(g)
(2) NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)

(a) Overall reaction is obtained by adding both the reactions
2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl2(g)
(b) The reaction intermediate is NOCl2, since it is formed in first step and consumed in the second step.
(c) Since the first step is a slow and rate determin­ing step, the molecularity is two.

Since the second step is a fast step its molecularity is not considered.

Question iv.
Obtain the relationship between the rate constant and half-life of a fist order reaction.
Answer:
Consider the following reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 175
If [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of A at start and after time t, then [A]0 = a and [A]t = a – x.

The velocity constant or the specific rate constant k for the first order reaction can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 57

where, a is the initial concentration of the reactant A, x is the concentration of the product B after time t, so that (a – x) is the concentration of the reactant A after time t.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Half-life of a reaction : The time required to reduce the concentration of the reactant to half of its initial value is called the half-life period or the half-life of the reaction.

If t1/2 is the half-life of a reaction, then at t = t1/2, x = a/2, hence a – x = a – a/2 = a/2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 58
Hence, for a first order reaction, the half-life of the reaction is independent of the initial concentration of the reactant.

Question v.
How will you represent zeroth-order reaction graphically?
Answer:
(1) A graph of concentration against time : In case of a zero-order reaction, the rate of reaction is independent of the concentration of the reactant. The concentration [A]t of the reactant at a time t is given by
[A]t = – kt + [A]0 (y = – mx + c)
where [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant and k is a rate constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 76

Hence in case of zero order reaction, when the concentration of the reactant is plotted against time, a straight line with the slope equal to – k is obtained. The concentration of the reactants de-crease with time. The intercept on the concentration axis gives the initial concentration, [A]0.

(2) A graph of rate of a reaction against the concen-tration of the reactant: Rate of a zero order reaction is independent of the concentration of the reactant.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Rate, R = k [A]0 = k

Hence even if the concentration of the reactant decreases, the rate of the reaction remains constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 77

Therefore if the rate of a zero order reaction is plotted against concentration, then a straight line with zero slope is obtained indicating, no change in the rate of the reaction with a change in the concentration of the reactants.

(3) A graph of half-life period against concentration : The half-life period of a zero-order reaction is given by, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where [A]0 is initial con-centration of the reactant and k is the rate constant. Hence the half-life period is directly proportional to the concentration.

When a graph of t1/2 is plotted against concentration, a straight line passing through origin is obtained, and the slope gives \(\frac{1}{2 k}\), where k is the rate constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 78

Question vi.
What are pseudo-fist order reactions? Give one example and explain why it is pseudo-fist order.
Answer:
Pseudo-first-order reaction : A reaction which has higher-order true rate law but is experimentally found to behave as first order is called pseudo first order reaction.
Explanation : Consider an acid hydrolysis reaction of an ester like methyl acetate.
CH3COOCH3(aq) + H2O(1) \(\stackrel{\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}}{\longrightarrow}\) CH3COOH(aq) + CH3OH(aq)
Since the reaction involves two substances, ester and water, it is a bimolecular reaction and the true rate law should be, Rate = k’ [CH3COOCH3] x [H2O]

Hence the reaction is expected to follow second order kinetics. However experimentally it is found that the reaction follows first order kinetics.

This is because solvent water being in a large excess, its concentration remains constant. Hence, [H2O] = constant = k”
Rate = k [CH3COOCH3] x [H2O]
= k [CH3COOCH3] x k”
= k’ x k” x [CH3COOCH3]
If k’ x k” = k, then Rate = k [CH3COOCH3],

This indicates that second-order true rate law is forced into first order rate law. Therefore this bimolecular reaction which appears of second order is called pseudo first order reaction.

Question vii.
What are the requirements for the colliding reactant molecules to lead to products?
Answer:
Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic re­quirements of a reaction is that the reacting species (atoms, ions or molecules) must come together and collide for a reaction to occur. Therefore the rate of the reaction shall depend on the rate and frequency of collisions which increase with the amount of reacting species and temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

However it is observed that the rate of reaction is very low as compared to the rate of collisions between reacting species in gaseous phase or liquid phase. This suggests that all the collisions are not fruitful leading to a reaction. Hence it is necessary to consider another factor like energy of colliding species along with collision frequency.

Energy requirement (Activation energy) : The colliding molecules must possess a certain mini­mum energy called activation energy required far breaking and making bonds resulting in the reac­tion. This implies that the colliding molecules must have energy equal to or greater than the activation energy. The colliding molecules with less energy do not react.

Orientation of reactant molecules : The concept of activation energy is satisfactory in case of simple molecules or ions but not in case of complex or higher polyatomic molecules. It is observed that the rates of reaction are less as compared to the rates of collisions between activated molecules with activa­tion energy.

This suggests that in addition, the colliding mole­cules must have proper orientations relative to each other during collisions. For example, consider the reaction, A – B + C → A + B – C. For the reaction to occur, C must collide with B while collisions with A will not be fruitful. Since B has to bond with C.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 118

Question viii.
How catalyst increases the rate of reaction? Explain with the help of a potential energy diagram for catalyzed and uncatalyzed reactions.
Answer:
(i) A catalyst is a substance, when added to the reactants, increases the rate of the reaction without being consumed. For example, the decomposition of KClO3 in the presence of small amount of MnO2 is very fast but very slow in the absence of MnO2.

2KClO3(s) \(\frac{\mathrm{MnO}_{2}}{\Delta}\) 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g)

(ii) The phenomenon of catalysed reaction is called catalysis and depends on nature of the catalyst. In heterogeneous catalysis, the reactant molecules are adsorbed on the solid catalyst surface while in case of homogeneous catalysis, the catalyst reacts with one of the reactants, forms intermediate and decomposes reforming original catalyst and the products.

(iii) The catalyst provides alternative and lower energy path or mechanism for the reaction.

(iv) In the presence of the catalyst, the activation energy of the reaction is lowered. The height of activation energy barrier is less than that in the uncatalysed reaction.

(v) Due to lowering of energy of activation, (Ea) the number of molecules possessing Ea increases, hence the rate of the reaction increases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 134

(vi) The rate constant = k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a frequency factor and hence the rates of the catalysed reaction are higher than those of un-catalysed reactions.

(vii) The catalyst does not change the extent of the reaction but hastens the reaction.

(viii) The catalyst enters the reaction but does not appear in the balanced equation since it is consumed in one step and regenerated in the another.

Question ix.
Explain with the help of the Arrhenius equation, how does the rate of reaction changes with (a) temperature and (b) activation energy.
Answer:
(a) By Arrhenius equation, k = Ax e-Ea/RT where k is rate constant, A is a frequency factor and Ed is energy of activation at temperature T. As Ea increases, the rate constant and rate of the reaction decreases.

(b) As temperature increases Ea/RT decreases but due to negative sign, k and rate increase with the increase in temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question x.
Derive the integrated rate law for first order reaction.
Answer:
Consider following gas phase reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 68

Let initial pressure of A be P0 at t = 0. If after time t the pressure of a A decreases by jc then the partial pressures of the substances will be, PA = PQ – x; PB = x and Pc = x

Total pressure will be,

PT + P0 – x + x + x = Po + x
∴ x = PT – Pn

The partial pressures at time t will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 69

Question xi.
How will you represent first-order reactions graphically.
Answer:
(1) A graph of rate of a reaction and concentra­tion : The differential rate law for first-order reac­tion, A → Products is represented as, Rate = [/latex]-\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}=k[\mathrm{~A}]\(

∴ Rate = k x [A]t (y = mx). When the rate of a first order reaction is plotted against concentration, [A]t, a straight line graph is obtained.

With the increase in the concentration [A]t, rate R, increases. The slope of the line gives the value of rate constant k.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 59

(2) A graph of concentration against time : When the concentration of the reactant is plotted against time t, a curve is obtained. The concentration [A], of the reactant decreases exponentially with time. The variation in the concentration can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 60
where [A]0 and [A]t are initial and final concentra­tions the reactant and k is the rate constant. The time required to complete the first order reaction is infinity.

(3) A graph of log10 (a – x) against time t :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 61
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 62

When log10(a – x) is plotted against time t, a straight line with negative slope is obtained, from which the velocity constant k can be calculated.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(4) A graph of half-life period and concentration : The half-life period, t1/2 of a first order reaction is given by, where k is the rate constant.

For the given reaction at a constant temperature, t1/2 is constant and independent of the concentration of the reactant.

Hence when a graph of t1/2 is plotted against concentration, a straight line parallel to the concen­tration axis (slope = zero) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 63

(5) A graph of log10 [latex]\left(\frac{a}{a-x}\right)\) against time : The rate constant, for a first order reaction is represented as, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 64where [A0] and [A]t are the respective initial and final concentrations of the reactant after time t.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 65
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 66
When \(\log _{10}\left(\frac{a}{a-x}\right)\) is plotted against time t, a straight line graph passing through the origin is obtained and the slope gives the value of k/2.303. From this slope, the rate constant can be calculated.

Question xii.
Derive the integrated rate law for the first order reaction, A(g) → B(g) + C(g) in terms of pressure.
Answer:
Consider following gas phase reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 68

Let initial pressure of A be P0 at t = 0. If after time t the pressure of a A decreases by jc then the partial pressures of the substances will be, PA = PQ – x; PB = x and Pc = x

Total pressure will be,

PT + P0 – x + x + x = Po + x
∴ x = PT – Pn

The partial pressures at time t will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 69

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question xiii.
What is zeroth-order reaction? Derive its integrated rate law. What are the units of rate constant?
Answer:
Definition : Zero order reaction : A reaction in which the rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of any reactant taking part in the reaction is called zero order reaction.

Consider a zero order reaction, A → Products
The rate of the reaction is, Rate \(=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

By rate law,
Rate = k x [A]0 = k
∴ – d[A] = k x dt

If [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant A at t = 0 and [A]t is the concentration of A present after time t, then by integrating above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 73
This is the integrated rate law expression for rate constant for zero order reaction.
∴ k x t = [A]0 – [A]t
∴ [A]t = – kt + A0

For a zero order reaction :
The rate of reaction is R = k [A]0 = k
Hence, the velocity constant k has the unit of the rate of the reaction, i.e., mol dm-3 s-1.

Question xiv.
How will you determine activation energy: (a) graphically using Arrhenius equation (b) from rate constants at two different temperatures?
Answer:
(a) By Arrhenius equation,
Rate constant = = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a fre-quency factor.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 130
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 131

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

When log10k is plotted against 1/T a straight line with negative slope is obtained. From the slope of the graph, energy of activation Ea, is obtained as follows :
Slope = \(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R}\)
∴ Ea = 2303R x sloPe

(b) For the given reaction, rate constants k1 and k2 are measured at two different temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Then \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\) where Ea is the energy of activation.

Hence by substituting appropriate values, energy of activation Ea for the reaction is determined.

Question xv.
Explain graphically the effect of temperature on the rate of reaction.
Answer:
(i) It has been observed that the rates of chemical reactions increase with the increase in temperature.
(ii) The kinetic energy of the molecules increases with the increase in temperature. The fraction of molecules possessing minimum energy barrier,
i. e. activation energy Ea increases with increase in temperature.
(iii) Hence the fraction of colliding molecules that possess kinetic energy (Ea) also increases, hence the rate of the reaction increases with increase in temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 132
(iv) The above figure shows that the area that represents the fraction of molecules with kinetic energy exceeding Ea is greater at higher temperature T2 than at lower temperature T1. This explains that the rate of the reaction increases at higher temperature.
(v) The shaded area to the right of activation energy Ea represents fraction of collisions of activated molecules having energy Ea or greater.

Question xvi.
Explain graphically the effect of catalyst on the rate of reaction.
Answer:
(i) The phenomenon of catalysed reaction is called catalysis and depends on nature of the catalyst. In heterogeneous catalysis, the reactant molecules are adsorbed on the solid catalyst surface while in case of homogeneous catalysis, the catalyst reacts with one of the reactants, forms intermediate and decomposes reforming original catalyst and the products.
(ii) The catalyst provides alternative and lower energy path or mechanism for the reaction.
(iii) In the presence of the catalyst, the activation energy of the reaction is lowered. The height of activation energy barrier is less than that in the uncatalysed reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question xvii.
For the reaction 2A + B → products, find the rate law from the following data.

[A]/M [A]/M rate/M s-1
0.3 0.05 0.15
0.6 0.05 0.30
0.6 0.2 1.20

Solution :
Given : 2A + B → Products
Rates : R1 = 0.15 Ms-1 R2 = 0.3 Ms-1
[A]1 = 0.3 M [A]2 = 0.6 M
[B]1 = 0.05 M [B]2 = 0.05 M
(i) If order of the reaction in A is x and in B is y then, by rate law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 104
∴ y = 1. Hence the reaction has order one in B.
The order of overall reaction = n = nA + nB = 1 + 1 = 2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 105
Answer:
(i) Rate law : Rate = fc [A] x [B]
Rate constant = k = 10M-1s-1
Order of the reaction = 2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

4. Solve

Question i.
In a first order reaction, the concentration of reactant decreases from 20 mmol dm-3 to 8 mmol dm-3 in 38 minutes. What is the half life of reaction? (28.7 min)
Solution :
Given: [A]0 =20 mmol dm-3;
[A]t=8 mmol dm-3; t=38 mm;
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 85
Answer:
Half life period = 28.74 min

Question ii.
The half life of a first order reaction is 1.7 hours. How long will it take for 20% of the reactant to react? (32.9 min)
Solution :
Given : t1/2 = 1.7 hr; [A]0 = 100;
[A]t = 100 – 20 = 80; t =?
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 87
Answer:
Time required = t = 32.86 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question iii.
The energy of activation for a first order reaction is 104 kJ/mol. The rate constant at 25 0C is 3.7 × 10-5 s-1. What is the rate constant at 300C? (R = 8.314 J/K mol) (7.4 × 10-5)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 137
Answer:
k2 = 7.382 x 10-5 s-1

Question iv.
What is the energy of activation of a reaction whose rate constant doubles when the temperature changes from 303 K to 313 K? (54.66 kJ/mol)
Solution :
Given : k2 = 2kt, T1 = 303 K; T2 = 313 K; Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 138
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 54.66 kJ

Question v.
The rate constant of a reaction at 5000C is 1.6 × 103 M-1 s-1. What is the frequency factor of the reaction if its activation energy is 56 kJ/mol. (9.72 × 106 M-1 s-1)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 139
Answer:
Frequency factor = A = 9.727 x 106 M-1s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question vi.
Show that time required for 99.9% completion of a first order reaction is three times the time required for 90% completion.
Solution :
Given : For 99.9 % completion, if [A]0 = 100,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 89
If t1 and t2 are the times required for 99.9 % and 90 % completion of reaction respectively, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 90
Answer:
Time required for 99.9 % completion of a first order reaction is three time the time required for 90 % completion of the reaction.

Question vii.
A first order reaction takes 40 minutes for 30% decomposition. Calculate its half life. (77.66 min)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 88
Answer:
Half life period = 77.70 min.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question viii.
The rate constant for the first order reaction is given by log10 k = 14.34 – 1.25 × 104 T. Calculate activation energy of the reaction. (239.3 kJ/mol)
Solution :
Given : log10 k = 14.34 – \(\frac{1.25 \times 10^{4}}{T}\) ……………………. (1)
From Arrhenius equation we can write,
\(\log _{10} k=\log _{10} A-\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R \times T}\) ……………………. (2)
By comparing equations (1) and (2),
\(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 \times R}\) = 1.25 x 104
∴ Ea = 1.25 x 104 x 2.303 x R
= 1.25 x 104 x 2.303 x 8.314
= 23.93 x 104 = 239.3 kJ mol-1

[Note : Frequency factor A may also be calculated as follows : log10 A = 14.34
∴ A = Antilog 14.34 = 2.188 x 104
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 239.3 kJ mol-1.

Question ix.
What fraction of molecules in a gas at 300 K collide with an energy equal to activation energy of 50 kJ/mol? (2 × 10-9)
Solution :
Given : T = 300 K; Ea = 50 kJ mol-1
= 50 x 103 mol-1
The fraction of molecules undergoing fruitful collisions is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 140
Answer:
Fraction of molecules undergoing collision = 2 x 10-9

Activity :
1. If you wish to determine the reaction order and rate constant for the reaction, 2AB2 → A2 + 2B2.
a) What data would you collect?
b) How would you use these data to determine whether the reaction is zeroth or first order?

2. The activation energy for two reactions are Ea and E’a with Ea > E’a. If the temperature of reacting system increases from T1 to T2, predict which of the following is correct?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 1
k values are rate constants at lower temperatures and k values at higher temperatures.

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Intext Questions and Answers

(Textbook Page No 121)

Question 1.
Write the expressions for rates of reaction for :
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)?
Answer:
For the given reaction, Rate of reaction =
\(=R=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)
\(\begin{aligned}
&=+\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t} \\
&=+\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}
\end{aligned}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Problem 6.1: (Textbook Page No 121)

Question 1.
For the reaction,
\(\mathbf{3 I}_{(a q)}^{-}+\mathbf{S}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{8(a q)}^{2-} \longrightarrow \mathbf{I}_{3(\text { (aq) }}^{-}+2 \mathbf{S O}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)
Calculate (a) the rate of formation of I3,
(b) the rates of consumption of 1 and S2O and (c) the overall rate of reaction if the rate of formation of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) is 0.O22 moles dm-3 sec-1.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 19
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 20
∴ (a) Rate of formation of \(\mathrm{I}_{3}^{-}\) = 0.011 mol dm-3 s-1
(b) Rate of consumption of I = 0.033 mol dm-3 s-1
(c) Rate of consumption of \(\mathrm{S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\) = 0.011 mol dm-3 s-1
(d) Overall rate of reaction = Rate of consumption of reactant = Rate of formation of product

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 122)

Question 1.
For the reaction :
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g), the rate of reaction is experimentally found to be proportional to the square of the concentration of NO2 and independent that of CO. Write the rate law.
Answer:
Since the rate of the reaction is proportional to [NO2]2 and [CO]0, the rate law is R = k[NO2]2 x [CO]0
∴ R = k[NO2]2.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 124)

Question 1.
The reaction,
CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g) is first order in CHCl3 and 1/2 order in Cl2. Write the rate law and overall order of reaction.
Answer:
Since the reaction is first order in CHCl3 and 1/2 order in Cl2, the rate law for the reaction will be, Rate = k[CHCl3] X [Cl2]1/2
The overall order (n) of the reaction will be, n = l + = \(\frac{1}{2}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Use your brain power! (Textbook Page No 124)

Question 1.
The rate of the reaction 2A + B → 2C + D is 6 x 10-4 mol dm-3 s-1 when [A] =[B] = O.3 mol dm-3 If the reaction is of first order in A and zeroth order in B, what is the rate constant?
Answer:
For the reaction,
2A + B → 2C + D,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 51

(Problem 6.7) (Textbook Page No 126)

Question 1.
A reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) NO2(g) + F2(g) → NO2F(g) + F(g) (slow)
(ii) F(g) + NO2(g) → NO2F(g) (fast)
(a) Write the equation of overall reaction.
(b) Write down rate law.
(c) Identify the reaction intermediate.
Solution :
(a) The addition of two steps gives the overall reaction as
2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2 F(g)
(b) Step (i) is slow. The rate law of the reaction is predicted from its stoichiometry. Thus, rate = k [NO2] [F2]
(c) F is produced in step (i) and consumed in step (ii) hence F is the reaction intermediate.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 126)

Question 1.
A complex reaction takes place in two steps :
(i) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) → NO2(g) + O2(g)
The predicted rate law is rate = k [NO] [O3]. Identify the rate-determining step. Write the overall reaction. Which is the reaction inter-mediate? Why?
Answer:
(i) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) The first step is slow and rate determining step since the rate depends on concentrations of NO(g) and O3(g). (Given : Rate = k [NO] x [O])
(b) The overall reaction is the combination of two steps.
NO(g) + O3(g) → NO2(g) + O2(g)
(c) NO3(g) and O(g) are reaction intermediates. They are formed in first step (i) and removed in the second step (ii).

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 129)

Question 1.
The half-life of a first-order reaction is 0.5 min. Calculate (a) time needed for the reactant to reduce to 20% and (b) the amount decomposed in 55 s.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 70

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 123)

Question 1.
For the reaction 2A + 2B → 2C + D, if concentration of A is doubled at constant [B] the rate increases by a factor of 4. If the concentration of B is doubled with [A] being constant the rate is doubled. Write the rate law of the reaction.
Answer:
Rate = R1 = k[A]x [B]y
When concentration of A = [2A] and
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 71
Hence order with respect to A is 2 and with respect to B is 1. By rate law,
Rate = A: [A]2 [B]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 2.
The rate law for the reaction A + B → C is found to be rate = k [A]2 x [B]. The rate constant of the reaction at 25 °C is 6.25 M-2 S-1. What is the rate of reaction when [A] = 1.0 mol dm-3 and [B] = 0.2 mol dm-3?
Answer:
Rate = k x [A]2 x [B]
= 6.25 x 12 x 0.2
Rate = 1.25 x 102 mol dm-3 s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 1.
What is electrochemistry ?
Answer:
Electrochemistry : It is the branch of physical chemistry which involves the study of the inter-relation between chemical changes and electrical energy and also concerned with the electrical properties of electrolytic solutions such as resistance and conductance.

Question 2.
What is electric conduction?
Answer:
The transfer of electric charge or electrons from one point to another is called electric conduction which results in an electric current.

Question 3.
What are the electric conductors?
Answer:
The substances that allow the flow of electricity or electric charge transfer through them are called the electric conductors.

Question 4.
What is a flow of electricity or a transfer of electric charge?
Answer:
The flow of electricity or a transfer of electric charge through a conductor involves the transfer of electrons from one point to the other point. This takes place under the influence of applied electric potential.

Question 5.
What are the types of electric conductors? On what basis are they classified ?
Answer:
The electric conductors are classified according to the mechanism of the transfer of electrons or charge. There are two types of conductors as follows :

(i) Electrons (or metallic) conductors : The electric conductors through which the conduction of electricity takes place by a direct flow of electrons under the influence of applied potential are called electronic conductors.

In this case, there is no transfer of matter like atoms or ions. For example, solid and molten metals such as Al, Cu, etc.

(ii) Electrolytic conductors : The conductors in which the conduction of electricity takes place by the migration of positive ions (cations) and negative ions (anions) of the electrolyte are called electrolytic conductors. In this, the conduction involves the transfer of matter and it is accompanied with chemical changes. For example, solutions of electrolytes (strong and weak), molten salts.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 6.
Distinguish between electronic and electrolytic conductors.
Answer:
Electronic conductors:

  1. The flow of electricity takes place by direct flow of electrons through the conductor.
  2. The conduction does not involve the transfer of a matter.
  3. No chemical change is involved during conduction.
  4. The resistance of the conductor increases and conductivity decreases with the increase in temperature.
  5. The conductance of metallic conductors is very high.
  6. Examples are solid or molten metals, such as Al, Cu, etc.

Electrolytic conductors:

  1. The electron transfer takes place by the migration of ions (cations and anions) of the electrolyte.
  2. The conduction involves the transfer of a matter.
  3. Chemical changes are always involved during the passage of an electric current.
  4. The resistance decreases and the conductivity increases with the increase in temperature.
  5. The conductance of the electrolytes is comparatively low.
  6. Examples are aqueous solutions of acids, bases or salts.

Question 7.
What information is provided by measurement of conductivities of solutions?
Answer:

  • The conducting and nonconducting properties of solutions can be identified by the measurement of their conductivities.
  • The substances like sucrose and urea which do not dissociate in aqueous solutions have same conductivity as that of water. Hence they are nonelectrolytes.
  • The substances like KCl, CH3COOH, NaOH, etc. dissociate in their aqueous solutions and their conductivities are higher than water. Hence they are electrolytes.
  • On the basis of high or low electrical conductivity, the electrolytes can be classified as strong and weak electrolytes. The solutions of strong electrolytes have high conductivities while solutions of weak electrolytes have lower conductivities.

Question 8.
What is Ohm’s law?
Answer:
Ohm’s law : According to Ohm’s law, the electrical resistance R of a conductor is equal to the electric potential difference, V divided by the electric current, I.
R = \(\frac{V}{I}\) ohm

Question 9.
What are SI units of
(a) electrical resistance
(b) potential and
(c) electric current?
Answer:
(a) The SI unit of electrical resistance is Ohm denoted by Ω (omega).
(b) The SI unit of potential is volt denoted by V.
(c) The SI unit of electric current is ampere denoted by A.

Question 10.
How is electrical conductance of a solution denoted ? What are its units ?
Answer:
The electrical conductance of a solution is denoted by G and it is the reciprocal of resistance, R.
G = \(\frac{1}{R}\)
The unit of G is siemens denoted by S or Ω-1.
Hence we can write, S = Ω-1 = AV-1 = CV-1S-1 where A is ampere and C is coulomb.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 11.
What is electrical conductance? What are its units ?
Answer:
The reciprocal of the electrical resistance of a solution is called the conductance. It is represented by G.
∴ Conductance (G) = \(\frac{1}{\text { Resistance }}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}}\)
The conductance has units of reciprocal of ohm (Ω-1, ohm-1 or mho). In SI units, conductance has units as Siemens, (S). (1 S = 1 Ω-1 = 1 ohm-1 = 1 mho = AV-1 = CV-1 S, where C represents electric charge in coulomb, and A represents current strength)

Question 12.
What is specific conductance or conductivity?
Answer:
The reciprocal of specific resistance or resistivity is called specific conductance or conductivity.
If ρ is the resistivity then,
conductivity = \(\frac{1}{\text { resistivity }}=\frac{1}{\rho}\)
Conductivity is denoted by κ (kappa), where κ = \(\frac{1}{\rho}\)
It is the conductance of a conductor that is 1 m in length and 1 m2 in cross section area in SI units. (In C.G.S. units, it is the resistance of a conductor that is 1 cm in length and 1 cm2 in cross section area.) It is the conductance of a conductor of volume 1 m3 (or in C.G.S. units, the volume of 1 cm3).

Question 13.
What are the units of specific conductance or conductivity?
Answer:
If ρ is a resistivity and κ is conductivity or specific conductance, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 1
(where S is Siemens)
(In C.G.S. system, the units of κ are Ω-1 cm-1 or S cm-1 which are commonly used.)

Question 14.
Define molar conductivity. What is the significance of it ?
Answer:
Molar conductivity: It is defined as a conductance of a volume of the solution containing ions from one mole of an electrolyte when placed between two parallel plate electrodes 1 cm apart and of large area, sufficient to accommodate the whole solution between them, at constant temperature. It is denoted by ∧m.

Thus, the significance of molar conductivity is the conductance due to ions from one mole of an electrolyte.

Question 15.
Obtain a relation between conductivity (κ) and molar conductivity (∧m).
Answer:
Conductivity or specific conductance (κ) is the conductance of 1 cm3 of the solution in C.G.S. units, while molar conductivity is the conductance of a solution containing one mole of an electrolyte. Consider C molar solution, i.e., C moles of an electrolyte present in 1 litre or 1000 cm3 of the solution.
∴ C moles of an electrolyte are present in 1000 cm3 solution.
∴ 1 mole of an electrolyte is present in \(\frac{1000}{\mathrm{C}}\) cm
solution.
Now,
∴ Conductance of 1 cm3 of this solution is κ,
∴ Conductance of \(\frac{1000}{\mathrm{C}}\) cm3 of the solution is \(\frac{\kappa \times 1000}{C}\)
This represents molar conductivity, ∧m.
∴ ∧m = \(\frac{\kappa \times 1000}{C}\) cm2 mol-1 (in C.G.S units)
[In case of SI units :
Consider a solution in which C moles of an electrolyte are present in 1 m3 of solution.
Conductivity κ is the conductance of 1 m3 of solution.
∵ C moles of an electrolyte are present in 1 m3 solution.
∴ 1 mol of an electrolyte is present in \(\frac{1}{C}\) solution.
∵ Conductance of 1 m3 of this solution is κ.
∴ Conductance of \(\frac{1}{C}\) m3 of the solution is \(\frac{\kappa}{\mathrm{C}}\)
This represents molar conductivity, ∧m.
∴ ∧m = \(\frac{\kappa}{\mathrm{C}}\)Ω-1 m2 mol-1 (In SI units).]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 16.
What are the units of molar conductivity, ∧m?
Answer:
In SI units: Conductivity κ is expressed in Ω-1m-1 (or S m-1) and concentration of the solution is expressed in mol m-3.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 2
In C.G.S. units : Conductivity is expressed in Ω-1 cm-1 (or S cm-1) and concentration of the solution is expressed in mol L-1 or moles in 1000 cm3 of the solution.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 3

Question 17.
Explain the variation of molar conductivity with concentration for strong and weak electrolytes.
OR
How is the molar conductivity of strong electrolytes at zero concentration determined by graphical method? Why is this method not useful for weak electrolytes?
Answer:
(i) As the dilution of an electrolytic solution increases, the dissociation of the electrolyte increases, hence the total number of ions increases, therefore, the molar conductivity increases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 4
Fig. 5.5 : Variation of molar conductivity with \(\sqrt{\mathbf{c}}\)
(ii) The increase in molar conductivity with increase in dilution or decrease in concentration is different for strong and weak electrolytes.
(iii) On dilution, the molar conductivity of strong electrolytes increases rapidly and approaches to a maximum limiting value at infinite dilution or zero concentration and represented as ∧ ∞ or ∧0 or ∧0m. In case of weak electrolytes which dissociate less as compared to strong electrolytes, the molar conductivity is low and increases slowly in high concentration region, but increases rapidly at low concentration or high dilution. This is because the extent of dissociation increases with dilution rapidly.
(v) ∧0 values for strong electrolytes can be obtained by extrapolating the linear graph to zero concentration (or infinite dilution). However ∧0 for the weak electrolytes cannot be obtained by this method, since the graph increases exponentially at very high dilution and does not intersect ∧m axis at zero concentration.

Question 18.
Why has the molar conductance of an electrolyte the maximum value at infinite dilution ?
Answer:

  • As the dilution of an electrolytic solution increases or concentration decreases, the dissociation of an electrolyte increases.
  • At infinite dilution, the dissociation of an electrolyte is complete (100% dissociation). Hence all the ions from one mole of an electrolyte are available to carry electricity.

Therefore the molar conductance at infinite dilute (∧0) for a given electrolyte has the highest or limiting value. It is always constant for the given electrolyte at constant temperature.

Question 19.
State Kohlrausch’s law.
OR
State and explain Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions.
Answer:
(A) Statement of Kohlrausch’s law : This states that at infinite dilution of the solution, each ion of an electrolyte migrates independently of its co-ions and contributes independently to the total molar conductivity of the electrolyte, irrespective of the nature of other ions present in the solution.

(B) Explanation : Both the ions, cation and anion of the electrolyte make a definite contribution to the molar conductivity of the electrolyte at infinite dilution or zero concentration (∧0).
If \(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) and \(\lambda_{-}^{0}\) are the molar ionic conductivities of cation and anion respectively at infinite dilution, then
0 = \(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) + \(\lambda_{-}^{0}\)
This is known as Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions.
For an electrolyte, Bx Ay giving x number of cations and y number of anions,
0 = x\(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) + y\(\lambda_{-}^{0}\)

(C) Applications of Kohlrausch’s law :
(1) With this law, the molar conductivity of a strong electrolyte at zero concentration can be determined. For example,
\(\wedge_{0(\mathrm{KCl})}=\lambda_{\mathrm{K}^{+}}^{0}-\lambda_{\mathrm{Cl}^{-}}^{0}\)
(2) ∧0 values of weak electrolyte with those of strong electrolytes can be obtained. For example,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 5

Question 20.
State Kohlrausch’s law and write mathematical expression of molar conductivity of the given solution at infinite dilution.
Answer:
Statement of Kohlrausch’s law : This states that at infinite dilution of the solution, each ion of an electrolyte migrates independently of its co-ions and contributes independently to the total molar conductivity of the electrolyte, irrespective of the nature of other ions present in the solution.

This law of independent migration of ions is represented as
0 = \(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) + \(\lambda_{-}^{0}\).
where ∧0 is the molar conductivity of the electrolyte at infinite dilution or zero concentration while \(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) and \(\lambda_{-}^{0}\) are the molar ionic conductivities of cation and anion respectively at infinite dilution.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 21.
Explain the determination of molar conductivity of a weak electrolyte at infinite dilution or zero concentration using Kohlrausch’s law.
Answer:
Molar conductivity of a weak electrolyte at infinite dilution or zero concentration cannot be measured experimentally.
Consider the molar conductivity (∧0) of a weak acid, CH3COOH at zero concentration. By Kohlrausch s law, ∧0CH3COOH = λ0CH3COOH + λ0 H+ where λ0 CH3COO and λ0 H+ are the molar ionic conductivities of CH3COO and H+ ions respectively.

If ∧0CH3COONa, ∧0HCl and ∧0NaCl are the molar conductivities of CH3COONa, HCl and NaCl respectively at zero concentration, then by
Kohlrausch’s law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 6
Hence, from ∧0 values of strong electrolytes, ∧0 of a weak electrolyte CH3COOH, at infinite dilution can be calculated.

Question 22.
How is the degree of dissociation related to the molar conductance of the electrolytic solution ?
Answer:
(i) At zero concentration or at infinite dilution, the molar conductivity has a maximum value denoted by ∧0.
(ii) This is due to complete dissociation of the weak electrolyte making all the ions available from one mole of the electrolyte to carry electricity at zero concentration.
(iii) If α is the degree of dissociation, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 7
This suggests that at zero concentration or infinite dilution, the electrolyte is completely (100%) dissociated.

Question 23.
Write the relation between molar conductivity and molar ionic conductivities for the following electrolytes :
(a) KBr, (b) Na2SO4, (c) AlCl3.
Answer:
(a) If ∧0 is molar conductivity of an electrolyte at infinite dilution and \(\lambda_{+}^{0}\) and \(\lambda_{-}^{0}\) are molar ionic conductivities then,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 8

Question 24.
How is molar conductivity of an electrolytic solution measured ?
Answer:
The resistance of an electrolytic solution is measured by using a conductivity cell and Wheatstone bridge.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 9
Fig. 5.6 : Measurement of conductance

The measurement of molar conductivity of a solution involves two steps as follows :
Step I : Determination of cell constant of the conductivity cell :
KCl solution (0.01 M) whose conductivity is accurately known (κ = 0.00141 Ω-1 cm-1) is taken in a beaker and the conductivity cell is dipped. The two electrodes of the cell are connected to one arm while the variable known resistance (R) is placed in another arm of Wheatstone bridge.

A current detector D’ which is a head phone or a magic eye is used. J is the sliding jockey (contact) that slides on the arm AB which is a wire of uniform cross section. A source of A.C. power (alternating power) is used to avoid electrolysis of the solution.

By sliding the jockey on wire AB, a balance point (null point) is obtained at C. Let AC and BC be the lengths of wire.
If Rsolution is the resistance of KCl solution and Rx is the known resistance then by Wheatstone’s bridge principle,
\(\frac{R_{\text {solution }}}{\mathrm{BC}}=\frac{R_{x}}{\mathrm{AC}}\)
∴ Rsolution = \(\mathrm{BC} \times \frac{R_{x}}{\mathrm{AC}}\)
Then the cell constant ‘b’ of the conductivity cell is obtained by, b = κKCl × Rsolution.

Step II : Determination of conductivity of the given solution :
KCl solution is replaced by the given electrolytic solution and its resistance (Rs) is measured by Wheatstone bridge method by similar manner by obtaining a null point at D.
The conductivity (κ) of the given solution is, cell constant b
κ = \(\frac{\text { cell constant }}{R_{\mathrm{s}}}=\frac{b}{R_{\mathrm{s}}}\)

Step III: Calculation of molar conductivity :
The molar conductivity (∧m) is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 10
Since the concentration of the solution is known, ∧m can be calculated.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Solved Examples 5.3

Question 25.
Solve the following :

(1) The resistance of a solution is 2.5 × 103 ohm. Find the conductance of the solution.
Solution :
Given : Resistance of solution = R = 2.5 × 103
Conductance of solution = G = ?
G = \(\frac{1}{R}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2.5 \times 10^{3}}\) ohm-1 (Ω-1 or S)
= 4 × 10-3-1 (or S)
Ans. Conductance = G = 4 × 10-3-1

(2) A conductivity cell has two electrodes 20 mm apart and of cross section area 1.8 cm2. Find the cell constant.
Solution :
Given: Distance between two electrodes = l
= 20 mm
= 2 cm
Cross section area = a = 1.8 cm
Cell constant = b = ?
b = \(\frac{l}{a}=\frac{2}{1.8}\) = 1.111 cm-1
Ans. Cell constant = 1.111 cm-1

(3) The conductivity of 0.02 M AgNO3 at 25 °C is 2.428 × 10-3-1 cm-1. What is its molar conductivity ?
Solution :
Given : Concentration of solution = C = 0.02 M AgNO3
Temperature = T = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Conductivity = κ = 2.428 × 10-3-1 cm-1 (or S cm-1)
Molar conductivity = ∧m = ?
m = \(\frac{\kappa \times 1000}{C}\)
= \(\frac{2.428 \times 10^{-3} \times 1000}{0.02}\)
= 121.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 (or 121.4 S cm2 mol-1)
Ans. Molar conductivity = ∧m
= 121.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

(4) 0.05 M NaOH solution offered a resistance of 31.6 in a conductivity cell at 298 K. If the cell constant of the cell is 0.367 cm-1, calculate the molar conductivity of NaOH solution.
Solution :
Given : Concentration = C = 0.05 M NaOH
Resistance = R = 31.6 Ω
Cell constant = b = 0.367 cm-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 11
Ans. Molar conductivity = ∧m = 232.2 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(5) A conductivity cell filled with 0.1 M KCl gives at 25 °C a resistance of 85.5 ohms. The conductivity of 0.1 M KCl at 25° is 0.01286 ohm-1 cm-1. The same cell filled with 0.005 M HCl gives a resistance of 529 ohms. What is the molar conductivity of HCl solution at 25 °C ?
Solution :
Given : Resistance of KCl solution = RKCl = 85.5 Ω
Conductivity of KCl solution = κKCl
= 0.01286 ohm-1 cm-1
Concentration = C = 0.005 M HCl
Resistance of HCl solution = Rsoln = 529 ohms
Molar conductivity of HCl = ∧m(HCl) = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 12
Ans. Molar conductivity of HCl solution = ∧m(HCl)
= 416 ohm-1 cm2 mol-1

(6) The molar conductivity of 0.05 M BaCl2 solution at 25 °C is 223 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1. What is its conductivity?
Solution :
Given : Molar conductivity = ∧m
= 223 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Concentration = C = 0.05 M BaCl2
Conductivity = κ = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 13
Ans. Conductivity = κ = 0.01115 Ω-1 cm-1

(7) Conductivity of a solution is 6.23 × 10-5-1 cm-1 and its resistance is 13710 Ω. If the electrodes are 0.7 cm apart, calculate the cross-sectional area of electrode.
Solution :
Given : κ = 6.23 × 10-5-1 cm-1
R = 13710 Ω
l = 0.7 cm
a = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 14
Ans. Cross sectional area of electrode = 0.8195 cm2

(8) A conductivity cell filled with 0.01 M KCl gives at 25 °C the resistance of 604 ohms. The conductivity of KCl at 25 °C is 0.00141 Ω-1 cm-1. The same cell filled with 0.001 M AgNO3 gives a resistance of 6529 ohms. Calculate the molar conductivity of 0.001 M AgNO3 solution at 25 °C.
Solution :
Given : Resistance of KCl solution = RKCl
= 604 ohm (Ω)
Conductivity of KCl solution = κKCl
= 0.00141 Ω-1 cm-1
Concentration = C = 0.001 M AgNO3
Resistance of solution = Rsol = 6529 ohm (Ω)
Molar conductivity = ∧m = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 15
cell constant b
= 130.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Ans. Molar conductivity of AgNO3 solution = ∧m
= 130.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

(9) Resistance and conductivity of a cell containing 0.001 M KCl solution at 298 K are 1500 Ω and 1.46 × 10-4 S.cm-1 respectively. What is cell constant.
Solution :
Given : Resistance of KCl solution = 1500 Ω, conductivity of KCl solution = κ = 1.46 × 10-4 S.cm-1, Cell constant = b = ?
Cell constant = Conductivity (k) × Resistance
= 1.46 × 10-4 × 1500
= 0.219 cm-1
Ans. Cell constant = 0.219 cm-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(10) A conductivity cell filled with 0.02 M H2SO4 gives at 25 °C resistance of 122 ohms. If the molar conductivity of 0.02 H2SO4 is 618 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1, what is the cell constant?
Solution :
Given : Concentration = C = 0.02 M H2SO4
Resistance of H2SO4 solution = Rsoln = 122 Ω
Molar conductivity = ∧m = 618 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Cell constant = b = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 16
Ans. Cell constant = b = 1.51 cm-1

(11) A conductivity cell filled with 0.02 M AgNO3 gives at 25 °C resistance of 947 ohms. If the cell constant is 2.3 cm-1, what is the molar conductivity of 0.02 M AgNO3 at 25 °C?
Solution :
Given : Concentration = C = 0.02 M AgNO3
Resistance of solution = Rsoln = 947 Ω
Cell constant = b = 2.3 cm-1
Molar conductivity = ∧m = ?
Conductivity of soln = κ
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 17
Ans. Molar conductivity = ∧m
= 121.5 Ω-1 m2 mol-1

(12) Resistance of conductivity cell filled with 0.1 M KCl solution is 100 ohms. If the resistance of the same cell when filled with 0.02 M KCl solution is 520 ohms, calculate the conductivity and molar conductivity of 0.02 M KCl solution. [Given : Conductivity of 0.1 M KCl solution is 1.29 Sm-1.]
Solution:
Given : Resistance of 0.1 M KCl solution = R1 = 100 Ω
Resistance of 0.02 M KCl solution = R2 = 520 Ω
Conductivity of 0.02 M KCl solution = κ2 = ?
Molar conductivity of 0.02 M KCl solution = ∧m = ?
Conductivity of 0.1 M KCl solution = κ1
= 1.29 S m-1
Cell constant = b = κ1 × R1 = 1.29 × 100
= 129 m-1
= 1.29 cm-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 18

(13) The molar conductivities at zero concentration (or at infinite dilution) of CH3COONa, HCl and NaCl in Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 are 90.8,426.2 and 126.4 respectively. Calculate the molar conductivity of CH3COOH at infinite dilution.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 19
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 20

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(14) The molar conductivities at zero concentrations of NH4Cl, NaOH and NaCl are respectively 149.7Ω-1 cm2 mol-1, 248.1 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 and 126.5 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1. What is the molar conductivity of NH4OH at zero concentration ?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 21

(15) What is the molar conductivity of AgI at zero concentration if the ∧0 values of NaI, AgNO3 and NaNO3 are respectively 126.9 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1, 133.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 and 121.5 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 ?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 22
Adding equations (i) and (ii) and subtracting equation (iii) we get equation I.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 23

(16) Molar conductivity of KCl at infinite dilution is 150.3 S cm2 mol-1. If the molar conductivity of K+ is 73.4, calculate that of Cl.
Solution :
Given : Molar conductivity at infinite dilution
= ∧(KCl) = 150.3 S cm2 mol-1
Molar conductivity of K+
= \(\lambda_{\mathrm{K}^{+}}^{0}\) = 73.4 S cm2 mol-1
Molar conductivity of Cl = \(\lambda_{\mathrm{Cl}^{-}}^{0}\) = ?
By Kohlrausch’s law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 24

(17) Molar conductivities at infinite dilution of Mg2+ and Br are 105.8 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 and 78.2 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 respectively. Calculate molar conductivity at zero concentration of MgBr2.
Solution :
Given : \(\lambda_{\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}}^{0}\) = 105.8 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
\(\lambda_{\mathrm{Br}^{-}}^{0}\) = 78.2 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
\(\wedge_{0\left(\mathrm{MgBr}_{2}\right)}\) = ?
By Kohlrausch’s law,
\(\wedge_{0\left(\mathrm{MgBr}_{2}\right)}\) = \(\lambda_{\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}}^{0}\) + 2\(\lambda_{\mathrm{Br}^{-}}^{0}\)
= 105.8 + 2 × 78.2 = 105.8 + 156.4
= 262.2 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Ans. Molar conductivity of MgBr2 at zero concentration = \(\wedge_{0\left(\mathrm{MgBr}_{2}\right)}\) = 262.2 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(18) The molar conductivity of 0.1 M CH3COOH at 25 °C is 15.9 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1. If the molar conductivities of CH3COO and H+ ions in Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 at zero concentration are 40.8 and 349.6 respectively, calculate degree of dissociation of 0.1 M CH3COOH.
Solution :
Given : Concentration = C = 0.1 M CH3COOH
Molar conductivity = ∧m = 15.9 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
\(\lambda_{\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COO}^{-}}^{0}\) = 40.8 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1;
\(\lambda_{\mathrm{H}^{+}}^{0}\) = 349.6 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Degree of dissociation = α = ?
By Kohlrausch’s law,
\(\wedge_{0\left(\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOH}\right)}=\lambda_{\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COO}^{-}}^{0}+\lambda_{\mathrm{H}^{+}}^{0}\)
= 40.8 + 349.6
= 390.4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
α = ∧m/∧0
= \(\frac{15.9}{390.4}\) = 0.0407
Ans. The degree of dissociation of CH3COOH = 0.0407

(19) The dissociation constant of a weak monoacidic base is 1.2 × 10-5 at 25 °C. The molar conductivity of the base at zero concentration is 354.8 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 at 25°C. Calculate the percentage dissociation and molar conductivity of the weak base at 0.1 M concentration.
Solution :
Given : Dissociation constant of the base = Kb = 1.2 × 10-5
Concentration = C = 0.1 M
0 = 354.8 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Percentage dissociation = ?
m = ?
Ka = \(\frac{\mathrm{C} \alpha^{2}}{1-\alpha}\); For a week electrolyte, α is small,
∴ Ka = cα2;
∴ α = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{a}}}{\mathrm{C}}}=\left(\frac{1.2 \times 10^{-5}}{0.1}\right)^{\frac{1}{2}}\) = 1.0954 × 10-2
∴ Percentage dissociation = α × 100
= 1.0954 × 10-2 × 100 = 1.0954%
Now, α = \(\frac{\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}}{\wedge_{0}}\)
∴ ∧m = α × ∧0 = 1.954 × 10-2 × 354.8
= 6.932 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Ans. Percentage dissociation = 1.0954
Molar conductivity = ∧m
= 6.932 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

Question 26.
What is an electrochemical cell? What does it consist of?
Answer:
Electrochemical cell : It consists of two electronic conductors such as metal plates dipping into an electrolytic or ionic conductor which is an aqueous electrolytic solution or a pure liquid of a molten electrolyte.

Question 27.
What are electrochemical reactions ?
Answer:

  1. Electrochemical reactions : The chemical reactions occurring in electrochemical cells which involve transfer of electrons from one species to other are called electrochemical reactions. They are redox reactions.
  2. These reactions are made of two half reactions namely oxidation at one electrode (anode) and reduction at another electrode (cathode) of the electrochemical cell.
  3. The net reaction is the sum of the above two half reactions.

Question 28.
Define electrode.
Answer:
Electrode : The arrangement consisting of a metal rod dipping in an aqueous solution or molten electrolyte containing ions and conduct electric current due to oxidation or reduction half reactions occurring on its surface is called an electrode.

The electrodes which take part in the reactions are called active electrodes while those which do not take part in the reactions are called inert electrodes.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 29.
Define : (a) Anode (b) Cathode.
Answer:
(a) Anode : An electrode of an electrochemical cell, at which oxidation half reaction occurs due to the loss of electrons from some species is called an anode.
(b) Cathode : An electrode of an electrochemical cell at which reduction half reaction occurs due to gain of electrons by some species is called a cathode.

Question 30.
What are the types of electrochemical cells ?
Answer:
There are two types of electrochemical cells as follows :

  1. Electrolytic cells
  2. Voltaic or galvanic cells.

Question 31.
Define : (1) Electrolytic cell (2) Voltaic or galvanic cell.
Answer:
(1) Electrolytic cell : An electrochemical cell in which a non-spontaneous chemical reaction is forced to occur by passing direct electric current into the solution from the external source and where electrical energy is converted into chemical energy is called an electrolytic cell. E.g. voltameter, electrolytic cell for deposition of a metal.

(2) Voltaic or galvanic cell : An electrochemical cell in which a spontaneous chemical reaction occurs producing electricity and where a chemical energy is converted into an electrical energy is called voltaic cell or galvanic cell. E.g. Daniell cell, dry cell, lead storage battery, fuel cells, etc.

Question 32.
Define electrolysis.
Answer:
Electrolysis : The process of a non-spontaneous chemical decomposition of an electrolyte by the passage of an electric current through its aqueous solution or fused mass and in which electrical energy is converted into chemical energy is called electrolysis. E.g. Electrolysis of fused NaCl.

Question 33.
Describe electrolysis of aqueous NaCl.
Answer:
(1) Construction of an electrolytic cell : It consists of a vessel containing aqueous solution of NaCl. Two inert electrodes (graphite electrodes) are dipped in it and connected to an external source of electricity like battery. The electrode connected to the negative terminal is a cathode and that connected to a positive terminal is an anode.

(2) Working of the cell :
(A) NaCl(aq) and H2O(l) dissociate as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 25
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 26

(3) Reactions in electrolytic cell :
(i) Reduction half reaction at cathode : There are Na+ and H+ ions but since H+ are more reducible than Na+, they undergo reduction liberating hydrogen and Na+ are left in the solution.
2H2O(l) + 2e → H2(g) + \(2 \mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\) (reduction)
E0 = -0.83 V
(ii) Oxidation half reaction at anode : At anode there are Cl and OH. But Cl ions are preferably oxidised due to less decomposition potential.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 27
Net cell reaction : Since two electrons are gained at cathode and two electrons are released at anode for each redox step, the electrical neutrality is maintained. Hence we can write,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 28
Since Na+ and OH are left in the solution, they form NaOH(aq).

(4) Results of electrolysis :

  • H2 gas is liberated at cathode.
  • Cl2 gas is liberated at anode.
  • NaOH is formed in the solution and it reacts basic.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 34.
Define and explain the following electrical units : (1) Coulomb (2) Ampere (3) Volt (4) Joule (5) Ohm.
Answer:
(1) Coulomb : It is a quantity of electricity obtained when one ampere current flows for one second.
It is the unit of quantity of electricity.
Q = I × t Coulomb (C)
where Q is the charge or quantity of electricity in coulombs.

(2) Ampere : It is a strength of an electric current obtained when one coulomb of electricity is passed through a circuit for one second.
∴ I = Q/t

(3) Volt : It is the potential difference between two points of an electric conductor required to send a current of one amphere through a resistance of one ohm.
∴ V = I × R
where V is the potential difference in volts and R is the resistance of a conductor in ohms.

(4) Joule : It is the electrical work or energy produced when one coulomb of electricity is passed through a
potential difference of one volt.
∴ Electrical work = Q × V J
where Q is electrical charge in coulombs and V is the potential difference.

(5) Ohm : It is the resistance of an electrical conductor across which when potential difference of 1 volt is applied, a current of one ampere is obtained. It has units, Ω or per siemens.

Question 35.
Explain quantitative aspects of electrolysis.
Answer:
(1) Calculation of quantity of electricity : If an electric current of strength I A is passed through the cell for t seconds, then quantity of electricity (Q) obtained is given by,
Q = I × t C (Coulomb)

(2) Calculation of moles of electrons passed : The charge carried by one mole of electrons is referred to as one faraday (F). If total charge passed is Q C, then moles of electrons passed = \(\frac{Q(\mathrm{C})}{F\left(\mathrm{C} / \mathrm{mol} \mathrm{e}^{-}\right)}\)

(3) Calculation of moles of product formed : Consider one mole of ions, \(\mathbf{M}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{n^{+}}\) which will require n moles of electrons for reduction.
\(\mathbf{M}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{n^{+}}\) + ne → M (Reduction half reaction)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 29

(4) Calculation of mass of product : Mass, W of product formed is given by,
W = moles of product × molar mass of product (M)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 30
When two electrolytic cells containing different electrolytes are connected in series so that same quantity of electricity is passed through them, then the masses W1 and W2 of products produced are given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 31

Question 36.
Define Faraday.
Answer:
Faraday : It is defined as the quantity of the electric charge carried by one mole of electrons.
It has value, 1F = 96500 C/mol

Question 37.
Obtain a charge on one electron from Faraday’s value.
Answer:

  • One Faraday is the electric charge on one mole of electrons (6.022 × 1023 electrons).
  • 1 Faraday = 96500 (per mol of electrons).
  • Hence the charge on one electron is, change on one electron = \(\frac{96500}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}\)
    = 1.602 × 10-9 C.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Solved Examples 5.4-5.5

Question 38.
Solve the following :

(1) An electric current of 100 mA is passed through an electrolyte for 2 hours, 20 minutes and 20 seconds. Find the quantity of electricity passed.
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 100 mA
= 100 × 10-3 A
= 0.1 A
Time = t = 2 hrs + 20 min + 20 s
= 2 × 60 × 60 + 20 × 60 + 20
= 8420 s
The quantity of electricity = Q = ?
Q = I × t
= 0.1 × 8420
= 842 C
Ans. Quantity of electricity passed, Q = 842 C

(2) An electric current of 500 mA is passed for 1 hour and 30 minutes. Calculate the
(i) Quantity of electricity (or charge)
(ii) Number of Faradays of electricity
(iii) Number of electrons passed (Charge on 1 electron = 1.602 × 10-19 C)
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 500 mA
= 500 × 10-3 A = 0.5 A
Time = t = 1 hr + 30 min
= 1 × 60 × 60 + 30 × 60
= 5400 s
(i) The quantity of electricity = Q = ?
(ii) Number of Faradays of electricity = ?
(iii) Number of electrons passed = ?

(i) Q = I × t = 0.5(A) × 5400(s) = 2700 C
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 32
(iii) 1F is the electric charge on 6.022 × 1023 electrons.
∴ 0.028F is the charge on,
0.028 × 6.022 × 1023 = 1.686 × 1022 electrons
∴ Number of electrons passed = 1.686 × 1022
Ans. (i) The quantity of electricity = Q = 2700 C
(ii) Number of Faradays of electricity = 0.028 F
(iii) Number of electrons passed = 1.686 × 1022

(3) How much electricity in terms of Faraday is required to produce :
(a) 20 g of Ca from molten CaCl2
(b) 40 g of Al from molten Al2O3
(Given : Molar mass of Calcium and Aluminium are 40 g mol-1 and 27 g mol-1 respectively.)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 33

(4) For the following conversions,
calculate
(i) number of moles of electrons
(ii) number of Faradays
(iii) Amount of electricity :
(A) 0.1 mol conversion of Zn2+ to Zn.
(B) 0.08 mol conversion of \(\mathbf{M n O}_{4}^{2-}\) to Mn2+
(C) 1.1 mol conversion of \(\mathrm{Cr}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{7}^{2-}\) to Cr3+.
Solution :
(i) Number of moles of electrons = ?
(ii) Number of Faradays = ?
(iii) Amount of electricity = Q = ?
(A) Number of moles of Zn2+ =0.1 mol
Zn2+ + 2e → Zn
(i) ∵ 1 mol Zn2+ requires 2 mol electrons
0.1 mol Zn2+ will require
∴ 0.1 × 2 = 0.2 mol electrons
(ii) ∵ 1 mol electrons = 1 Faraday
∴ 0.2 mol electrons = 0.2 × 1
= 0.2 Faradays
(iii) ∵ 1 Faraday = 96500 C
∴ 0.2 Faraday = 96500 × 0.2 = 48250 C
Amount of electricity required =48250C

(B) Number of moles of \(\mathrm{MnO}_{4}^{-}\) = 0.08 mol
\(\mathrm{MnO}_{4}^{-}+5 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}\)
(i) ∵ 1 mol \(\mathrm{MnO}_{4}^{-}\) requires 5 mol electrons
∴ 0.08 mol \(\mathrm{MnO}_{4}^{-}\) will require
5 × 0.08 = 0.4 mol electrons
(ii) Number of Faradays = 0.4 × 1 = 0.4
(iii) Amount of electricity = Q = 0.4 × 96500
= 38600 C

(C) Number of moles of \(\mathrm{Cr}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{7}^{2-}\) = 1.1 mol
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 34
(i) ∵ 1 mol \(\mathrm{Cr}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{7}^{2-}\) requires 6 mol electrons
∴ 1.1 mol \(\mathrm{Cr}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{7}^{2-}\) will require
6 × 1.1 = 6.6 mol electrons
(ii) Number of Faradays = 1 × 6.6 = 6.6
(iii) Amount of electricity = 6.6 × 96500
= 6.369 × 105 C
Ans.
(A) (i) Number of moles of electrons = 0.2 mol
(ii) Number of Faradays = 0.2
(iii) Amount of electricity = 48250 C

(B) (i) Number of moles of electrons = 0.4 mol
(ii) Number of Faradays = 0.4
(iii) Amount of electricity = 38600 C

(C) (i) Number of moles of electrons = 6.6 mol
(ii) Number of Faradays = 6.6
(iii) Amount of electricity = 6.369 × 105 C

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(5) What mass of aluminium is produced at the cathode during the passage of 4 ampere current through Al2(SO4)3 solution for 100 minutes? Molar mass of aluminium is 27 g mol-1.
Solution :
Given : I = 4 A; t = 100 × 60 = 600 s
F = 96500 C mol-1, M = 27 g mol-1, WAl = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 35

(6) How long will it take to produce 2.415 g Ag metal from its salt solution by passing a current of 3 amperes? How many moles of electrons are required ? Molar mass of Ag is 107.9 gmol-1.
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 3A
Mass of Ag produced = 2.415 g
Molar mass of Ag = Atomic mass of Ag
= 107.9 gmol-1
Time = t = ? Number of moles of electrons = ?
Reduction half reaction at cathode :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 36
From the reaction,
∵ 1 mole of Ag requires 1 mole of electrons
∴ 0.02238 mole of Ag will require,
0.02238 mol electrons
∵ 1 mole of electrons carries a charge of 96500 C,
∴ 0.02238 mole of electrons will carry a charge, 0.02238 × 96500 = 2160 C
∴ Quantity of electricity passed = Q = 2160 C
Let I be the current strength and t be time of electrolysis. Then,
∵ Q = I × t
∴ t = \(\frac{Q}{I}=\frac{2160}{3}\) = 720 s = \(\frac{720}{60}\) min = 12 min.
Ans. Time of electrolysis = 12 min
Moles of electrons = 0.02238 mol

(7) What current strength in ampere will be required to produce 2.369 × 10-3 kg of Cu from CuSO4 solution in one hour? How many moles of electrons are required? Molar mass of copper is 63.5 gmol-1.
Solution :
Given : Mass of Cu produced = 2.369 × 10-3 kg
= 2.369 g
Time = t = 1 hr = 1 × 60 × 60 = 3600 s
Molar mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1
Strength of current = I = ?
1 Faraday = 96500 C = 1 mol electrons
1 mol Cu = Molar mass of Cu = 63.5 g
Reduction half reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 37
Moles of Cu deposited = \(\frac{2.369}{63.5}\) = 0.0373 mol Cu
From the reaction,
∵ 1 mol of Cu requires 2 mol electrons
∴ 0.0373 mol Cu will require 2 × 0.0373
= 0.0746 mol electrons
Now,
∵ 1 mol electrons = 96500 C
∴ 0.0746 mol electrons = 96500 × 0.0746 = 7199 C
∴ Quantity of electricity required = Q = 7199 C
∴ Q = I × t
∴ Current, I = \(\frac{Q}{t}=\frac{7199}{3600}\) = 2A
Ans. Current strength = I = 2A
Moles of electrons required = 0.0746 mol

(8) A current of 6 amperes is passed through AlCl3 solution for 15 minutes using Pt electrodes, when 0.504 g Al is produced. What is the molar mass of Al ?
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 6 A
Time = t = 15 min = 15 × 60 s = 900 s
Mass of Al produced = 0.504 g
Molar mass of Al = ?
Reduction half reaction,
\(\mathrm{Al}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}+3 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Al}_{(\mathrm{aq})}\)
Quantity of electricity passed = Q = I × t
= 6 × 900 = 5400 C
Number of moles of electrons = \(\frac{Q}{F}=\frac{5400}{96500}\)
= 0.05596 mol
From half reaction,
∵ 3 moles of electrons deposit 1 mole Al
∴ 0.05596 moles of electrons will deposit,
\(\frac{0.05596}{3}\) = 0.01865 mol Al
Now,
∵ 0.01865 mole Al weighs 0.504 g
∴ 1 mole Al will weigh, \(\frac{0.504}{0.01865}\) = 27 g
Hence molar mass of Al is 27 g mol-1
Ans. Molar mass of Al = 27 g mo-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(9) How many moles of electrons are required for the reduction of (i) 3 moles of Zn2+ to Zn,
(ii) 1 mol of Cr3+ to Cr ?
How many Faradays of electricity will be required in each case ?
Solution :
(i) Given : For reduction of 3 mol Zn2+ to Zn;
Number of moles of electrons required = ?
Reduction half reaction,
Zn2+ + 2e → Zn
∵ 1 mole of Zn2+ requires 2 moles of electrons
∴ 3 moles of Zn2+ will require,
∵ 3 × 2 = 6 moles of electrons
∴ 1 mole of electrons = 1 F 6 moles of electrons = 6 F

(ii) Given : Reduction of 1 mol of Cr3+ to Cr :
Reduction half reaction,
Cr3+ + 3e → Cr
Hence 1 mole of Cr3+ will require 3 moles of electrons
∵ 1 mole of electrons = 1
∴ 3 moles of electrons = 3 F
Ans. (i) 6 mol electrons and 6 Faradays.
(ii) 3 mol electrons and 3 Faradays.

(10) In an electrolysis of AgNO3 solution, 0.7 g of Ag is deposited after a certain period of time. Calculate the quantity of electricity required in coulomb. (Molar mass of Ag is 107.9 g mol-1.)
Solution :
Given : Mass of Ag deposited = 0.7 g
Molar mass of Ag = 107.9 g mol-1
Quantity of electricity = Q = ?
Reduction half reaction is,
Ag+ + e → Ag
1 mole of Ag = 107.9 g Ag requires 1 mole of electrons
∴ 0.7 g Ag will require, \(\frac{0.7}{107.9}\) = 6.49 × 10-3 mole of electrons
∵ 1 mole of electrons carry 96500 C charge
∴ 6.49 × 10-3 mole of electrons will carry, 96500 × 6.49 × 10-3 = 626 C
Ans. Quantity of electricity required = 626 C,

(11) Calculate the amounts of Na and Chlorine gas produced during the electrolysis of fused NaCl by the passage of 1 ampere current for 25 minutes. Molar masses of Na and Chlorine gas are 23 g mol-1 and 71 g mol-1 respectively.
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 1 ampere
Time = t = 25 minutes = 25 × 60 s = 1500 s
Molar mass of Na = 23 g mol-1
Molar mass of Cl2 = 71 g mol-1
Mass of Na produced = ?, Mass of Cl2 produced = ?
Reactions during electrolysis :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 38
Quantity of electricity = Q = I × t = 1 × 1500
= 1500 C
Number of moles of electrons passed
= \(\frac{Q}{F}=\frac{1500}{96500}\) = 0.01554
From half reaction (i),
∵ 2 moles of electrons deposit 2 moles of Na
∴ 0.01554 moles of electrons will deposit, \(\frac{0.01554 \times 2}{2}\) = 0.01554 mol Na
Mass of Na = Moles of Na × Molar mass of Na
= 0.01554 × 23 = 0.3572 g Na
From half reaction (ii)
∵ 2 moles of electrons produce 1 mole Cl2
∴ 0.01554 moles of electrons will produce,
\(\frac{0.01554 \times 1}{2}\) = 7.77 × 10-3 × 71
∴ Mass of Cl2 gas = Moles of Cl2 × Molar mass
= 7.77 × 10-3 × 71
= 0.5518 g
Ans. Mass of Na deposited = 0.3572 g
Mass of Cl2 liberated = 0.5518 g

(12) Calculate the mass of Mg and the volume of Chlorine gas at NTP produced during the electrolysis of molten MgCl2 by the passage of 2 amperes of current for 1 hour. Molar masses of Mg and Cl2 are 24 g mol-1 and 71 g mol-1 respectively.
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 2A
Time = t = 1 hr = 1 × 60 × 60 s = 3600 s
Molar mass of Mg = 23 g mol-1
Molar mass of Cl2 = 71 g mol-1
Mass of Mg produced = ?
Volume of Cl2 at NTP produced = ?
Reactions during electrolysis :
(i) Mg2+ + 2e → Mg (Reduction half reaction)
(ii) 2Cl → Cl2(g) + 2e (Oxidation half reaction)
Quantity of electricity passed = Q = I × t
= 2 × 3600 = 7200 C
∵ 1 Faraday = 1 mol electrons
∴ Number of moles of electrons passed
= \(\frac{Q}{F}=\frac{7200}{96500}\) = 0.07461 mol
From half reaction (i),
∵ 2 moles of electrons deposit 1 mole of Mg
∴ 0.07461 moles of electrons will deposit, \(\frac{0.07461 \times 1}{2}\) = 0.037305 mol Mg
Mass of Mg = Moles of Mg × Molar mass of Mg
= 0.037305 × 24 = 0.8953 g Mg
From half reaction (ii),
∵ 2 moles of electrons produce 1 mol Cl2 gas
∴ 0.07461 moles of electrons will produce,
\(\frac{0.07461}{2}\) = 0.037305 mol Cl2
∵ 1 mole of Cl2 occupies 22.4 dm at NTP
∴ 0.037305 mole of Cl2 will occupy,
22.4 × 0.037305 = 0.8356 dm3
∴ Volume of Cl2 gas produced
= 0.8356 dm3
= 0.8356 × 103 cm3
= 835.6 cm3
Ans. Mass of Mg produced = 0.8953 g
Volume of Cl2(g) at NTP produced = 835.6 cm3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(13) How many Faradays would be required to plate out one mole of free metal from the following cations?
(a) Mg2+ (b) Cr3+ (c) Pb2+ (d) Cu+
Solution :
(a) Reduction half reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 39
∵ 1 mol electrons = 1 Faraday
Since to deposite 1 mol Mg, two moles of electrons are required,
∴ To plate one mole Mg, 2 Faradays of electricity will be required.

(b) Reduction half reaction :
\(\mathrm{Cr}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}+3 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cr}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
∴ 1 mol Cr will require 3 mol electrons, hence 3 Faradays of electricity are required.

(c) Reduction half reaction :
\(\mathrm{Pb}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Pb}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
∴ 1 mol Pb will require 2 mol electrons, hence 2 Faradays are required.

(d) Reduction half reaction :
\(\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
∴ 1 mol Cu will require 1 mol electrons hence one Faraday of electricity is required.

(14) In a certain electrolysis experiment, 0.561 g of Zn is deposited in one cell containing ZnSO4 solution. Calculate the mass of Cu deposited in another cell containing CuSO4 solution in series with ZnSO4 cell. Molar masses of Zn and Cu are 65.4 g mol-1 and 63.5 g mol-1 respectively.
Solution :
Given : Mass of Zn deposited = WZn = 0.561 g
Molar mass of Zn = 65.4 g mol-1
Molar mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1
Mass of Cu deposited = ?
Number of moles of Zn deposited
= \(\frac{\text { Mass of Zn deposited }}{\text { Molar mass of } \mathrm{Zn}}=\frac{0.561}{65.4}\)
= 8.578 × 10-3 mol Zn
Reactions of electronics:
(i) Zn++ + 2e → Zn (Half reaction in ZnSO4 cell)
(ii) Cu++ + 2e → Cu (Half reaction in CuSO4 cell)
Mole ratio of Zn
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 40
∴ Mass of Cu produced
= moles of Cu × molar mass of Cu
= 8.578 × 10-3 × 63.5
= 0.5447 g Cu
Ans. Mass of Cu deposited = 0.5447 g

(15) Two electrolytic cells, one containing AlCl3 solution and the other containing ZnSO4 solution are connected in series. The same quantity of electricity is passed through the cells. Calculate the amount of Zn deposited in ZnSO4 cell if 1.2 g of Al are deposited in AlCl3 cell. The molar masses of Al and Zn are 27 g mol-1 and 65.4 g mol-1 respectively.
Solution :
Given : Mass of Al deposited = 1.2 g
Molar mass of Al = 27 g mol-1
Molar mass of Zn = 65.4 g mol-1
Mass of zinc deposited = ωZn = ?
Reduction reactions in electrolysis :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 41
Number of moles of Al deposited = \(\frac{1.2}{27}\)
= 0.04444 mol.
From reaction (i),
∵ 1 mol Al requires 3 mol electrons
∴ 0.04444 mol Al requires 3 × 0.04444
= 0.1333 mol electrons
Hence 0.1333 moles of electrons are passed through both the cells in the series.
From reaction (ii),
∵ 2 moles of electrons deposit 1 mol Zn
∴ 0.1333 moles of electrons will deposit, \(\frac{0.1333}{2}\) = 0.06665 mol Zn
Mass of Zn deposited = 0.06665 × 65.4 = 4.36 g
Ans. Mass of Zn deposited = 4.36 g

(16) How much quantity of electricity in coulomb is required to deposit 1.346 × 10-3 kg of Ag in 3.5 minutes from AgNO3 solution ?
(Given : Molar mass of Ag is 108 × 10-3 kg mol-1)
Solution :
Given : Mass of Ag deposited = 1.346 × 10-3 kg
Molar mass of Ag = 108 × 10-3 kg mol-1
Time = t = 3.5 × 60 s
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 42
∵ 108 × 10-3 kg Ag requires 1 Faraday
1.346 × 10-3 kg Ag will require,
\(\frac{1.346 \times 10^{-3}}{108 \times 10^{-3}}\) = 0.01246 F
∵ If F = 96500 C
∴ 0.01246 F = 96500 × 0.01246 = 1202 C
Ans. Amount of electricity required = 1202 C

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(17) How many electrons will have a total charge of 1 Coulomb ?
Solution :
Given : Charge = 1 Coulomb
Number of electrons = ?
1 Faraday = 96500 C per mol electrons
∵ 96500 C electric charge is present on 1 mol electrons
∴ 1C charge is present on \(\frac{1}{96500}\) mol electrons
∴ Number of electrons = \(\frac{1}{96500}\) × 6.022 × 1023
= 6.24 × 1018 electrons
Ans. 1 Coulomb charge is present on 6.24 × 1018 electrons.

(18) A constant electric current flows for 4 hours through two electrolytic cells connected in series. One contains AgNO3solution and second contains CuCl2 solution. During this time, 4 grams of Ag are deposited in the first cell.
(a) How many grams of Cu are deposited in the second cell?
(b) What is the current flowing in amperes? (Atomic mass : Cu = 63.5 gmol-1; Ag = 107.9 gmol-1)
Solution :
Given : Mass of Ag deposited = 4 g
Molar mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1
Molar mass of Ag = 107.9 g mol-1
Time = t = 4 hrs = 4 × 60 × 60 = 14400 s
Mass of Cu deposited = WCu = ?
Current = I = ?
(a) Number of moles of Ag deposited
\(=\frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{Ag}}{\text { Molar mass of } \mathrm{Ag}}=\frac{4}{107.9}\)
= 0.03707 mol of Ag
Reactions of electrolysis :
(i) Ag+ + e → Ag (Half reaction in AgNO3 cell)
(ii) Cu2+ + 2e → Cu (Half reaction in CuCl2 cell)
Mole ratio of Ag
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 43
∴ Mass of Cu produced = 0.01854 × 63.5 = 1.177 g

(b) From the reaction,
∵ 1 mol Ag+ requires 1 mol electrons
∴ 0.03707 mol Ag will require 0.03707 mol electrons
∵ 1 mol electrons = 1 Faraday
∴ 0.03707 mol electrons = 0.03707 Faraday
∵ 1 Faraday = 96500 C
∴ 0.03707 Faraday
= 0.03707 × 96500 = 3577 C
∴ Quantity of electricity = Q = 3577 C.
Q = I × t
∴ I = \(\frac{\mathrm{Q}}{t}=\frac{3577}{14400}\) = 0.25 A
Ans. (a) Mass of Cu deposited = 1.177 g
(b) Current passed = 0.25 A

(19) The passage of 0.95 A current for 40 minutes deposited 0.7493 g Cu from CuSO4 solution. Calculate the molar mass of Cu.
Solution :
Given : Electric current = I = 0.95 A
Time = f = 40 min = 40 × 60 = 2400 s
Mass of Cu deposited = 0.7493 g
Molar mass of Cu = ?
Reduction half reaction,
\(\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
Quantity of electricity = Q = I × t
= 0.95 × 2400
= 2280 C
Number of moles of electrons = \(\frac{2280}{96500}\)
= 0.02362 mol
∵ 2 mol electrons deposit 1 mol Cu
∴ 0.02362 mol electrons will deposit,
\(\frac{0.02362}{2}\) = 0.01181 mol Cu
Now,
0.01181 mol Cu weighs 0.7493 g
∴ 1 mol of Cu weigh, \(\frac{0.7493 \times 1}{0.01181}\) = 63.44 g
Hence molar mass of Cu 63.44 g mol-1
Ans. Molar mass of Cu = 63.44 g mol-1

(20) A quantity of 0.3 g of Cu was deposited from CuSO4 solution by passing 4A through the solution for 3.8 min. Calculate the value of Faraday constant. (Atomic mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1)
Solution :
Given : Mass of Cu deposited = 0.3 g
Electric current = I = 4A
Time = t = 3.8 min = 3.8 × 60 = 228 s
Value of Faraday = ?
Quantity of electricity passed = Q = I × t
= 4 × 228 = 912 C
Reduction half reaction,
\(\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
Number of moles of Cu deposited 0.3
= \(\frac{0.3}{63.5}\) = 0.004724 mol
From reduction half reaction,
1 mol Cu ≡ 2 mol electrons
∴ 0.004724 mol Cu = 2 × 0.004724
= 0.009448 mol electrons
Now
∵ 0.009448 mol electrons = 912 C
∴ 1 mol electrons = \(\frac{912}{0.009448}\) = 96528 C
∵ 1 Faraday charge is equal to charge on 1 mol electrons
∴ 1 Faraday = 96528 C
Ans. 1 Faraday = 96528 C

(21) In the electrolysis of water, one of the half reactions is
2H+(aq) + 2e → H2(g)
Calculate the volume of H2 gas collected at 25 °C and 1 atm pressure by passing 2A for 1h through the solution. R = 0.08205 L atm K-1 mol-1.
Solution :
Given : Reduction half reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 44
Temperature = T = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Pressure = P = 1 atm
Electric current = I = 2A
Time = t = 1 hr = 1 × 60 × 60 = 3600 s
R = 0.08205 L atm K-1 mol-1
Volume of H2 = VH2 = ?
Quantity of electricity passed = Q = I × t
= 2 × 3600 = 7200 C
Number of moles of electrons = \(\frac{Q}{F}\)
\(\frac{7200}{96500}\) = 0.0746 mol
From the reaction,
∵ 2 mol electrons produces 1 mol H2 gas
∴ 0.0746 mol electrons will produce \(\frac{0.0746}{2}\)
= 0.0373 mol H2.
pVH2 = nRT
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 45
= 0.912 L
Ans. Volume H2 gas = 0.912 L

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(22) Calculate the current strength and number of moles of electrons required to produce 2.369 × 10-3 kg of Cu from CuSO4 solution in one hour. (Molar mass of Cu is 63.5 g/mol)
Solution :
Given : Mass of Cu deposited = 2.369 × 10-3 kg;
t = 1 hr = 3600 s
Molar mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol-1
I = ?; Number of moles of electrons = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 46
∵ For 63.5 × 10-3 kg Cu Q = 2 × 96500 C
∴ For 2.369 × 10-3 kg Cu
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 47
Ans. I = 2A; Number of moles of electrons = 0.07461

Question 39.
Define : Galvanic cell or voltaic cell.
Answer:
Galvanic or voltaic cell : An electrochemical cell which is used to produce electrical energy by a spontaneous chemical reaction inside it is called an electrochemical cell. In this chemical energy is converted into electrical energy.
Example : Daniell cell.

Question 40.
Define : Half cell or Electrode.
Answer:
Half cell or Electrode : It is a metal electrode dipped in the electrolytic solution and capable of establishing oxidation reduction equilibrium with one of the ions of electrolyte solution and develop electrode potential. E.g. Zn in ZnSO4 solution.

Question 41.
What are the functions of a salt bridge ?
Answer:
The functions of a salt bridge are :

  1. It maintains the electrical contact between the two electrode solutions of the half cells.
  2. It prevents the mixing of electrode solutions.
  3. It maintains the electrical neutrality in both the solutions of two half cells by a flow of ions.
  4. It eliminates the liquid junction potential.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 42.
What are the conventions used to write galvanic cell or cell diagram (cell formula) ?
Answer:
A galvanic cell or voltaic cell is represented by a short notation or diagram which includes electrodes, aqueous solutions of ions and other species that may or may not involve in the cell reaction.
The following conventions are used to represent the cell or write the cell notation :
(1) The metal electrodes or the inert electrodes like platinum are placed at the ends of the cell formula.
(2) The galvanic cell consists of two half cells or electrodes. The electrode on the extreme left hand side is anode where oxidation takes place and it carries negative (-) charge while extreme right hand electrode is cathode where reduction takes place and it carries positive (+) charge.
(3) The gases or insoluble substances are placed in the interior positions adjacent to the metal electrode.
(4) A single vertical line is written between two phases like solid electrode and aqueous solution containing ions.
(5) A double vertical line is drawn between two solutions of two electrodes which indicates a salt bridge connecting them electrically.
(6) The concentration of solutions or ions or pressures of gases are written in brackets along with the substances in the cell.
(7) Different ions in the same solution are separated by a comma.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 48
(8) Examples of electrochemical cells :
(i) Daniel cell is represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 49

Question 43.
How to write cell reaction for a galvanic cell ?
Answer:
(1) A galvanic cell consists of two half cells or electrodes.
(2) Write oxidation half reaction for left hand electrode which is an anode and reduction half reaction for right hand electrode which is a cathode.
(3) Balance the number of electrons in the oxidation and reduction reactions.
(4) By adding both the reactions, overall cell reaction is obtained.
(5) For example, consider following cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 50

Question 44.
Why is anode in a galvanic cell considered to be negative?
Answer:

  1. According to IUPAC conventions, the electrode of a galvanic cell where de-electronation or oxidation takes place releasing electrons is called anode. Zn(s) → \(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) + 2e
  2. The electrons released due to oxidation reaction are accumulated on the metal electrode surface charging it negatively.

Hence anode in the galvanic cell is considered to be negative.

Question 45.
Why is cathode in a galvanic cell considered to be positive electrode?
Answer:
(1) According to IUPAC conventions, the electrode of the galvanic cell where electronation or reduction takes place is called cathode. In this, the electrons from the metal electrode are removed by cations required for their reduction.
\(\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) + 2e → Cu(s)

(2) Since the electrons are lost, the metal electrode acquires a positive charge.
Hence cathode in the galvanic cell is considered to be positive.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 46.
Give the cell reactions in the case of the following cells :
(1)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 51
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 52

(2)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 53
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 54

(3) Pt, H2(g) | H+(aq) || Cl(aq) | Cl2(g), Pt
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 55

(4) Ni(s)|Ni2+ (1 M) || Al3+ (1 M) | Al(s)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 56

Question 47.
Represent the half cells or electrodes for the following reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 57
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 58

Question 48.
Formulate a cell from the following electrode reactions :
(a) Cl2(g) + 2e → 2Cl(aq)
(b) 2I(aq) → I2(s) + 2e
Answer:
(a) Cl2(g) + 2e → 2Cl(aq) (Reduction half reaction)
(b) 2I(aq) → I2(s) + 2e (Oxidation half reaction)
The galvanic cell is,
Pt |I2(s)|I(aq) (1 M) | Cl(aq) (1 M) | Cl2(g, PCl2)|Pt

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 49.
Formulate a cell for each of the following reactions :
(a) \(\mathrm{Sn}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) + 2AgCl(s) → \(\mathrm{Sn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{4+}\) + 2Ag(s) + \(2 \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
(b) Mg(s) + Br2(l) → \(\mathrm{Mg}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{Br}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Answer:
(a) \(\mathrm{Sn}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) + 2AgCl(s) → \(\mathrm{Sn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{4+}\) + 2Ag(s) + \(2 \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The overall reaction takes place into two steps :
(i) \(\mathrm{Sn}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) → Sn4+ + 2e (Oxidation half reaction)
(ii) 2AgCl(s) + 2e → 2Ag(s) + \(2 \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\) (Reduction half reaction)
Hence the cell is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 59

(b) Mg(s) + Br2(l) → \(\mathrm{Mg}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{Br}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The overall reaction takes place into two steps :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 60

Question 50.
What is electrode potential?
Answer:
(1) Electrode potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential established due to electrode half reaction between metal electrode and the solution around it at equilibrium at constant temperature.

(2) Explanation : When a metal is immersed into a solution containing its ions there arises oxidation (or reduction) reaction involving a release of electrons (or gain of electrons). This gives rise to the formation of an electrical double layer, consisting of a charged metal surface and an ionic layer. The potential across this double layer i.e., between metal and the solution is an electrode potential.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 61
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 62

Question 51.
Define :
(1) Oxidation potential,
(2) Reduction potential.
Answer:
(1) Oxidation potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential between metal electrode and the solution around it at equilibrium developed due to oxidation reaction at anode and at constant temperature.

(2) Reduction potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential between metal electrode and the solution around it at equilibrium developed due to reduction reaction at cathode and at constant temperature.

Question 52.
What is a standard state of a substance ?
Answer:
The standard state of a substance is that state in which the substance has unit activity or concentration at 25 °C. i.e., For solution having concentration 1 molar, gas at 1 atm, pure liquids or solids are said to be in their standard states.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 53.
Define the following terms :
(1) Standard electrode potential
(2) Standard oxidation potential
(3) Standard reduction potential.
Answer:
(1) Standard electrode potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential between metal electrode and the solution around it equilibrium when all the substances involved in the electrode reaction are in their standard states of unit activity or concentration at constant temperature.

(2) Standard oxidation potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential between metal electrode and the solution around it at equilibrium due to oxidation reaction, when all the substances involved in the oxidation reaction are in their standard states of unit activity or concentration at constant temperature.

(3) Standard reduction potential : It is defined as the difference of electrical potential between metal electrode and the solution around it at equilibrium due to reduction reaction, when all the substances involved in the reduction reaction are in their standard states of unit activity or concentration at constant temperature.

Question 54.
What is the standard potential of an electrode according to IUPAC convention?
Answer:
Standard reduction potential : According to IUPAC convention, the standard potential of an electrode due to reduction reaction at 298 K is taken as the standard reduction potential. In this active mass of the substance has unit value.

Question 55.
What is cell potential or emf of a cell ?
Answer:
Cell potential or emf of a cell : It is defined as the potential difference between two electrodes, responsible for an external flow of electrons from the left hand electrode at higher potential (anode), to the right hand electrode at lower potential (cathode), when connected to form an electrochemical or galvanic cell.

Since there is oxidation reaction at left hand electrode (LHE) or anode and reduction reaction at right hand electrode (RHE) or cathode, emf of the galvanic, Ecell, is given by
Ecell = (Eoxi)anode + (Ered)cathode
Since by IUPAC conventions, generally reduction potentials are used, hence, for the given cell,
(∵ Eoxi = -Ered)
∴ Ecell = (Ered)cathode – (Ered)anode
Similarly, standard emf of the cell, E0cell is given by
E0cell = (E0red)cathode – (E0red)anode

Question 56.
Explain dependence of cell potential on concentration.
OR
Explain Nernst equation for cell potential.
Answer:
Consider following general reaction taking place in the galvanic cell.
aA + bB → cC + dD
The cell voltage is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 63
where,
T → temperature
R → Gas constant
F → Faraday
n → Number of electrons in the redox cell reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 64
This is Nernst equation for cell potential. It is used to calculate cell potential and electrode potentials.

Question 57.
State (or write) Nernst equation for the electrode potential and explain the terms involved.
Answer:
The Nernst equation for the single electrode reduction potential for a given ionic concentration in the solution in the case, \(M_{(a q)}^{n+}\) + ne → M(s) is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 65

\(\mathrm{E}_{\mathrm{M}^{\mathrm{n}+} / \mathrm{M}}\) is the single electrode potential,
\(E_{\mathrm{M}^{n+} / \mathrm{M}}^{0}\) is the standard reduction electrode potential,
R is the gas constant = 8.314 JK-1 mol-1
T is the absolute temperature,
n is the number of electrons involved in the reaction,
F is Faraday (96500 C)
[Mn+] is the molar concentration of ions.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 58.
Obtain Nernst equation for the following cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 66
Answer:
Electrode reactions and a cell reaction for the given cell are,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 67
Here, n = 2
By Nernst equation, the cell potential is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 68

Question 59.
Obtain Nernst equation for the electrode potential for the electrode, \(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+} \mid \mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{s})}\).
Answer:
For the electrode, \(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+} \mid \mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{s})}\),
the reduction reaction is,
\(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{s})}\) ∴ n = 2
By Nernst equation, the reduction electrode potential is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 69
where E0zn2+/zn is the standard electrode potential of zinc electrode.

Question 60.
Obtain a relation between cell potential and Gibbs energy for the cell reaction.
Answer:
Consider a galvanic cell which involves n number of electrons in the overall cell reaction. Since one mole of electrons involve the electric charge equal to one Faraday (F) which is equal to 96500 C, the total charge involved in the reaction is,
Electric charge = n × F
If Ecell is the cell potential, then Electrical work = n × F × Ecell
According to thermodynamics, electric work is equal to decrease in Gibbs energy, -ΔG, we can write,
Electric work = n × F × Ecell = -ΔG
∴ ΔG = -nFEcell
Under standard conditions, we can write
∴ ΔG0 = -nF\(E_{\text {cell }}^{0}\)
where \(E_{\text {cell }}^{0}\) is the standard cell potential and ΔG0 is the standard Gibbs free energy change.

Question 61.
Write Nernst Equation for the following reactions :
(a) Cr(s) + 3Fe3+(aq) → Cr3+(aq) + 3Fe2+(aq)
(b) Al3+(aq) + 3e → Al(s)
Answer:
(a) Cr(s) + 3Fe3+(aq) → Cr3+(aq) + 3Fe2+(aq)
The cell formulation is,
Cr(s)|Cr3+(aq) || Fe3+(aq), Fe2+(aq)| Pt
Hence cell potential is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 70

Question 62.
A single electrode potential can’t be measured but the cell potential can be measured. Explain.
Answer:
(1)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 71
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 72
According to Nemst theory, electrode potential is the potential difference between the metal and ionic layer around it at equilibrium, i.e. the potential across the electric double layer.

(2) For measuring the single electrode potential, one part of the double layer, that is metallic layer can be connected to the potentiometer but not the ionic layer. Hence, single electrode potential can’t be measured experimentally.

(3) When an electrochemical cell is developed by combining two half cells or electrodes, they can be connected to the potentiometer and the potential difference or cell potential can be measured.
Ecell = E2 – E1
where E1 and E2 are reduction potentials of two electrodes.

(4) If one of the electrode potentials is known or arbitrarily assumed and Ecell is measured by potentiometer, then potential of another electrode can be obtained. Therefore it is necessary to choose a reference electrode with arbitrarily fixed potential and measure the potentials of other electrodes.

(5) Therefore Standard Hydrogen Electrode (SHE) is selected assuming arbitrary potential 0.0 volt. Hence potentials of all other electrodes are referred to as hydrogen scale potentials.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 63.
Describe the construction and working of the standard hydrogen electrode (S.H.E.). Give its advantages and disadvantages.
OR
What is the standard hydrogen electrode
OR
Primary reference electrode? Write the construction and working of it.
Answer:
A single electrode potential cannot be measured, but the cell potential can be measured experimentally. Hence, it is necessary to have a reference electrode. S.H.E. is a primary reference electrode.
(1) Construction :
(1) The standard hydrogen electrode (S.H.E.) consists of a glass tube at the end of which a piece of platinised platinum foil is attached as shown in Fig. 5.14. Around this plate there is an outer jacket of glass which has a side inlet through which pure and dry hydrogen gas is bubbled at one atmosphere pressure. The inner tube is filled with a little mercury and a copper wire is dipped into it. This provides an electrical contact with the platinum foil. The outer jacket ends into a broad opening.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 73
(2) The whole assembly is kept immersed in a solution containing hydrogen ions (H+) of unit activity.
(3) This electrode is arbitrarily assigned zero potential.
(4) The platinised platinum foil is used to provide an electrical contact for the electrode. This permits rapid establishment of the equilibrium between the hydrogen gas adsorbed by the metal and the hydrogen ions in solution.

(2) Representation of S.H.E. :
H+ (1 M) | H2 (g, 1 atm) | Pt

(3) Working :
Reduction : H+(aq) + e ⇌ \(\frac {1}{2}\)H2(g) E0 = 0.00 V
H2 gas in contact with H+(aq) ions attains an equilibrium establishing a potential.

(4) Applications of SHE : A reversible galvanic cell with the experimental (indicator) electrode, Zn2+ (1M) | Zn(s) and SHE can be developed as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 74
Thus the potential can be directly obtained.

(5) Disadvantages (Drawbacks or Difficulties) :

  • It is difficult to construct and handle SHE.
  • Pure and dry H2 gas cannot be obtained.
  • Pressure of H2 gas cannot be maintained exactly at 1 atmosphere.
  • The active mass or concentration of H+ from HCl cannot be maintained exactly unity.

Question 64.
How is the potential of hydrogen electrode obtained?
Answer:
Hydrogen gas electrode is represented as,
H+(aq) | H2 (g, PH2) | Pt
Electrode reduction reaction is,
2H+(aq) + 2e → H2(g)
By Nernst equation, the reduction potential is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 75

If H2 gas is passed at 1 atm, then PH2 = 1 atm
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 76

Question 65.
Draw the diagram for the determination of standard electrode potential with SHE.
Answer:
Consider the following cell :
Zn | Zn2+(aq) || HCl | H2(g, 1atm) | Pt
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 77

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 66.
A voltaic cell consisting of Fe2+(aq)|Fe(s) and Bi3+(aq) | Bi(s) electrodes is constructed. When the circuit is closed, mass of Fe electrode decreases and that of Bi electrode increases.
(a) Write cell formula, (b) Which electrode is cathode and which electrode is anode ? (c) Write electrode reactions and overall cell reaction.
Answer:
(a) Since the mass of Fe electrode decreases, it undergoes oxidation and it is an anode or an oxidation electrode while as the mass of Bi electrode increases, there is a reduction of Bi3+ to Bi and it is cathode or a reduction electrode. Hence the cell formula is,
\(\mathrm{Fe}_{(\mathrm{s})}\left|\mathrm{Fe}_{\mathrm{(aq})}^{2+}(1 \mathrm{M}) \| \mathrm{Bi}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}(1 \mathrm{M})\right| \mathrm{Bi}\)

(b) The left hand electrode is an anode and right hand electrode is a cathode.

(c) Reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 78

Solved Examples 5.7 – 5.9

Question 67.
Solve the following :

(1) Write the reaction and calculate the potential of the half cell,
\(\mathbf{Z n}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{2+}\) (0.2M) | Zn. (E0Zn2+/Zn = – 0.76 V).
Solution :
Given : E0Zn2+/Zn = -0.76 V
Concentration of Zn2+ = [Zn2+] = 0.2 M
EZn2+/Zn = ?
Reduction reaction for the half cell,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 79
= – 0.76 + 0.0296 (-0.6990)
= -0.76 – 0.02069
= -0.78069 V
Ans. E0Zn2+/Zn = -0.78069 V

(2) Write a reaction and calculate the potential of the electrode, \(\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\) (0.05 M) | Cl2 (g, 1 atm) | Pt E0Cl2/Cl = 1.36 V.
Solution :
Given : Reduction reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 80
= 1.36 – 0.0592 (- 2 + 0.6990)
= 1.36 – 0.0592 (-1.3010)
= 1.36 + 0.077
= 1.437 V
Ans. Potential of the electrode = 1.437 V

(3) Calculate the potential of the electrode,
pH = 4.5 | H2 (g, 1 atm) |Pt.
Solution :
Given : pH = 4.5
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 81
∴ EH+/H2 = -0.0592 pH
= -0.0592 × 4.5
= -0.2664 V
Ans. EH+/H2 = -0.2664 V

(4) If the standard cell potential of Daniell cell is 1.1 V, calculate standard free energy change for the cell reaction.
Solution :
Given : Daniell cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 82
= – 2 × 96500 × 1.1
= -212300 J
= -212.3 kJ
Ans. Standard free energy change = ΔG0
= -212.3 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(5) Write balanced equations for the half reactions and calculate the reduction potentials at 25 °C for the following half cells :
(a) Cl (1.2 M) | Cl2(g, 3.6 atm) E0 = 1.36 V
(b) Fe2+ (2 M) | Fe(s) E0 = – 0.44 V
Solution :
(a) Given : Half cell,
\(\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\) (1.2 M) | Cl2(g, 3.6 atm)|Pt
E0Cl2/Cl = 1.36 V
The reduction reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 83
= 1.36 – 0.0296 (-0.3979)
= 1.36 + 0.01178
= 1.37178
≅ 1.372 V

(b) Given: Half cell, \(\mathrm{Fe}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) (2M) |Fe(s)
E0 Fe2+/Fe = -0.44 V
The reduction reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 84
= – 0.44 – 0.0296 × (- 0.3010)
= -0.44 + 0.00891
= -0.43109 V
Ans. (a) Half reaction : Cl2(g) + 2e → \(2 \mathrm{Cl}_{\text {(aq) }}^{-}\)
ECell = 1.372 V
(b) \(\mathrm{Fe}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) + 2e → Fe(s)
ECell = -0.43109 V.

(6) Using Nernst equation, calculate the potentials for the following half reactions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 85
Solution :
(a) Given :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 86
= 0.535 – 0.0296 [ – 4 + 0.9542]
= 0.535 – 0.0296 [-3.0458]
= 0.535 + 0.0902
= 0.6252 V
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 87
Ans. (a) Potential of the half cell = 0.6252 V
(b) Potential of the half cell = 0.7118 V.

(7) Write the cell reaction and calculate the standard potential of the cell,
Ni(s) | Ni2+(1 M) || Cl(1M) | Cl2 (g, 1 atm) | Pt
E0Cl2 = 1.36 V and E0Ni = – 0.25 V.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 88
= 1.36 – (-0.25)
= 1.36+ 0.25 = 1.61V
Ans. Cell reaction : Ni(s) + Cl2(g) → \(\mathrm{Ni}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
E0Cell = 1.61 V

(8) Write the cell reaction and calculate cell potential and standard free energy change for a cell reaction in the following cell :
\(\mathbf{A l}_{(\mathrm{s})}\left|\mathbf{A l}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{3+}(1 \mathbf{M}) \| \mathbf{C d}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{2+}(1 \mathrm{M})\right| \mathbf{C} d\)
E0Al3+/Al = -1-66 V and E0cd2+/cd = -0.403 V
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 89
Since concentrations of ions are 1 M each, it is a standard cell, hence the cell potential is E0Cell.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 90
Standard free energy change ΔG0 is given by,
ΔG0= – nFE0Cell
= -6 × 96500 × 1.257
= – 727800 J
= -727.8 kJ
Ans. Cell reaction :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 91

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(9) Write the cell reaction and calculate cell potential and the standard free energy change for the cell reaction in the following cell :
Pt | H2 (g, 1 atm) | \(\mathbf{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\)(1M) || \(\mathrm{Cu}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) (1M) | Cu(s).
Mention anode and cathode and direction of flow of electrons in the external circuit. (E0Cu2+/Cu = 0.337 V)
Solution :
Given : E0Cu2+/Cu = 0.337 V;
E0H+/H2 = E0SHE = 0.0V
Pt | H2(g, 1 atm) | \(\mathbf{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) (1M) || \(\mathrm{Cu}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) (1M) | Cu(s)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 92
Anode : Hydrogen gas electrode (LHE)
Cathode : Copper electrode (RHE)
E0Cell = E0Cu2+/Cu – E0H+/H2
= 0.337 – (0.0)
= 0.337 V
ΔG0 = – nFE0 = -2 × 96500 × 0.337
= – 65040J
= – 65.04 kJ
Electrons in the external circuit will flow from (LHE) hydrogen gas electrode to (RHE) copper electrode.
Ans. Cell reaction : H2(g) + \(\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) → 2 \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) + Cu(s)
Cell potential = E0Cell = 0.337 V
ΔG0 = -65.04 kJ

(10) Calculate the reduction potential of the electrode, Zn2+ (0.02 M) | Zn(s). E0Zn++/Zn = – 0.76 V.
Solution :
Given :E0red = E0Zn++/Zn = -0.76 V;
Concentration of \(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) = [Zn2+] = 0.02 M
The reduction reaction for the electrode,
\(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) +2e → Zn(s); ∴ n = 2
The reduction potential is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 93
= – 0.76 + 0.0296 (- 1.6990)
= -0.76 – 0.0296 × 1.6990
= -0.76 – 0.0503
= -0.8103 V
Ans. Ered = EZn2+/Zn = -0.8103 V

(11) Calculate the potential of the following cell at 25 °C :
Zn | Zn2+(0.6 M) ||H+(1.2 M) | H2 (g, 1 atm) | Pt
E°Zn2+/Zn = -0.763 V
Solution :
Given : E0Zn2+/Zn = -0.763 V;
Concentrations : [Zn2+] = 0.6 M; [H+] = 1.2 M
[H2]g = 1 atm
Cell potential = Ecell = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 94
= 0.763 – 0.0296 × (- 0.3801)
= 0.763 + 0.01125
= 0.77425 V
Ans. Cell potential = E0cell = 0.77425 V

(12) The following redox reaction occurs in a galvanic cell.
2Al(s) + 3Fe2+(1 M) → 2Al3+(1 M)+ 3Fe(s)
(a) Write the cell notation.
(b) Identify anode and cathode
(c) Calculate E0cell if E0anode = – 1.66 V and E0cathode = – 0 44 V
(d) Calculate ΔG0 for the reaction.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 95
(a) In the cell reaction, Al is oxidised from zero to 3+ while Fe3+ is reduced from 3+ to zero. Hence the cell notation is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 96

(b) Anode : Al electrode at LHE
Cathode : Fe electrode at RHE

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 97

(d) The standard free energy change ΔG0 is given by,
ΔG0 = – nFE0cell
= – 6 × 96500 × 1.22
= – 70640 J
= – 706.4 kJ
Ans. (a) Cell notation :
\(\mathrm{Al}_{(\mathrm{s})}\left|\mathrm{Al}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}(1 \mathrm{M}) \| \mathrm{Fe}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}(1 \mathrm{M})\right| \mathrm{Fe}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
(b) Anode : Al; Cathode : Fe
(c) E0cell = 1.22 V
(d) ΔG0 = – 706.4 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(13) Construct a cell consisting of \(\mathbf{N i}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}\) | Ni(s) half cell and H+ | H2(g) | Pt half cell.
(a) Write the cell reaction
(b) Calculate emf of the cell if [Ni2+] = 0.1M,
PH2 = 1 atm [H+] = 0.05 M and
E0Ni = – 0.257 V.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 98
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 99
= 0.257 – 0.0296 × 1.6020
= 0.257 – 0.04742
= 0.20958
≅ 0.2096 V
Ans.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 100

(14) Calculate the cell potential of the following cell at 25°C,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 101
Standard reduction potentials (SRP) of Zn and Cu are -0.76 V and 0.334 V respectively.
Solution:
Given:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 102

(15) Set up the cell consisting of \(\mathbf{H}_{\text {(aq) }}^{+} \mid \mathbf{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\) and \(\mathbf{P b}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{2+}\) | Pb(s) electrodes. Calculate the emf at 25 °C of the cell if [Pb2+] = 0.1 M,
[H+] = 0.5 M and hydrogen gas is at 2 atm pressure. E0pb2+/pb = – 0.126 V.
Solution :
Given : Half cells :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 103
Concentrations : [H+] = 0.5 M; [Pb2+] = 0.1M;
[H2]g = PH2 = 2 atm; E0H+/H2 = ESHE = 0.0 V;
E0pb2+/pb = -0.126 V
Since E0pb2+/pb (reduction) < E0H+/H2 the Pb electrode is anode and hydrogen gas electrode is cathode.
The cell formulation :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 104
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 105
= 0.126 – 0.0296 (- 0.0969)
= 0.126 + 0.002868
= 0.128868
≅ 0.1289 V
Ans. Ecell = 0.1289 V

(16) Consider a galvanic cell that uses the half reactions,
2H+(aq) + 2e → H(g)
Mg2+(aq) + 2e → Mg(s)
Write balanced equation for the cell reaction. Calculate E0cell, Ecell and ΔG0 if concentrations are 1M each and PH2 = 10 atm
E0Mg2+/Mg = -2.37 V.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 106
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 107
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 108
The standard free energy change ΔG0 is given by
ΔG0= – nFE0cell
= – 2 × 96500 × 2.37
= -457400 J
= – 457.4 kJ
Ans. E0cell = 2.37 V; Ecell = 2.3404 V;
ΔG0 = -457.4 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(17) Calculate Ecell and ΔG for the following at 28 °C : Mg(s) + Sn2+ (0.04M) → Mg2+ (0.06M) + Sn(s)
E0cell = 2.23 V
Is the reaction spontaneous ?
Solution:
Given:
Mg(s) + Sn2+ (0.04 M) → Mg2+ (0.06 M) + Sn
[Sn2+] = 0.4 M
[Mg2+] = 0.06 M
E0cell = 2.23V
Ecell = ?
ΔG = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 109
2.23 – 0.0296 × 0.1761
= 2.23 – 0.005213
= 2.224V
ΔG = – nFE
= – 2 × 96500 × 2.224
= – 4.292 × 105 J
= -429.2 kJ
Since ΔG is negative, the electrochemical reaction is spontaneous.

(18) The standard potentials for Sn2+/Sn and Fe2+/Fe half reactions are -0.136 V and -0.440 V respectively. At what relative concentrations of Sn2+ and Fe2+ will these have the same reduction potentials?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 110
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 111
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 112
Hence when relative concentrations of Sn2+ and Fe2+ i.e., [Sn2+]/[Fe2+] = 5.37 × 10-11, both the electrodes will have same potential.

(19) Write the cell reaction and calculate the emf of the cell at 25 °C.
Cr(s) | Cr3+(0.0065 M) || Co2+(0.012 M) | Co(s)
E0Co = – 0.280 V, E0Cr = – 0.74 V
What is ΔG for the cell reaction ?
Solution :
Given :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 113
By Nernst equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 114
Ecell = 0.4463 V
ΔG = -nFECell
= – 6 × 96500 × 0.4463
= – 258407 J
= – 258.4 kJ
Ans. Cell reaction :
\(2 \mathrm{Cr}_{(\mathrm{s})}+3 \mathrm{Co}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{3+}+3 \mathrm{Co}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
ECell = 0.4463 V; ΔG = – 258.4 kJ.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

(20) Calculate E0Cell, ΔG0 and equilibrium constant for the reaction 2Cu+ → Cu2+ + Cu.
E0Cu+/Cu = 0.52 V and E0Cu2+,Cu+ = 0.16 V.
Solution :
Given : Cell reaction : 2Cu+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) +Cu(s)
E0Cu+/Cu = 0.52V; E0Cu2+,Cu+ = 0.16 V
1F = 96500 C
E0Cell = ? ΔG0 = ? K=?
(i) The formulation of the cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 115
(ii) ΔG0 = – nFE0Cell = – 1 × 96500 × 0.36
= – 34740 J
= – 34.74 kJ
(iii) Electrochemical redox reactions are considered as reversible reactions. If K is the equilibrium constant for the electrochemical redox reaction, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 116
Ans. E0Cell = 0.36 V; ΔG0 = – 34.74 kJ; Equilibrium constant = K= 1.2 × 106 mol-1 dm3.

(21) Calculate the equilibrium constant for the redox reaction at 25 °C.
Sr(s) + Mg2+ → Sr2+(aq) + Mg(s),
that occurs in a galvanic cell. Write the cell formula.
E0Mg = – 2.37 V and E0Sr = – 2.89 V.
Solution :
Given :
Cell reaction : Sr(s) + Mg2+ → Sr2+(aq) + Mg(s)
E0 Mg2+/Mg = -2.37 V; E0 Sr2+/Sr = -2.89 V
Equilibrium constant K = ?
The formation of the cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 117
Ans. Equilibrium constant = K = 3.698 × 1017

(22) The equilibrium constant for the following reaction at 25 °C is 2.9 × 109. Calculate standard voltage of the cell.
Cl2(g) + 2Br(aq) ⇌ Br2(l) + 2Cl(aq)
Solution :
Given : Cell reaction : Cl2(g) + 2Br(aq) ⇌ Br2(l) + 2Cl(aq)
Equilibrium constant = K = 2.9 × 109 atm-1
Standard voltage of the cell = E0Cell = ?
The formulation of the cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 118

(23) Write the cell representation and calculate equilibrium constant for the following redox reaction :
Ni(s) + 2 Ag+(aq) (1M) → Ni2+(aq) (1 M) + 2Ag(s)
at 25 °C
E0Ni = – 0.25 V and E0Ag = 0.799 V
Solution :
Given : E0Ni2+/Ni = – 0.25 V; E0Ag+/Ag = 0.799 V
Equilibrium constant = K = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 119

(24) Calculate the cell potential of the following galvanic cell :
Pt|H2 (g, 1 atm)|\(\mathbf{H}_{\text {(aq) }}^{+} \mathbf{p H}\) = 3.51||Calomel electrode
Ecal = 0.242 V at 25 °C.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 120
= -0.0592 × pH
= -0.0592 × 3.5
= -0.2072 V
∴ Ecell = Ecal – EH+/H2
= 0.242 – (-0.2072)
= 0.242 + 0.2072
= 0.4492 V
Ans. Ecell = 0.4492 V

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 68.
How are the voltaic cells classified ?
Answer:
The voltaic cells are classified as primary and secondary voltaic cells.
(1) Primary voltaic cells : These are the voltaic cells in which the electrical energy or cell potentials are developed within the cells due to oxidation and reduction reactions at the reversible electrodes.

The chemicals and electrode materials consumed during the discharging can be regenerated by passing the current in opposite direction from the external source of electricity i.e., these cells can be recharged. For example, Daniell cell. There are the examples where the primary cells can’t be recharged. E.g. Dry cell.

(2) Secondary voltaic cells :
(i) These are the voltaic cells in which the electrical energy or cell potentials are not developed within the cell but electrical energy can be stored or cell potentials can be regenerated by passing electricity from the external source of electricity. Since the electrical energy obtained is second hand, these cells are called secondary cells or accumulators or storage cells.

(ii) These cells can be recharged by passing electric current in opposite direction from the external source of higher emf. Therefore the secondary cells are reversible cells. For example, lead accumulator (lead storage battery).

Question 69.
Explain the construction and working of a dry cell (or Leclanche’s cell).
OR
Write a note on dry cell.
Answer:
(A) Principle :

  • Leclanche’s cell is a primary voltaic cell.
  • It doesn’t contain mobile liquid electrolyte but contains moist viscose aqeuous paste of the electrolytes.
  • It is an irreversible voltaic cell which can’t be recharged.

(B) Construction :
(i) It consists of a small zinc vessel which serves as an anode (negative electrode).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 121
(ii) The zinc vessel contains a porous paper bag containing an inert graphite (C) electrode which serves as cathode, immersed in a paste of MnO2 and carbon black. This paper bag divides the dry cell into two compartments, namely anode and cathode compartments.
(iii) The rest of the cell is filled with a moist paste of NH4Cl and ZnCl2 which acts as an electrolyte for zinc anode.
(iv) The graphite rod is fitted with a metal cap and the cell is sealed to prevent the drying of moist paste by evaporation.

(C) The dry cell can be represented as,
Zn|ZnCl2(aq), NH2Cl(aq), MnO2(s)|C+.

(D) Reactions in the dry cell :
(i) Oxidation at zinc anode :
Zn(s) → \(\mathrm{Zn}_{\text {(aq) }}^{2+}\) + 2e (oxidation half reaction)
(ii) Reduction at graphite (C) cathode :
The electrons released in the oxidation reaction at anode, flow to cathode through external circuit.
Hydrogen in NH4 ion is reduced to molecular hydrogen which reduces MnO2 to Mn2O3.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 122
(iii) Zn2+ react with NH3 and form a complex.
\(\mathrm{Zn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{NH}_{3(\text { aq) }} \longrightarrow\left[\mathrm{Zn}\left(\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right)_{4}\right]^{2+}{ }_{(\mathrm{aq})}\)
Since Zn2+ ions are removed, the overall cell reaction can’t be reversed.

(E) Uses of dry cell :

  • Dry cell is used as a source of electric power in radios, flashlights, torches, clocks, etc.
  • Since they are available in small size and portable, they can be used conveniently.

Question 70.
Describe the construction and working of lead accumulator (lead storage cell).
OR
Draw a neat labelled diagram of the lead accumulator. Explain the reactions involved in discharging and charging this cell. Represent this cell using cell conventions.
Answer:
(A) Principle :
(1) The lead accumulator is a secondary electrochemical cell since electrical energy and emf are not developed within the cell but it is previously stored by passing an electric current. Hence it is also called lead accumulator or lead storage battery.
(2) It is reversible since the electrochemical reaction can be reversed by passing an electric current in opposite direction and consumed reactants can be regenerated.
(3) Hence battery can be charged after it is discharged.

(B) Construction : In a lead accumulator, the negative terminal (anode) is made up of lead sheets packed with spongy lead, while the positive terminal (cathode) is made up of lead grids packed with PbO2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 123
Sulphuric acid of about 38% strength (%w/w) or specific gravity 1.28 or 4.963 molar is the electrolyte in which the lead sheets and lead grids are dipped. The positive terminal and negative terminal are alternatively arranged in the electrolyte and are separately interconnected.

(C) Representation of lead accumulator :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 124

(D) Working of a lead accumulator :
(1) Discharging : When the electric current is withdrawn from lead accumulator, the following reactions take place :
Oxidation at the – ve electrode or anode :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 125

(2) Net cell reaction :
(i) Thus, the overall cell reaction during discharging is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 126
OR
Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq) → 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l)
The cell potential or emf of the cell depends upon the concentration of sulphuric acid. During the operation, the acid is consumed and its concentration decreases and specific gravity decreases from 1.28 to 1.17. As a result, the emf of the cell decreases. The emf of a fully charged cell is about 2.0 V.

(ii) Recharging of the cell : When the discharged battery is connected to external electric source and a higher external potential is applied the cell reaction gets reversed generating H2SO4.
Reduction at the – ve electrode or cathode :
PbSO4(s) + 2e → Pb(s) + \(\mathrm{SO}_{4(a q)}^{2-}\)
Oxidation at the + ve electrode or anode :
PbSO4(s) + 2H2(l)O → PbO2(s) + 4H+(aq) + \(\mathrm{SO}_{4(a q)}^{2-}\) + 2e
The net reaction during charging is
2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l) → Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 4H+(aq) + 2\(\mathrm{SO}_{4(a q)}^{2-}\)
OR
2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O → Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq)
The emf of the accumulator depends only on the concentration of H2SO4.

(E) Applications :

  1. It is used as a source of d.c. electric supply.
  2. It is used in automobile in ignition circuits and lighting the head lights by connecting 6 batteries giving 12V potential.
  3. It is also used in invertors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 71.
In lead accumulator which electrode is coated with PbO2 ? Anode or cathode ?
Answer:
In lead accumulator, cathode is coated with PbO2.

Question 72.
Write net charging and discharging reactions for lead storage battery.
Answer:
For lead storage battery :
Net charging reaction :
2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l) → Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq)
Net discharging reaction :
Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq) → 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l)

Question 73.
Write a note on Nickel-Cadmium (NICAD) cell.
Answer:
(1) Nickel-Cadminum (NICAD) cell is a secondary dry cell.
(2) It is rechargable, hence it is a reversible cell.
(3) It consists of a cadmium electrode in contact with an alkali and acts as anode while nickel (IV) oxide, NiO2 in contact with an alkali acts as cathode. The alkali used is moist paste of KOH.
(4) Reactions in the cell :
(i) Oxidation at cadmium anode :
Cd(s) + 2OH(aq) → Cd(OH)2(s) + 2e
(ii) Reduction at Ni02(s) cathode :
NiO2(s) + 2H2O(l) + 2e → Ni(OH)2(s) + 2OH(aq)
The overall cell reaction is the combination of above two reactions.
Cd(s) + NiO2(s) + 2H2O(l) → Cd(OH)2(s) + Ni(OH)2(s)
(5) Since the net cell reaction doesn’t involve any electrolytes but solids, the voltage is independent of the concentration of alkali electrolyte.
(6) The cell potential is about 1.4 V.
(7) This cell has longer life than other dry cells.

Question 74.
Write a note on mercury battery.
Answer:
(1) Mercury battery is a rechargeable secondary dry cell.
(2) It consists of zinc anode amalgamated with mercury.
(3) The cathode consists of a paste of Hg and carbon.
(4) The electrolyte is a paste of KOH and ZnO in a strong alkaline medium.
(5) Reactions:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 127
(6) The overall reaction involves only solid substances and electrolytic composition remains unchanged.
(7) Therefore mercury battery provides constant voltage (1.35 V) over a long period.
(8) It is superior to Leclanche’s cell in durability.
(9) Uses : It is used in hearing aids, electric watches, pacemakers, etc.

Question 75.
Describe the construction and working of hydrogen-oxygen (H2-O2) fuel cell.
Answer:
(A) Principle :
(i) The functioning of the fuel cell is based on the combustion reaction like,
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g) is exothermic redox reaction and hence it can be used to produce electricity.
(ii) The reactants of this fuel cell can be continuously supplied from outside, hence this can be used to supply electrical energy for a very long period.

(B) Construction :
(i) In fuel cell the anode and cathode are porous electrodes with suitable catalyst like finely divided platinum.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 128
(ii) The electrolyte used is hot aqueous KOH solution in which porous anode and cathode carbon rods are immersed.
(iii) H2 is continuously bubbled through anode while O2 gas is bubbled through cathode.

(C) Working (cell reactions) :
(i) Oxidation at anode : At anode, hydrogen gas is oxidised to H2O.
2H2(g) + 4OH(aq) → 4H2O(l) + 4e (oxidation half reaction)
(ii) Reduction at cathode : The electrons released at anode travel to cathode through external circuit and reduce oxygen gas to OH-.
O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e → 4OH(aq) (reduction half reaction)
(iii) Net cell reaction: Addition of both the above reactions at anode and cathode gives a net cell reaction.
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l) (overall cell reaction)

(D) Representation of the cell :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 129
The overall cell reaction is an exothermic combustion reaction. However in this, H2 and O2 gases do not react directly but react through electrode reactions. Hence the chemical energy released in the formation of O-H bonds in H2O, is directly converted into electrical energy.

(E) Advantages :

  1. The fuel cell operates continuously as long as H2 and O2 gases are supplied to the electrodes.
  2. The cell reactions do not cause any pollution.
  3. The efficiency of this galvanic cell is the highest about 70% as compared to ordinary galvanic cells.

(F) Drawbacks of H2-O2 fuel cell :

  1. The cell requires expensive electrodes like Pt, Pd.
  2. In practice, voltage is less than 1.23 volt due to spontaneous reactions at the electrodes.
  3. H2 gas is expensive and hazardous.

(G) Applications :

  1. It was successfully used in spacecraft.
  2. It has potential applications in automobiles, power generators for domestic and industrial uses.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Question 76.
What are the applications of the fuel cells?
Answer:

  1. Fuel cells have been used in the space programme providing electrical energy for a long duration.
  2. The fuel cells have been used in automobiles on experimental basis.
  3. In case of H2-O2 fuel cell, used in spacecraft, the water produced is used for drinking for astronauts.
  4. The fuel cells using methanol as a fuel for combustion are used in electronic products such as cell phones and laptop computers.
  5. The fuel cells have many potential applications as power generators for domestic and industrial uses.

Question 77.
In what way fuel cell differs from ordinary galvanic cells ?
Answer:

  1. Fuel cell is a modified galvanic cell in which the thermal energy of combustion reactions is directly converted into electrical energy.
  2. In the fuel cell, the reactants are not placed within the cell like ordinary galvanic cells, but they are continuously supplied to the electrodes from outside reservoir.
  3. They cannot be recharged unlike ordinary galvanic cell.

Question 78.
Define electrochemical series or electromotive series.
Answer:
Electrochemical series (Electromotive series) : It is defined as the arrangement in a series of electrodes of elements (metal or non-metal in contact with their ions) with the electrode half reactions in the decreasing order of their standard reduction potentials.

Question 79.
Explain electrochemical series or electromotive series.
Answer:
The conventions used in the construction of electrochemical series (or electromotive series) are as follows :

  • The (reduction) electrodes or half cells of the elements are written on the left hand side of the series and they are arranged in the decreasing order of their standard reduction potentials (E°red).
  • Reduction half reactions are written for each half cell in such a way that the species with higher oxidation state and electrons are on left hand side while reduced species with lower oxidation state are on right hand side.
  • The standard reduction potential of standard hydrogen electrode is 0.00 V, i.e., E0H+/H2 = 0.0 V. The electrodes and half cell reactions with positive E0red values are located above hydrogen and those with negative E0red values below hydrogen. Above hydrogen, positive E0red values increase, while below hydrogen negative E0 values increase.
  • The positive E0red values indicate the tendency for reduction and the negative E0red values indicate the tendency for oxidation.
  • The elements, whose electrodes are at the top of the series having high positive values for E0red are good oxidising agents.
  • The elements, whose electrodes are at the bottom of the series having high negative values for E0red are good reducing agents.

Question 80.
What are the applications of electrochemical series (or electromotive series) ?
Answer:
The applications of electrochemical series (or electromotive series) are as follows :
(1) Relative strength of oxidising agents in terms of E0red values : The E0red value is a measure of the tendency of the species to be reduced i.e., to accept electrons and act as an oxidising agent. The species mentioned on left hand side of the half reactions are oxidising agents.

The substances in the upper positions in the series and hence in the upper left side of the half reactions have large positive E0red values hence are stronger oxidising agents. For example, F2, Ce4+, Au3+, etc. As we move down the series, the oxidising power decreases. Hence from the position of the elements in the electrochemical series, oxidising agents can be selected.

(2) Relative strength of reducing agents in terms of E0red values : The lower E0red value means lower tendency to accept electrons but higher tendency to lose electrons. The tendency for reverse reaction or oxidation increases as E0red becomes more negative and we move towards the lower side of the series. For example, Li, K, Al, etc. are good reducing agents.

(3) Identifying the spontaneous direction of reaction : From the standard reduction potentials, E0red, the spontaneity of a redox reaction can be determined. The difference between E0red values for any two electrodes represents cell potential E0cell, constituted by them.

If E°cell is positive then the reaction is spontaneous while if E0cell is negative the reaction is non-spontaneous. For example, E0Mg2+/Mg and E0Ag+/Ag have values -2.37 V and 0.8 V respectively. Then Mg will be a better reducing agent than Ag. Therefore Mg can reduce Ag+ to Ag.

The corresponding reactions will be:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 130

Therefore above reaction in the forward direction will be spontaneous while in the reverse direction will be non-spontaneous since for it E0cell = -3.17V.

(4) Calculation of standard cell potential E0cell : From the electrochemical series, the standard cell potential, E0cell from the E0red values for the half reactions given can be calculated.
For example,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 131

Question 81.
Write any four applications of electrochemical series.
Answer:
The applications of electrochemical series are as follows :

  1. Predicting relative strength of oxidising agents.
  2. Predicting relative strength of reducting agents.
  3. Identifying the spontaneous direction of a reaction.
  4. To calculate the standard cell potential E°cell.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 82.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. The cell constant of a conductivity cell is given by
(a) l × a
(b) \(\frac{a}{l}\)
(c) \(\frac{1}{l \times a}\)
(d) \(\frac{l}{a}\)
Answer:
(d) \(\frac{l}{a}\)

2. A conductivity cell has two platinum electrodes of area 1.2 cm2 and 0.92 cm apart. Hence the cell constant is
(a) 1.104 cm-1
(b) 1.304 cm-1
(c) 0.906 cm-1
(d) 0.767 cm-1
Answer:
(d) 0.767 cm-1

3. The conductivity of 0.02 M KI solution is 4.37 × 10-4 Ω-1 cm-1. Hence its molar conductivity is
(a) 8.74 × 10-6 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(b) 21.85 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(c) 4.58 × 10-4 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(d) 136.5 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Answer:
(b) 21.85 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

4. The specific conductance of 0.02 M HCl is 8.2 × 10-3 Ω-1 cm-1. Hence its molar conductivity is
(a) 164 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(b) 6.1 × 103Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(c) 239.6 S cm2 mol-1
(d) 410 S cm2 mol-1
Answer:
(d) 410 S cm2 mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

5. Molar conductivity of an electrolyte is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 132
Answer:
(c) \(\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}=\frac{\kappa \times 1000}{\mathrm{C}}\)

6. The units of molar conductivity are
(a) Ω cm-2 mol-1
(b) Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(c) Ω-1 cm-1 mol-1
(d) Ω cm-1 mol-2
Answer:
(b) Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

7. If conductivity is expressed in Ω-1 m-1 and concentration of the electrolytic solution in mol m-3 then, the molar conductance is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 133
Answer:
(b) \(\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}=\frac{\kappa}{C}\)

8. Kohlrausch’s law is represented as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 134
Answer:
(a) \(\wedge_{0}=\lambda_{+}^{0}+\lambda_{-}^{0}\)

9. The degree of dissociation of a weak electrolyte is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 135
Answer:
(c) α = \(\frac{\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}}{\wedge_{0}}\)

10. ∧0 for CH3COOH is 390.7 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1. If ∧0 for CH3COOK, and HBr in Ω-1 cm2 mol-1 are 115 and 430.4 respectively, then ∧0 for KBr is
(a) 74.6 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(b) 180.6 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(c) 154.7 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
(d) 706.1 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1
Answer:
(c) 154.7 Ω-1 cm2 mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

11. The molar conductivity of cation and anion of salt BA are 180 and 220 mhos respectively. The molar conductivity of salt BA at infinite dilution is
(a) 90 mhos · cm2 · mol-1
(b) 110 mhos · cm2 · mol-1
(c) 200 mhos · cm2 · mol-1
(d) 400 mhos · cm2 · mol-1
Answer:
(d) 400 mhos · cm2 · mol-1

12. If ∧m and ∧0 are the molar conductivities of a weak electrolyte at concentration C and at zero concentration, then the dissociation constant Ka is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 136
Answer:
(b) Ka = \(\frac{\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}^{2} \times \mathrm{C}}{\Lambda_{0}\left(\wedge_{0}-\wedge_{\mathrm{m}}\right)}\)

13. What is the ratio of volumes of H2 and O2 liberated during electrolysis of acidified water ?
(a) 1 : 2
(b) 2 : 1
(c) 1 : 8
(d) 8 : 1
Answer:
(b) 2 : 1

14. What weight of copper will be deposited by passing 2 Faradays of electricity through a cupric salt? (atomic mass = 63.5)
(a) 63.5 g
(b) 31.75 g
(c) 127 g
(d) 12.7 g
Answer:
(a) 63.5 g

15. The S.I. unit of cell constant for conductivity cell is
(a) m-1
(b) S·m-2
(c) cm-2
(d) S·dm2·mol-1
Answer:
(a) m-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

16. The charge of how many coulomb is required to deposit 1.0 g of sodium metal (molar mass 23.0 g mol-1) from sodium ions is
(a) 2098
(b) 96500
(c) 193000
(d) 4196
Answer:
(d) 4196

17. The amount of electricity equal to 0.05 F is
(a) 48250 C
(b) 3776 C
(c) 4825 C
(d) 4285 C
Answer:
(c) 4825 C

18. The number of electrons that have a total charge of 965 coulombs is
(a) 6.022 × 1023
(b) 6.022 × 1022
(c) 6.022 × 1021
(d) 3.011 × 1023
Answer:
(c) 6.022 × 1021

19. When 0.2 Faraday of electricity is passed through an electrolytic solution, the number of electrons involved are
(a) 96500
(b) 1.603 × 10-19
(c) 1.2046 × 1023
(d) 12 × 106
Answer:
(c) 1.2046 × 1023

20. When a charge of 0.5 Faraday is passed through AlCl3 solution, the amount of aluminium deposited at the cathode is (Atomic weight of Al = 27)
(a) 4.5
(b) 18
(c) 27
(d) 2.7
Answer:
(a) 4.5

21. The quantity of electricity required to deposit 54 g of silver from silver nitrate solution is
(a) 0.5 Coulomb
(b) 0.5 Ampere
(c) 0.5 Faraday
(d) 0.5 Volt
Answer:
(c) 0.5 Faraday

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

22. Passage of 5400 C of electricity through an electrolyte deposited 5.954 × 10-3 kg of the metal with atomic mass 106.4. The charge on the metal ion is
(a) + 1
(b) + 2
(c) + 3
(d) + 4
Answer:
(a) + 1

23. On calculating the strength of current in amperes if a charge of 840 C (coulomb) passes through an electrolyte in 7 minutes, it will be
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(b) 2

24. On passing 1.5 F charge, the number of moles of aluminium deposited at cathode are [Molar mass of Al = 27 gram mol-3]
(a) 1.0
(b) 13.5
(c) 0.50
(d) 0.75
Answer:
(c) 0.50

25. Number of faradays of electricity required to liberate 12 g of hydrogen is
(a) 1
(b) 8
(c) 12
(d) 16
Answer:
(c) 12

26. Daniell cell is
(a) Secondary cell
(b) Irreversible cell
(c) primary irreversible cell
(d) primary reversible cell
Answer:
(d) primary reversible cell

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

27. In the representation of galvanic cell, the ions in the same phase are separated by a
(a) single vertical line
(b) comma
(c) double vertical lines
(d) semicolon
Answer:
(b) comma

28. In the Daniell cell, reduction occurs at the
(a) anode
(b) zinc rod
(c) negative electrode
(d) positive electrode
Answer:
(d) positive electrode

29. The standard hydrogen electrode is represented as
(a) \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\)|H2(g, 1 atm) | Pt
(b) \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) 1M | H2(g, 1 atm) | Pt
(c) \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) 1M|H2(g)|Pt
(d) \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) 0.1M|H2(g, 1 atm) | Pt
Answer:
(b) \(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}\) 1M | H2(g, 1 atm) | Pt

30. The essential condition to set a standard hydrogen electrode is
(a) 298 K
(b) pure and dry H2 gas at 1 atm
(c) solution containing H+ at unit activity
(d) all of these
Answer:
(d) all of these

31. In hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell, the carbon rods are immersed in hot aqueous solution of
(a) KCl
(b) KOH
(c) H2SO4
(d) NH4Cl
Answer:
(b) KOH

32. The emf of cell is 1.3 volt. The positive electrode has potential of 0.5 volt. The potential of negative electrode is
(a) 0.8 V
(b) -0.8 V
(c) 1.8 V
(d) – 1.8 V
Answer:
(b) -0.8 V

33. The electrode potential of a silver electrode dipped in 0.1 M AgNO3 solution at 298 K is (E0red of Ag = 0.80 volt)
(a) 0.0741 V
(b) 0.0591 V
(c) 0.741 V
(d) 0.859 V
Answer:
(c) 0.741 V

34. Which of the following species gains electrons more easily ?
(a) Na+
(b) H+
(c) Mg+
(d) Hg+
Answer:
(b) H+

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

35. In Nernst equation the constant 0.0592 at 298 K represents the value of
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 137
Answer:
(d) \(\frac{2.303 R T}{F}\)

36. The concept of electrode potential is explained on the basis of
(a) Arrhenius’ theory
(b) Ostwald’s theory
(c) Nemst’s theory
(d) Faraday’s law
Answer:
(c) Nemst’s theory

37. The standard reduction potentials of metals A and B are x and y respectively. If x > y, the standard emf of the cell containing these electrodes would be
(a) 2x – y
(b) y – x
(c) x – y
(d) x + y
Answer:
(c) x – y

38. The emf of the cell,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 138
(E0red = 0.34 V)
(a) -1.34
(b) 0.34 V
(c) -0.34 V
(d) 1.34
Answer:
(b) 0.34 V

39. The Electromotive Force of the following Cell Cu|Cu++ (1 M)||A+g (1 M)|Ag is …………….. if E0cu++ = 0.33 V and E0 Ag++/Ag = 0.79 V
(a) 0.46 V
(b) – 0.46 V
(c) 1.12 V
(d) – 112 V
Answer:
(a) 0.46 V

40. The standard cell potential of the following cell is 0.463 V Cu|Cu++ (1 M)||Ag+ (1 M)|Ag. If E0Ag = 0.8 V, what is the standard potential of Cu electrode ?
(a) 1.137 V
(b) 0.337 V
(c) 0.463 V
(d) – 0.463 V
Answer:
(b) 0.337 V

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

41. The metal which cannot displace hydrogen from dil. H2SO4 solution is
(a) Zn
(b) Al
(c) Fe
(d) Ag
Answer:
(d) Ag

42. In the Lead storage battery during discharging
(a) pH of the electrolyte increases
(b) pH decreases
(c) pH remain unchanged
(d) pH increases or decreases depends on the extent of discharging
Answer:
(a) pH of the electrolyte increases

43. During the discharging of a lead storage battery,
(a) H2SO4 is consumed
(b) PbSO4 is consumed
(c) Pb2+ ions are formed
(d) Pb is formed
Answer:
(a) H2SO4 is consumed

44. In lead accumulator, anode and cathode are
(a) (Pb + PbO2), Pb
(b) Pb, PbO2
(b) PbO2, Pb
(d) Pb, (Pb + PbO2)
Answer:
(d) Pb, (Pb + PbO2)

45. The efficiency of the hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell is about
(a) 20%
(b) 40%
(c) 70%
(d) 90%
Answer:
(c) 70%

46. The strongest oxidizing agent among the species In3+ (E0 = – 1.34 V), Au3+ (E0 = 1.4 V), Hg2+ (E0 = 0.86 V), Cr3+ (E0 = – 0.74 V) is
(a) Cr3+
(b) Au3+
(c) Hg2+
(d) In3+
Answer:
(b) Au3+

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry

47. The reaction, \(2 \mathrm{Br}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}+\mathrm{Sn}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}_{2(\mathrm{l})}+\mathrm{Sn}_{(\mathrm{s})}\)
with the standard potentials, E0Sn = -0.114 V, E0Br2 = + 1.09 V, is
(a) spontaneous in reverse direction
(b) spontaneous in forward direction
(c) at equilibrium
(d) non-spontaneous in reverse direction
Answer:
(a) spontaneous in reverse direction

48. The cell potential of the following cell is
(E0Al3+/Al = – 1.66 V)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 Electrochemistry 139
(a) 1.66 V
(b) -1.66 V
(c) 0.5533 V
(d) 2.14 V
Answer:
(a) 1.66 V

49. The standard reduction potentials of Sn, Hg and Cr are – 1.36 V, 0.854 V and – 0.746 V respectively. The increasing order of oxidising power of the given elements is
(a) Sn < Hg < Cr
(b) Hg < Cr < Sn
(c) Sn < Cr < Hg
(d) Cr < Hg < Sn
Answer:
(c) Sn < Cr < Hg

50. If standard reduction potentials for Pb, K, Zn and Cu are -0.126 V, -2.925 V, -0.763 V and 0.337 V, the decreasing order of reducing power is
(a) Zn > Pb > K > Cu
(b) Cu > Pb > Zn > K
(c) K > Zn > Pb > Cu
(d) K > Pb > Cu > Zn
Answer:
(c) K > Zn > Pb > Cu+

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

1. Choose the most correct answer.

Question i.
The vapour pressure of a solution containing 2 moles of a solute in 2 moles of water (vapour pressure of pure water = 24 mm Hg) is
(a) 24 mm Hg
(b) 32 mm Hg
(c) 48 mm Hg
(d) 12 mm Hg
Answer:
(d) 12 mm Hg

Question ii.
The colligative property of a solution is
(a) vapour pressure
(b) boiling point
(c) osmotic pressure
(d) freezing point
Answer:
(c) osmotic pressure

Question iii.
In calculating osmotic pressure the concentration of solute is expressed in
(a) molarity
(b) molality
(c) mole fraction
(d) mass per cent
Answer:
(a) molarity

Question iv.
Ebullioscopic constant is the boiling point elevation when the concentration of solution is
(a) 1 m
(b) 1 M
(c) 1 mass%
(d) 1 mole fraction of solute
Answer:
(a) 1 m

Question v.
Cryoscopic constant depends on
(a) nature of solvent
(b) nature of solute
(c) nature of solution
(d) number of solvent molecules
Answer:
(a) nature of solvent

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question vi.
Identify the correct statement
(a) vapour pressure of solution is higher than that of pure solvent.
(b) boiling point of solvent is lower than that of solution
(c) osmotic pressure of solution is lower than that of solvent
(d) osmosis is a colligative property.
Answer:
(b) boiling point of solvent is lower than that of solution

Question vii.
A living cell contains a solution which is isotonic with 0.3 M sugar solution. What osmotic pressure develops when the cell is placed in 0.1 M KCl solution at body temperature ?
(a) 5.08 atm
(b) 2.54 atm
(c) 4.92 atm
(d) 2.46 atm
Answer:
(c) 4.92 atm

Question viii.
The osmotic pressure of blood is 7.65 atm at 310 K. An aqueous solution of glucose isotonic with blood has the percentage (by volume)
(a) 5.41%
(b) 3.54%
(c) 4.53%
(d) 53.4%
Answer:
(a) 5.41%

Question ix.
Vapour pressure of a solution is
(a) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solute
(b) inversely proportional to the mole fraction of the solute
(c) inversely proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent
(d) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent
Answer:
(d) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent

Question x.
Pressure cooker reduces cooking time for food because
(a) boiling point of water involved in cooking is increased
(b) heat is more evenly distributed in the cooking space
(c) the higher pressure inside the cooker crushes the food material
(d) cooking involves chemical changes helped by a rise in temperature
Answer:
(a) boiling point of water involved in cooking is increased

Question xi.
Henry’s law constant for a gas CH3Br is 0.159 mol dm-3 atm at 250°C. What is the solubility of CH3Br in water at 25 °C and a partial pressure of 0.164 atm?
(a) 0.0159 mol L-1
(b) 0.164 mol L-1
(c) 0.026 M
(d) 0.042 M
Answer:
(c) 0.026 M

Question xii.
Which of the following statement is NOT correct for 0.1 M urea solution and 0.05 M sucrose solution ?
(a) osmotic pressure exhibited by urea solution is higher than that exhibited by sucrose solution
(b) urea solution is hypertonic to sucrose solution
(c) they are isotonic solutions
(d) sucrose solution is hypotonic to urea solution
Answer:
(c) they are isotonic solutions

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences

Question i.
What is osmotic pressure ?
Answer:
(1) Definition : The osmotic pressure is defined as the excess mechanical pressure required to be applied to a solution separated by a semipermeable membrane from pure solvent or a dilute solution to prevent the osmosis or free passage of the solvent molecules at a given temperature. The osmotic pressure is a colligative property.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 1
Osmosis and osmotic pressure

(2) Explanation : Consider an inverted thistle funnel on the mouth of which a semipermeable membrane is firmly fastened. It is filled with the experimental solution and immersed in a solvent like water. As a result, solvent molecules pass through the membrane into the solution in the funnel causing rising of level in the arm of thistle funnel. This increases the hydrostatic pressure. At a certain stage this rising level stops indicating an equilibrium between the rates of flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution and from solution to solvent. The hydrostatic pressure at this stage represents osmotic pressure of the solution in the thistle funnel.

Question ii.
A solution concentration is expressed in molarity and not in molality while considering osmotic pressure. Why ?
Answer:

  1. While calculating osmotic pressure by equation, π = CRT, the concentration is expressed in molarity but not in molality.
  2. This is because the measurements of osmotic pressure are made at a certain constant temperature.
  3. Molarity depends upon temperature but molality is independent of temperature.
  4. Hence in osmotic pressure measurements, concentration is expressed in molarity.

Question iii.
Write the equation relating boiling point elevation to the concentration of solution.
Answer:
The elevation in the boiling point of a solution is directly proportional to the molal concentration (expressed in mol kg-1) of the solution.
Hence, if ΔTb is the elevation in the boiling point of a solution of molal concentration m then,
ΔTb ∝ m
∴ ΔTb = Kb m
where Kb is a proportionality constant.
If m = 1 molal,
ΔTb = Kb
Kb is called the ebullioscopic constant or molal elevation constant. Kb is characteristic of the solvent.

Question iv.
A 0.1 m solution of K2SO4 in water has freezing point of -0.43 °C. What is the value of van’t Hoff factor if Kf for water is 1.86 K kg mol-1?
Answer:
Given : m = 0.1 m, ΔTf = 0 – (-0.43) = 0.43 °C
Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1, i = ?
ΔTf = i × Kf × m
∴ i = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{f}}}{K_{\mathrm{f}} \times m}=\frac{0.43}{1.86 \times 0.1}\) = 2.312
van’t Hoff factor = i = 2.312

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question v.
What is van’t Hoff factor?
Answer:
Definition of the van’t Hoff factor, i : It is defined as a ratio of the observed colligative property of the solution to the theoretically calculated colligative property of the solution without considering molecular change.

The van’t Hoff factor can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 2

This colligative property may be the lowering of vapour pressure of a solution, the osmotic pressure, the elevation in the boiling point or the depression in the freezing point of the solution. Hence,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 3

  • When the solute neither undergoes dissociation or association in the solution, then, i = 1
  • When the solute undergoes dissociation in the solution, then, i > 1
  • When the solute undergoes association in the solution, then i < 1

From the value of the van’t Hoff factor, the degree of dissociation of electrolytes, degree of association of nonelectrolytes can be obtained.

van’t Hoff factor gives the important information about the solute molecules in the solution and chemical bonding in them.

Question vi.
How is van’t Hoff factor related to degree of ionization?
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of a solution containing m moles of an electrolyte AxBy. The electrolyte on dissociation gives x number of Ay+ ions and y number of Bx- ions. Let α be the degree of dissociation.

At equilibrium,
AxBy ⇌ xAy+ + yBx-
For 1 mole of electrolyte : 1 – α,  xα,  yα
and For ‘m’ moles of an electrolyte : m(1 – α), mxα, myα are the number of particles.
Total number of moles at equilibrium, will be,
Total moles = m(1 – α) + mxα + myα
= m[(1 – α) + xα + yα]
= m[1 + xα + yα – α]
= m[1 + α(x + y – 1)]

The van’t Hoff factor i will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 4
If total number of ions from one mole of electrolyte is denoted by n, then (x + y) = n
∴ i = 1 + α(n – 1)
∴ α(n – 1) = i – 1
∴ α = \(\frac{i-1}{n-1}\) ……(1)
This is a relation between van’t Hoff factor i and degree of dissociation of an electrolyte.

Question vii.
Which of the following solutions will have higher freezing point depression and why ?
a. 0.1 m NaCl b. 0.05 m Al2(SO4)3
Answer:
(1) Freezing point depression is a colligative property, hence depends on the number of particles in the solution.
(2) More the number of particles in the solution, higher is the depression in freezing point.
(3) The number of particles (ions) from electrolytes are,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 5
(4) Therefore Al2(SO4)3 solution will have higher freezing point depression.

Question viii.
State Raoult’s law for a solution containing a nonvolatile solute.
Answer:
Statement of Raoult’s law : The law states that the vapour pressure of a solvent over the solution of a nonvolatile solute is equal to the vapour pressure of the pure solvent multiplied by mole fraction of the solvent at constant temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question ix.
What is the effect on the boiling point of water if 1 mole of methyl alcohol is added to 1 dm3 of water? Why?
Answer:

  • The boiling point of water (or any liquid) depends on its vapour pressure.
  • Higher the vapour pressure, lower is the boiling point.
  • When 1 mole of volatile methyl alcohol is added to 1 dm3 of water, its vapour pressure is increased decreasing the boiling point of water.

Question x.
Which of the four colligative properties is most often used for molecular mass determination? Why?
Answer:

  1. Since osmotic pressure has large values, it can be measured more precisely.
  2. The osmotic pressure can be measured at a suitable constant temperature.
  3. The molecular masses can be measured more accurately.
  4. Therefore, it is more useful to determine molecular masses of expensive substances by osmotic pressure.

3. Answer the following.

Question i.
How vapour pressure lowering is related to a rise in boiling point of solution?
Answer:
(1) The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to the external pressure, generally 1 atm (101.3 × 103 Nm-2).

(2) When a liquid is heated, its vapour pressure rises till it becomes equal to the external pressure.
If the liquid has a low vapour pressure, it has a higher boiling point.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 6
Vapour pressure curve showing elevation in boiling point

(3) When a nonvolatile solute is added to a solvent, its vapour pressure decreases, hence the boiling point increases.
This is explained by graphical representation of the vapour pressure and the boiling point of the pure solvent and the solution.

If T0 and T are the boiling points of a pure solvent and a solution, then the elevation in the boiling point is given by,
ΔTb = T – T0
The curve AB, represents the variation in the vapour pressure of a pure solvent with temperature while curve CD represents the variation in the vapour pressure of the solution.

(4) This elevation in the boiling point is proportional to the lowering of the vapour pressure, i.e., P0 – P, where P0 and P are the vapour pressures of the pure solvent and the solution.
[ΔTb ∝ (P0 – P) or ΔTb ∝ ΔP]

Question ii.
What are isotonic and hypertonic solutions?
Answer:
(1) Isotonic solutions : The solutions having the same osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions.

Explanation : If two solutions of substances A and B contain nA and nB moles dissolved in volume V (in dm3) of the solutions, then their concentrations are,
CA = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{A}}}{V}\) (in mol dm-3) and
CB = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{B}}}{V}\) (in mol dm-3)

If the absolute temperature of both the solutions is T, then by the van’t Hoff equation,
πA = CART and πB = CBRT, where πA and πB are their osmotic pressures.
For the isotonic solutions,
πA = πB
∴ CA = CB
∴ \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{A}}}{V}=\frac{n_{\mathrm{B}}}{V}\)
∴ nA = nB
Hence, equal volumes of the isotonic solutions at the same temperature will contain equal number of moles (hence, equal number of molecules) of the substances.

(2) Hypertonic solutions : When two solutions have different osmotic pressures, then the solution having higher osmotic pressure is said to be a hypertonic solution with respect to the other solution.

Explanation : Consider two solutions of substances A and B having osmotic pressures πA and πB. If πB is greater than πA, then the solution B is a hypertonic solution with respect to the solution A.
Hence, if CA and CB are their concentrations, then CB > CA. Hence, for equal volume of the solutions, nB > nA.

Question iii.
A solvent and its solution containing a nonvolatile solute are separated by a semipermable membrane. Does the flow of solvent occur in both directions? Comment giving reason.
Answer:

  1. When a solvent and a solution containing a non-volatile solute are separated by a semipermeable membrane, there arises a flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution as well as from solution to solvent.
  2. Due to higher vapour pressure of solvent than solution, the rate of flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution is higher.
  3. As more and more solvent passes into solution due to osmosis, the solvent content increases, and the rate of backward flow increases.
  4. At a certain stage an equilibrium is reached where both the opposing rates become equal attaining an equilibrium.

Question iv.
The osmotic pressure of CaCl2 and urea solutions of the same concentration at the same temperature are respectively 0.605 atm and 0.245 atm. Calculate van’t Hoff factor for CaCl2.
Answer:
Given : πCacl2 = 0.605 atm;
πUrea = 0.245 atm
For urea solution, van’t Hoff factor, i = 1
πCacl2 = i × (CRT)Cacl2
πUrea = (CRT)Urea
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 7
van’t Hoff factor = i = 2.47

Question v.
Explain reverse osmosis.
Answer:
Reverse osmosis : The phenomenon of the passage of solvent like water under high pressure from the concentrated aqueous solution like seawater into pure water through a semipermeable membrane is called reverse osmosis.

The osmotic pressure of seawater is about 30 atmospheres. Hence when pressure more than 30 atmospheres is applied on the solution side, regular osmosis stops and reverse osmosis starts. Hence pure water from seawater enters the other side of pure water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 8
Purification of seawater by reverse osmosis

For this purpose of suitable semipermeable membrane is required which can withstand high pressure conditions over a long period.
This method is used successfully in Florida since 1981 producing more than 10 million litres of pure water per day.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question vi.
How molar mass of a solute is determined by osmotic pressure measurement?
Answer:
Consider V dm3 (litres) of a solution containing W2 mass of a solute of molar mass M2 at a temperature T.
Number of moles of solute, n2 = \(\frac{W_{2}}{M_{2}}\)
The osmotic pressure π is given by,
π = \(\frac{W_{2} R T}{M_{2} V}\)
∴ M2 = \(\frac{W_{2} R T}{\pi V}\)
By measuring osmotic pressure of a solution, the molar mass of a solute can be calculated.
Since osmotic pressure can be measured more precisely, it is widely used to measure molar masses of the substances.

Question vii.
Why vapour pressure of a solvent is lowered by dissolving a nonvolatile solute into it?
Answer:
Lowering of vapour pressure of a solution :
When a nonvolatile solute is added to a pure solvent, the surface area is covered by the solute molecule decreasing the rate of evaporation, hence its vapour pressure decreases. This decrease in vapour pressure is called lowering of vapour pressure.

If P0 is the vapour pressure of a pure solvent (liquid) and P is the vapour pressure of the solution, where P < P0, then, (P0 – P) is the lowering of the vapour pressure.

Question viii.
Using Raoult’s law, how will you show that ∆P = \(\boldsymbol{P}_{1}^{0}\)x2 ? Where x2 is the mole fraction of solute in the solution and \(\boldsymbol{P}_{1}^{0}\) vapour pressure of pure solvent.
Answer:
If x1 and x2 are the mole fractions of solvent and solute respectively, then
x1 + x2
By Raoult’s law,
P = x1 × P0
where P0 is the vapour pressure of a pure solvent and P is the vapour pressure of the solution at given temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 9

Question ix.
While considering boiling point elevation and freezing point depression a solution concentration is expressed in molality and not in molarity. Why?
Answer:

  • Boiling point elevation and freezing point depression involve temperature changes, (ΔTb and ΔTf).
  • Since molarity depends on temperature but molality is independent of temperature we use molality and not molarity in considering boiling point elevation and freezing point depression.

Question 4.
Derive the relationship between degree of dissociation of an electrolyte and van’t Hoff factor.
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of a solution containing m moles of an electrolyte AxBy. The electrolyte on dissociation gives number of Ay+ ions and y number of Bx- ions. Let α be the degree of dissociation.

At equilibrium,
AxBy ⇌ xAy+ + yBx-
For 1 mole of electrolyte : 1 – α, xα, yα and
For ‘m’ moles of an electrolyte : m(1 – α), mxα, myα are the number of particles.
Total number of moles at equilibrium, will be,
Total moles = m(1 – α) + mxα + myα
= m[(1 – α) + xα + yα]
= m[1 – xα + yα – α]
= m[1 + α(x + y – 1)]
The van’t Hoff factor i will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 10
If total number of ions from one mole of electrolyte is denoted by n, then (x + y) = n
∴ i = 1 + α(n – 1)
∴ α(n – 1) = i – 1
∴ α = \(\frac{i-1}{n-1}\) ……..(1)
This is a relation between van’t Hoff factor i and degree of dissociation of an electrolyte.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 5.
What is effect of temperature on solubility of solids in water? Give examples.
Answer:
The solubility of a solid solute depends upon temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 11
Variation of solubilities of some ionic solids with temperature

  • Generally rise in temperature increases the solubility. This is due to expansion of holes or empty spaces in the liquid solvent. Generally 10 °C rise in temperature, increases the solubility of solids two fold.
  • Dissolution process may be endothermic or exothermic.
  • The solubility of the substances like NaBr, NaCl, KCl, etc. changes slightly with the increase in temperature.
  • The solubility of the salts like NaNO3, KNO3, KBr, etc. increases appreciably with the increase in temperature.
  • The solubility of Na2SO4 first increases and after 30 °C decreases with the increase in temperature.

This variation in solubility with temperature can be used to separate the salts from the mixture by fractional crystallisation.

Question 6.
Obtain the relationship between freezing point depression of a solution containing nonvolatile nonelectrolyte and its molar mass.
Answer:
The freezing point depression, ΔTf of a solution is directly proportional to molality (m) of the solution.
∴ ΔTf ∝ m
∴ ΔTf = Kf m
where Kf is a molal depression constant.
The molality of a solution is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 12
If W1 grams of a solvent contain W2 grams of a solute of the molar mass M2, then the molality m of the solution is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 13
If the weights are expressed in kg then,
ΔTf = Kf × \(\frac{W_{2}}{W_{1} M_{2}}\)
The unit of Kf is K kg mol-1
Hence, from the measurement of the depression in the freezing point of the solution, the molar mass of the substance can be determined.

Question 7.
Explain with diagram the boiling point elevation in terms of vapour pressure lowering.
Answer:
(1) The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to the external pressure, generally 1 atm (101.3 × 103 Nm-2).

(2) When a liquid is heated, its vapour pressure rises till it becomes equal to the external pressure.
If the liquid has a low vapour pressure, it has a higher boiling point.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 14
Vapour pressure curve showing elevation in boiling point

(3) When a nonvolatile solute is added to a solvent, its vapour pressure decreases, hence the boiling point increases.
This is explained by graphical representation of the vapour pressure and the boiling point of the pure solvent and the solution.

If T0 and T are the boiling points of a pure solvent and a solution, then the elevation in the boiling point is given by,
ΔTb = T – T0
The curve AB, represents the variation in the vapour pressure of a pure solvent with temperature while curve CD represents the variation in the vapour pressure of the solution.

(4) This elevation in the boiling point is proportional to the lowering of the vapour pressure, i.e., P0 – P, where P0 and P are the vapour pressures of the pure solvent and the solution.
[ΔTb ∝ (P0 – P) or ΔTb ∝ ΔP]

Question 8.
Fish generally needs O2 concentration in water at least 3.8 mg/L for survival. What partial pressure of O2 above the water is needed for the survival of fish? Given the solubility of O2 in water at 0 °C and 1 atm partial pressure is 2.2 × 10-3 mol/L (0.054 atm)
Answer:
Given : Required concentration of O2
= 3.8 mg/L
= \(\frac{3.8 \times 10^{-3}}{32} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{~L}^{-1}\)
Solubility of O2 = 2.2 × 10-3 mol L-1
P = 1 atm
Partial pressure of O2 needed = Po2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 15
Pressure needed = Po2 = 0.05397 atm.

Question 9.
The vapour pressure of water at 20 °C is 17 mm Hg. What is the vapour pressure of solution containing 2.8 g urea in 50 g of water? (16.17 mm Hg)
Answer:
Given : Vapour pressure of pure solvent (water) = P0
= 17 mm Hg
Weight of solvent = W1 = 50 g
Weight of solute (urea) = 2.8 g
Molecular weight of a solvent = M1 = 18
Molecular weight of a solute (urea) = M2
= 60 g mol-1
\(\frac{P_{0}-P}{P_{0}}=\frac{W_{2} \times M_{1}}{W_{1} \times M_{2}}\)
∴ \(\frac{17-P}{17}=\frac{2.8 \times 18}{50 \times 60}\) = 0.0168
∴ 17 – P = 17 × 0.0168
17 – P = 0.2856
∴ P= 17 – 0.2856
= 16.7144 mm Hg
Vapour pressure of solution = 16.7144 mm Hg

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 10.
A 5% aqueous solution (by mass) of cane sugar (molar mass 342 g/mol) has freezing point of 271K. Calculate the freezing point of 5% aqueous glucose solution.
Answer:
Given : W2 = 5 g cane sugar; W1 = 100 – 5 = 95 g
M2 = 342 g mol-1; Tf1 = 271 K;
ΔTf1 = 273 – 271 = 2 K; Tf = ?
W2 = 5 g glucose, W’1 = 100 – 5 = 95 g,
M’2 = 180 g mol-1, ΔTf2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 16
= 12.996 K kg mol-1
≅ 13 K kg mol-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 17
∴ Freezing point of solution = Tf
= 273 – 3.801 = 269.2 K
Freezing point of solution = 269.2 K.

Question 11.
A solution of citric acid C6H8O7 in 50 g of acetic acid has a boiling point elevation of 1.76 K. If Kb for acetic acid is 3.07 K kg mol-1, what is the molality of solution?
Answer:
Given : W1 = 50 g acetic acid
ΔTb = 1.76 K
Kb = 3.07 K kg mol-1
m = ?
ΔTb = Kb × m
∴ m = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{b}}}{K_{\mathrm{b}}}\)
= \(\frac{1.76}{3.07}\)
= 0.5733 m
Molality of solution = 0.5733 m

Question 12.
An aqueous solution of a certain organic compound has a density of 1.063 gmL-1, an osmotic pressure of 12.16 atm at 25°C and a freezing point of -1.03°C. What is the molar mass of the compound? (334 g/mol)

Question 13.
A mixture of benzene and toluene contains 30% by mass of toluene. At 30°C, vapour pressure of pure toluene is 36.7 mm Hg and that of pure benzene is 118.2 mm Hg. Assuming that the two liquids form ideal solutions, calculate the total pressure and partial pressure of each constituent above the solution at 30°C.
Answer:
Given : 30% by mass of toluene (T) and 70% by mass of benzene (B).
WT = 30 g; WB = 70g
\(P_{\mathrm{T}}^{0}\) = 36.7 mm Hg; \(P_{\mathrm{B}}^{0}\) = 118.2 mm Hg
MT = 92 g mol-1; MB = 78 g mol-1
PT = ?, PB = ?, Psoln = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 18
Total number of moles = nTotal = nT + nB
= 0.326 + 0.8974
= 1.2234 mol

Mole fractions :
xT = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{T}}}{n_{\text {Total }}}=\frac{0.326}{1.2234}\) = 0.2665
xB = 1 – 0.2665 = 0.7335
Psoln = xT + \(P_{\mathrm{T}}^{0}\) + xB × \(P_{\mathrm{B}}^{0}\)
= 0.2665 × 36.7 + 0.7335 × 118.2
= 9.780 + 86.7
= 96.48 mm Hg

Partial pressures :
PT = xT × Psoln
= 0.2665 × 96.48
= 25.71 mm Hg
PB = xB × Psoln
= 0.7335 × 96.48
= 70.77 mm Hg
Total pressure Psoln = 96.48 mm Hg
Partial pressures : PToluene = 25.71 mm Hg
PBenzene = 70.77 mm Hg

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 14.
At 25 °C a 0.1 molal solution of CH3COOH is 1.35% dissociated in an aqueous solution. Calculate freezing point and osmotic pressure of the solution assuming molality and molarity to be identical.
Answer:
Given : T = 273 + 25 = 298 K
C = 0.1 m ≅ 0.1 M; Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1
Per cent dissociation = 1.35
Freezing point = tf = ?
π = ?
α = \(\frac{1.35}{100}\) = 0.0135
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 19
i = 1 – α + α + α = 1 + α = 1 + 0.0135 = 1.0135
(i) ΔTf = i × Kf × m
= 1.0135 × 1.86 × 0.1
= 0.1885 °C
∴ Freezing point of solution = 0 – 0.1885
= – 0.1885 °C

(ii) n = iCRT
= 1.035 × 0.1 × 0.08206 × 298
= 2.53 atm

(i) Freezing point of solution = – 0.1885 °C
(ii) Osmotic pressure = π = 2.53 atm

Question 15.
A 0.15 m aqueous solution of KCl freezes at -0.510 °C. Calculate i and osmotic pressure at 0 °C. Assume volume of solution equal to that of water.
Answer:
Given : c = 0.15 m KCl ≅ 0.15 M KCl
ΔTf = 0 – Tf = 0 – (-0.510) = 0.510 °C
T = 273 K; Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1
i = ?; π = ?
ΔTf = i × Kf × m
∴ i = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{f}}}{K_{\mathrm{f}} \times m}\)
= \(\frac{0.510}{1.86 \times 0.15}\)
= 1.828
π = iCRT
= 1.828 × 0.15 × 0.08206 × 273
= 6.143 atm
i = 1.828, Osmotic pressure = π = 6.143 atm

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 2 Solutions Intext Questions and Answers

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 29)

Question 1.
Why naphthalene dissolves in benzene but not in water ?
Answer:
Since naphthalene is a covalent nonpolar substance, it is soluble in a nonpolar solvent like benzene but insoluble in polar solvent like water.

Question 2.
Anhydrous sodium sulphate dissolves in water with the evolution of heat. What is the effect of temperature on its solubility ?
Answer:
Since the dissolution of anhydrous sodium sulphate in water is an exothermic process due to evolution of heat, according to Le Chatelier’s principle its solubility decreases with the increase in temperature.

(Textbook Page No. 42)

Question 1.
If 1.25 m sucrose solution has ΔTf of 2.32 °C, what will be the expected value of ΔTf for 1.25 m CaCl2 solution?
Answer:
Sucrose being nonelectrolyte, it has i = 1 but for CaCl2,
(CaCl2 → Ca2+ + 2Cl) the value of i = 3.
Hence
ΔTf = i × 2.32
= 3 × 2.32
= 6.92 °C
∴ ΔTf = 6.92 °C.

(Textbook Page No. 44)

Question 1.
Which of the following solutions will have maximum boiling point elevation and which have minimum freezing point depression assuming the complete dissociation? (a) 0.1m KCl (b) 0.05 m NaCl (c) 1 m AlPO4 (d) 0.1 m MgSO4.
Solution :
Boiling point elevation and freezing point depression are colligative properties that depend on number of particles in solution. The solution having more number of particles will have large boiling point elevation and that having less number of particles would show minimum freezing point depression.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 20
AlPO4 solution contains highest moles and hence highest number particles and in turn, the maximum ΔTb. NaCl solution has minimum moles and particles, it has minimum ΔTf.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 2.
Arrange the following solutions in order of increasing osmotic pressure. Assume complete ionization. (a) 0.5 m Li2SO4 (b) 0.5 m KCl (c) 0.5 m Al2(SO4)3 (d) 0.1 m BaCl2.
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of each solution.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 21
Osmotic pressure being a colligative property, it depends on number of particles in the solution.
Therefore, increasing order of osmotic pressure is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 22

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

1. Choose the most correct answer.

Question i.
Molecular solids are
(a) crystalline solids
(b) amorphous solids
(c) ionic solids
(d) metallic solids
Answer:
(b) amorphous solids

Question ii.
Which of the following is an n-type semiconductor?
(a) Pure Si
(b) Si-doped with As
(c) Si-doped with Ga
(d) Ge doped with In
Answer:
(b) Si-doped with As

Question iii.
In Frenkel defect
(a) electrical neutrality of the substance is changed.
(b) density of the substance is changed.
(c) both cation and anion are missing
(d) overall electrical neutrality is preserved
Answer:
(d) overall electrical neutrality is preserved

Question iv.
In crystal lattice formed by bcc unit cell the void volume is
(a) 68%
(b) 74%
(c) 32%
(d) 26%
Answer:
(c) 32%

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
The coordination number of atoms in bcc crystal lattice is
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Answer:
(d) 8

Question vi.
Which of the following is not correct ?
(a) Four spheres are involved in the formation of tetrahedral void.
(b) The centres of spheres in octahedral voids are at the a pices of a regular tetrahedron.
(c) If the number of atoms is N the number of octahedral voids is 2N.
(d) If the number of atoms is N/2, the number of tetrahedral voids is N.
Answer:
(c) If the number of atoms is N the number of octahedral voids is 2N.

Question vii.
A compound forms hcp structure. Number of octahedral and tetrahedral voids in 0.5 mole of substance is respectively
(a) 3.011 × 1023, 6.022 × 1023
(b) 6.022 × 1023, 3.011 × 1023
(c) 4.011 × 1023, 2.011 × 1023
(d) 6.011 × 1023, 12.022 × 1023
Answer:
(a) 3.011 × 1023, 6.022 × 1023

Question viii.
Pb has fcc structure with edge length of unit cell 495 pm. Radius of Pb atom is
(a) 205 pm
(b) 185 pm
(c) 260 pm
(d) 175 pm
Answer:
(d) 175 pm

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
What are the types of particles in each of the four main classes of crystalline solids?
Answer:
The smallest constituents or particles of various solids are atoms, ions or molecules.

Question ii.
Which of the three types of packing used by metals makes the most efficient use of space and which makes the least efficient use ?
Answer:
fcc has the most efficient packing of particles while scc has the least efficient packing.

Question iii.
The following pictures show population of bands for materials having different electrical properties. Classify them as insulator, semiconductor or a metal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 1a
Answer:
Picture A represents metal conductor,
Picture B represents insulator,
Picture C represents semiconductor.

Question iv.
What is a unit cell?
Answer:

  • Unit cell : It is the smallest repeating structural unit of a crystalline solid (or crystal lattice) which when repeated in different directions produces the crystalline solid (lattice).
  • The crystal is considered to consist of an infinite number of unit cells.
  • The unit cell possesses all the characteristics of the crystalline solid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
How does electrical conductivity of a semiconductor change with temperature ? Why?
Answer:

  • Since the energy difference between valence band and conduction band in semiconductor is not large, the electrons from valence band can be promoted to conduction by heating.
  • Hence electrical conductivity of a semiconductor increases with temperature.

Question vi.
The picture represents bands of MOs for Si. Label valence band, conduction band and band gap.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 2
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 3

Question vii.
A solid is hard, brittle and electrically non-conductor. Its melt conducts electricity. What type of solid is it?
Answer:
A solid crystalline electrolyte like NaCl is hard, brittle and electrically nonconductor. But its melt conducts electricity.

Question viii.
Mention two properties that are common to both hep and ccp lattices.
Answer:
In hcp and ccp crystal lattices coordination number is 12 and packing efficiency is 74%.

Question ix.
Sketch a tetrahedral void.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question x.
What are ferromagnetic substances?
Answer:

  1. The substances which possess unpaired electrons and high paramagnetic character and when placed in a magnetic field are strongly attracted and show permanent magnetic moment even when the external magnetic field is removed are said to be ferromagnetic. They can be permanently magnetised.
  2. In the solid state, the metal ions of ferromagnetic substance are grouped together into small regions called domains, where each domain acts as a tiny magnet.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 5
For example : Fe, Co, Gd, Ni, CrO2, etc.

3. Answer the following in brief.

Question i.
What are valence band and conduction band?
Answer:
There are two types of bands of molecular orbitals as follows :

  • Valence band : The atomic orbitals with filled electrons from the inner shells form valence bands, where there are no free mobile electrons since they are involved in bonding.
  • Conduction band : Atomic orbitals which are partially filled or empty on overlapping form closely placed molecular orbitals giving conduction bands where electrons are delocalised and can conduct, heat and electricity.

Question ii.
Distinguish between ionic solids and molecular solids.
Answer:

Type/ Property Ionic solids Molecular solids
1. Particles of unit cell Cations and anions Monoatomic or polyatomic molecules
2. Interparticle forces Electrostatic London, dipole-dipole forces and/or hydrogen bonds
3. Hardness Hard and brittle Soft
4. Melting points High 600 °C to 3000 °C Low (-272 °C to 400 °C)
5. Thermal and electrical conductivity Poor electrical conductors in solid state. Good conductors when melted or dissolved in water. Poor conductor of heat and electricity
6. Examples NaCl, CaF2 ice, benzoic acid

Question iii.
Calculate the number of atoms in fcc unit cell.
Answer:
Number of atoms in face-centred cubic (fcc) unit cell :
In this unit cell, there are 8 atoms at 8 corners and 6 atoms at 6 face centres. Each corner contributes 1/8th atom to the unit cell, hence due to 8 corners,
Number of atoms = \(\frac {1}{8}\) × 8 = 1.
Each face centre contributes half of the atom to the unit cell, hence due to 6 face centres,
Number of atoms = \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 6 = 3.
∴ Total number of atoms present in fee unit cell = 1 + 3 = 4.
Hence the volume of the unit cell is equal to the volume of four atoms.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 6
Face centered unit cell

Question iv.
How are the spheres arranged in first layer of simple cubic close-packed structures? How are the successive layers of spheres placed above this layer ?
Answer:
(i) Stacking of square close packed layers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 7
Stacking of square close packed layers

In this arrangement, the two dimensional AAAA type square closed packed layers are placed one over the other in such a way that the crests of all spheres are in contact with successive layers in all directions. All spheres of different layers are perfectly aligned horizontally and vertically forming unit cells having primitive or simple cubic structure. Since all the layers are identical and if each layer is labelled as layer A, then whole three dimensional crystal lattice will be of AAAA… type.

Each sphere is in contact with six surrounded spheres, hence the coordination number of each sphere is six.

(ii) Stacking of two hexagonal close packed layers :
A close packed three dimensional structure can be generated by arranging hexagonal close packed layers in a particular manner.

In this the spheres of second layer are placed in the depression of the first layer.
In this if first layer is labelled as A then second layer is labelled as B since they are aligned differently.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 8
Two layers of closed packed spheres

In this, all triangular voids of the first layers are not covered by the spheres of the second layer. The triangular voids which are covered by second layer spheres generate tetrahedral void which is surrounded by four spheres. The triangular voids in one layer have above them triangular voids of successive layers.

The overlapping triangular voids from two layers together form an octahedral void which is surrounded by six spheres.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
Calculate the packing efficiency of metal crystal that has simple cubic structure.
Answer:
Step 1 : Radius of sphere : In simple cubic lattice, the atoms (spheres) are present at eight corners and in contact along the edge in the unit cell.
If ‘a’ is the edge length of the unit cell and ‘r’ is the radius of the atom, then
a = 2r or r = a/2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 9
scc structure

Step 2 : Volume of sphere :
Volume of one particle = \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) × r3
= \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) × (a/2)3 = \(\frac{\pi a^{3}}{6}\)

Step 3 : Total volume of particles : Since the unit cell contains one particle. Volume occupied by one particle in unit cell = \(\frac{\pi a^{3}}{6}\)

Step 4 : Packing efficiency :
Packing efficiency
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 10
∴ Packing efficiency = 52.36%
Percentage of void space = 100 – 52.36
= 47.64%

Question vi.
What are paramagnetic substances? Give examples.
Answer:
(1) The magnetic properties of a substance arise due to the presence of electrons.
(2) An electron while revolving around the nucleus, also spins around its own axis and generates a magnetic moment and magnetic properties.
(3) If an atom or a molecule contains one or more unpaired electrons spinning in same direction, clockwise or anticlockwise, then the substance is associated with net magnetic moment and magnetic properties. They experience a net force of attraction when placed in the magnetic field. This phenomenon is called paramagnetism and the substance is said to be paramagnetic.
For example, O2, Cu2+, Fe3+ , Cr3+ , NO, etc.

Question vii.
What are the consequences of Schottky defect?
Answer:
Consequences of Schottky defect :

  • Since the number of ions (cations and anions) decreases but volume remains unchanged, the density of a substance decreases.
  • As the number of missing cations and anions is equal, the electrical neutrality of the compound remains same.
  • This defect arises in ionic crystals like NaCl, AgBr, KCl, etc.

Question viii.
Cesium chloride crystallizes in cubic unit cell with Cl ions at the corners and Cs+ ion in the centre of the cube. How many CsCl molecules are there in the unit cell ?
Answer:
Number of Cs+ ion at body centre = 1
Number of Cl ions due to 8 comers = 8 × \(\frac {1}{8}\) = 1
Hence unit cell contains 1 CsCl molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question ix.
Cu crystallizes in fee unit cell with edge length of 495 pm. What is the radius of Cu atom ?
Answer:
Given : a = 495 pm
Radius, r = ?
For fee structure,
radius = r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}=\frac{495}{2 \times \sqrt{2}}\) = 175 cm.
Radius of Cu atom = 175 pm

Question x.
Obtain the relationship between density of a substance and the edge length of unit cell.
Answer:
(1) Consider a cubic unit cell of edge length ‘a’.
The volume of unit cell = a3

(2) If there are ‘n’ particles per unit cell and the mass of particle is ‘m’, then
Mass of unit cell = m × n.

(3) If the density of the unit cell of the substance is p then
Density of unit cell = \(\frac{\text { Mass of unit cell }}{\text { Volume of unit cell }}\)
ρ = \(\frac{m \times n}{a^{3}}\)

Question 4.
The density of iridium is 22.4 g/cm3. The unit cell of iridium is fcc. Calculate the radius of iridium atom. Molar mass of iridium is 192.2 g/mol.
Answer:
Given : Crystal structure of iridium = fcc
Molar mass of iridium = 192.2 gmol-1
Density = ρ = 22.4 gcm-3
Radius of iridium = ?
In fcc structure, there are 8 Ir atoms at 8 comers and 6 Ir atoms at 6 face centres.
∴ Total number of Ir atoms = \(\frac {1}{8}\) × 8 + \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 6
= 1 + 3
= 4
Mass of Ir atom = \(\frac{192.2}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}\)
= 31.92 × 10-23 g
∴ Mass of 4 Ir atoms = 4 × 31.92 × 10-23
= 1.277 × 10-21 g
∴ Mass of unit cell = 1.277 × 10-21 g
Density of unit cell = \(\frac{\text { Mass of unit cell }}{\text { Volume of unit cell }}\)
22.4 = \(\frac{1.277 \times 10^{-21}}{a^{3}}\)
∴ a3 = \(\frac{1.277 \times 10^{-21}}{22.4}\)
= 57 × 10-24 cm3
∴ a = (57 × 10-24)3 = 3.848 × 10-8 cm
If r is the radius of iridium atom, then for fcc structure,
r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
= \(\frac{3.848 \times 10^{-8}}{2 \times 1.414}\)
= 1.36 × 10-8 cm
= 136 pm
Radius of iridium atom = 136 pm

Question 5.
Aluminium crystallizes in cubic close packed structure with unit cell edge length of 353.6 pm. What is the radius of Al atom ? How many unit cells are there in 1.00 cm3 of Al ?
Answer:
Given : Structure of Al
= Cubic close packed structure
= ccp structure
Edge length of unit cell = a = 353.6 pm
= 3.536 × 10-8 cm
r = ?
Number of unit cells in 1.00 cm3 of Al = ?
Radius of Al atom = r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}=\frac{353.6}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
= \(\frac{353.6}{2 \times 1.414}\) = 125 pm
Volume of one unit cell = a3 = (3.536 × 10-8)3
= 4.421 × 10-23 cm3
Number of unit cells = \(\frac{1.00}{4.421 \times 10^{-23}}\)
= 2.26 × 1022
Radius of Al atom = 125 pm
Number of unit cells = 2.26 × 1022

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 6.
In an ionic crystalline solid atoms of element Y form hcp lattice. The atoms of element X occupy one third of tetrahedral voids. What is the formula of the compound?
Answer:
In the given hcp lattice, Y atoms are present at 12 corners and 2 face centres.
∴ Number of Y atoms = \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 12 + 2 × \(\frac {1}{2}\) = 3
There are 6 tetrahedral voids, the number of X atoms = \(\frac {1}{3}\) × 6 = 2
∴ Formula of the compound is X2Y3.

Question 7.
How are tetrahedral and octahedral voids formed?
Answer:
Tetrahedral void : The vacant space or void among four constituent particles having tetrahedral arrangement in the crystal lattice is called tetrahedral void.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 11
The arrangement of four spheres around the void is tetrahedral. A tetrahedral void is formed when a triangular void made by three coplanar spheres is in contact with fourth sphere above or below it.

Octahedral void : The vacant space or void at the centre of six spheres (or atoms) which are placed octahedrally is called octahedral void.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 12

Question 8.
Third layer of spheres is added to second layer so as to form hcp or ccp structure. What is the difference between the addition of third layer to form these hexagonal close-packed structures?
Answer:

  1. In the formation of hexagonal closed-packed (hcp) structure, the first one dimensional row shows depressions between neighbouring atoms.
  2. When a second row is arranged so that spheres fit in these depressions then a staggered arrangement is obtained. If the first row is A then the second row is B.
  3. When third row is placed in staggered manner in contact with second row then A type arrangement is obtained.
  4. Similarly, the spheres in fourth row can be arranged as B type layer. This results in ABAB… type setting of the layers. This gives hexagonal close packing (hcp) structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 13
Hexagonal close packing (hcp)

Question 9.
An element with molar mass 27 g/mol forms cubic unit cell with edge length of 405 pm. If density of the element is 2.7 g/cm3, what is the nature of cubic unit cell ? (fcc or ccp)
Answer:
Given : Molar mass = M = 27 g mol-1
Nature of crystal = cubic unit cell
Edge length = a = 405 pm = 4.05 × 10-8 cm
Density = ρ = 2.7 g cm-3
Nature of unit cell = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 14
= 3.997
≅ 4
Hence the nature of unit cell = face-centred cubic unit cell
Radius of Al atom = 125 pm
The nature of cubic unit cell is fcc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 10.
An element has a bcc structure with unit cell edge length of 288 pm. How many unit cells and number of atoms are present in 200 g of the element? (1.16 × 1024, 2.32 × 1024)

Question 11.
Distinguish with the help of diagrams metal conductors, insulators and semiconductors from each other.
Answer:
Conductor:

  1. A substance which conducts heat and electricity to a greater extent is called conductor.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands overlap or are very closely spaced.
  3. There is no energy difference or very less energy difference between valence bands and conduction bands.
  4. There are free electrons in the conduction bands.
  5. The conductance decreases with the increase in temperature.
  6. E.g., Metals, alloys.
  7. The conducting properties can’t be improved by adding third substance.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 15 b

Insulator:

  1. A substance which cannot conduct heat and electricity under any conditions is called insulator.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands are far apart.
  3. The energy difference between conduction bands and valence bands is very large.
  4. There are no free electrons in the conduction bands and electrons can’t be excited from valence bands to conduction bands due to large energy difference.
  5. No effect of temperature on conducting properties.
  6. E.g., Wood, rubber, plastics.
  7. No effect of addition of any substance.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 24

Semiconductor:

  1. A substance that has poor electrical conductance at low temperature but higher conductance at higher temperature is called semiconductor.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands are spaced closely.
  3. The energy difference between conduction bands and valence bands is small.
  4. The electrons can be easily excited from valence bands to conduction bands by heating.
  5. Conductance increases with the increase in temperature.
  6. E.g., Si, Ge
  7. By doping, conducting properties improve. E.g. n-type, p-type semiconductors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 25

Question 12.
What are n-type semiconductors? Why is the conductivity of doped n-type semiconductor higher than that of pure semiconductor ? Explain with diagram.
Answer:
n-type semiconductor:

  • n-type semiconductor contains increased number of electrons in the conduction band.
  • When Si semiconductor is doped with 15th group element phosphorus, P, the new atoms occupy some vacant sites in the lattice in place of Si atoms.
  • P has five valence electrons, out of which four are involved in covalent bonding with neighboring Si atoms while one electrons remains free and delocalised.
  • These free electrons increase the electrical conductivity of the semiconductor.
  • The semiconductors with extra non-bonding free electrons are called n-type semiconductors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 16
P atom occupying regular site of Si atom

Question 13.
Explain with diagram. Frenkel defect. What are the conditions for its formation? What is its effect on density and electrical neutrality of the crystal?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 17

  1. Frenkel defect : This defect arises when an ion of an ionic compound is missing from its regular site and occupies interstitial vacant position between lattice points.
  2. Cations have smaller size than anions, hence generally cations occupy the interstitial sites.
  3. This creates a vacancy defect at its original position and interstitial defect at new position.
  4. Frenkel defect is regarded as the combination of interstitial defect and vacancy defect.

Conditions for the formation of Frenkel defect :

  1. This defect arises in ionic compounds with a large difference between the sizes of cation and anion.
  2. The ionic compounds must have ions with low coordination number.

Consequences of Frenkel defect :

  1. Since there is no loss of ions from the crystal lattice, the density of the solid remains unchanged.
  2. The crystal remains electrically neutral.
  3. This defect is observed in ZnS, AgCl, AgBr, Agl, CaF2, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 14.
What is an impurity defect? What are its types? Explain the formation of vacancies through aliovalent impurity with example.
Answer:
Impurity defect : This defect arises when foreign atoms, that is, atoms different from the host atoms are present in the crystal lattice.

There are two types of impurity defects namely

  1. Substitutional defects and
  2. Interstitial defects.

(1) Substitutional defects : These defects arises when foreign atoms occupy the lattice sites in place of host atoms, due to their displacements.
Examples : Solid solutions of metals (alloys). For example. Brass in which host atoms are of Cu which are replaced by impurity of Zn atoms. In this Zn atoms occupy regular sites while Cu atoms occupy substituted sites.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 18
Brass

Vacancy through aliovalent impurity :
By addition of impurities of aliovalent ions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 19
Vacancy through aliovalent ion

When aliovalent ion like Sr2+ in small amount is added by additing SrCl2 to NaCl during its crystallisation, each Sr2+ ion (oxidation state 2+) removes 2 Na+ ions from their lattice points, to maintain electrical neutrality. Hence one of vacant lattice site is occupied by Sr2+ ion while other site remains vacant.

Interstitial impurity defect :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 20
Stainless steel

A defect in solid in which the impurity atoms occupy interstitial vacant spaces of lattice structure is called interstitial impurity defect.

For example, in steel, normal lattice sites are occupied by Fe atoms but interstitial spaces are occupied by carbon atoms.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 1 Solid State Intext Questions and Answers

Try this… (Textbook Page No. 1)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 21
Observe the above figure carefully. The two types of circles in this figure represent two types of constituent particles of a solid.

Question 1.
Will you call the arrangement of particles in this solid regular or irregular ?
Answer:
The arrangement of particles in this solid is regular.

Question 2.
Is the arrangement of constituent particles in directions \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C D}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{E F}}\) same or different?
Answer:
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\) represents arrangement of identical particles of one type.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C D}}\) represents arrangement of identical particles of another type.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{E F}}\) represents regular arrangement of two different particles in alternate positions.

Use your brain power ! (Textbook Page No. 2)

Question 1.
Identify the arrangements A and B as crystalline or amorphous.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 22
Answer:
Arrangement in image A indicates the substance is crystalline.
Arrangement in image B indicates the substance is amorphous.

Try this… (Textbook Page No. 3)

Question 1.
Graphite is a covalent solid yet soft and good conductor of electricity. Explain.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 23

  1. Each carbon atom in graphite is sp2 hybridised and covalently bonded to other three sp2 hybridised carbon atoms forming σ bonds and the fourth electron in 2pz orbital of each carbon atom is used in the formation of a π bond. This results in the formation of hexagonal rings in two dimensions.
  2. In graphite, the layers consisting of hexagonal carbon network are held together by weak van der Waal’s forces imparting softness.
  3. The electrons in π bonds in the ring are delocalised and free to move in the delocalised molecular orbitals giving good electrical conductance.

Use your brain power ! (Textbook Page No. 13)

Question 1.
Which of the three lattices scc, bcc and fcc has the most efficient packing of particles ? Which one has the least efficient packing ?
Answer:
fcc has the most efficient packing of particles while see has the least efficient packing.

Can you think ? (Textbook Page No. 20)

Question 1.
When ZnO is heated it turns yellow and returns back to original white colour on cooling. What could be the reason ?
Answer:
When colourless ZnO is strongly heated, the metal atoms are deposited on crystal surface and anions O2- migrate to the surface producing vacancies at anion lattice points.

These anions combine with Zn atoms forming ZnO and release electrons.
Zn + O2- → ZnO + 2e

These released electrons diffuse into the crystal and occupy vacant sites of anions and produce F- centres. Due to these colour centres, ZnO turns yellow.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 23)

Let a small quantity of phosphorus be doped into pure silicon.

Question 1.
Will the resulting material contain the same number of total number of electrons as the original pure silicon ?
Answer:
Total number of electrons in doped silicon will be more than in original silicon.

Question 2.
Will the material be electrically neutral or charged ?
Answer:
Material will be electrically neutral.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 1.
What is chemical kinetics?
Answer:
Chemical kinetics is a branch of physical chemistry which involves the study of the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions and the influence of various factors like temperature, pressure, catalyst, etc., on the rates of reactions.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 2.
What is the importance of chemical kinetics?
Answer:

  • It deals with the study of the rates and mechanism of reactions.
  • The effect of temperature on the reaction rates can be studied.
  • The influence of catalysts can be studied.
  • The conditions for altering the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions can be predicted.
  • Thermodynamic parameters like energy, enthalpy changes, Δ5, ΔG of the reactions can be calculated.

Question 3.
How are reactions classified according to their rates? Give one example of each.
Answer:
According to the rates of the reactions, they can be classified as :
(1) Fast reactions,
(2) Very slow reactions,
(3) Moderately slow reactions.

(1) Fitst actions : In this, reactants react almost instantaneously, e.g., neutralisation reaction between H+ and OH-, forming water.
\(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{xa})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{0 \mathrm{D}}\)

(2) Very slow reactions : In this, the reactants react extremely slow, so that there is no appreciable change in the concentrations of the reactants over a long period of time. E.g., reaction of silica with mineral acids, rusting of iron, etc.

(3) Moderately slow reactions : In this, the reactants react moderately slow with a measurable velocity, e.g., the hydrolysis of the esters.
\(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOC}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOH} \\
&+\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{OH}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 4.
Define rate of a reaction.
Answer:
Definition : The rate of a chemical reaction is defined as the change in the concentration of the reactants or products per unit time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 2
It is often expressed in mol dm-3s-1.

Question 5.
Explain the following :
(A) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the reactants.
(B) Rate of reaction in terms of the concentration of the products.
Answer:
(A) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the reactants :
If c1 and c2 are the concentrations of the reactant A at time t1 and t2 respectively, then, the change in concentration, Δc = c2 – c1
Since c2 < c1, the term Δc is negative often written as – Δc.
The time interval is, Δt – t2 – t1
If Δ [A] is the change in concentration of A, then A[A] = C2 – C1
∴ Rate of the reaction = \(\mathrm{A}=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}\)
∴ Rate of the reaction = \(\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}\)

(B) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the products :
If x1 and x2 are the concentrations of the product B at time t1 and t2 respectively, then the change in concentration, Δx = x2 – x1.

∴ x2 > x1, the term Δx is positive.
The time interval is, Δt = t2 – t1

If Δ B is the change in concentration of product B, then Δ[B] = x2 – x1 = Δx
∴ Rate of formation of \(\mathrm{B}=+\frac{\Delta[\mathrm{B}]}{\Delta t}\)
∴ Rate of the reaction \(=\frac{\Delta x}{\Delta t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 6.
What are the units of rate of a chemical reaction?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 3
∴ The unit of the rate of a chemical reaction : mol L-1 3t-1 or mol dm-3s-1 (According to IUPAC, the rate of a chemical reaction should be expressed in mol m-3s-1 [SI unit]).

Question 7.
Mention the factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
The rate of a chemical reaction depends on the following factors :

  • Nature of the reactants.
  • The concentration of the reactants. In case of a gaseous reaction the rate depends on the pressures of the reactants.
  • Temperature of the reaction.
  • The presence of a catalyst and its nature.

Question 8.
Explain the term Average rate of a reaction.
Answer:
In chemical kinetics the rate of a reaction is measured in terms of the changes in the concentrations of the reactants or the products per unit time. Average rate of a chemical reaction : It is expressed as a finite change in concentration (- Δc) of the reactant divided by the time interval (Δt) for the change in concentration.

Consider a reaction,
A → B
The rate of a reaction, \(R=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}=\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}=\frac{c_{2}-c_{1}}{t_{2}-t_{1}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 4
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 5
∴ Average rate \(=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}\) (in mol dm-3s-1)

Δc is negative, since the concentrartion of the reactant decreases with the time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 6
The rate of a reaction is also measured in terms of a finite change in the concentration (Δx) of the product divided by the time interval (Δt), for the change.

For the reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 7

Question 9.
Explain the term Instantaneous rate of a reaction.
Answer:
Instantaneous rate of a reaction : It is defined as a rate of a reaction at a specific instant during a course of the reaction.

If the average reaction rate is calculated over shorter and shorter intervals (making Δt very small) then instantaneous rate is obtained.

In case of reactant A, the instantaneous rate is represented as, \(R=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\) and in case of product B, it is represented as \(R=\frac{+d[B]}{d t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 10.
Define :
(a) Average rate of reaction.
(b) Instantaneous rate of reaction.
Answer:
(a) Average rate of a chemical reaction : It is expressed as a finite change in concentration (- Δc) of the reactant divided by the time interval (Δt) for the change in concentration.

∴ Average rate, \(R=\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}\)

(b) Instantaneous rate of reaction : It is defined as a rate of a reaction at a specific instant during a course of the reaction.

Instantaneous rate \(=\frac{-d c}{d t}\)

Question 11.
Represent the average rates of the following reaction. N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g).
Answer:
For the reation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 12
This is because the rate of consumption of H2 is thrice the rate of consumption of N2 while the rate of formation of NH3 will be twice the rate of consumption of N2.

Question 12.
Express the rate of a reaction in terms of change in concentration of each constituent in the following reaction : aA+bB → cC+ dD
Answer:
The rate of a reaction may be expressed in terms of decrease in the concentration of the reactants or in-crease in the concentration of the product per unit time,

∴ For the given reaction, aA T bB → cC +dD
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 13

Question 13.
For a hypothetical reaction, A + 2B → products, the concentration of A and B at different intervals of time are given in the following table. Find the rates of the reaction in terms of concentration changes in A and B.

The equilibrium concentration of A and B at different time intervals :

Time t/minute [A]/mol L-1 [B]/ml L-1
0 1.000 2.000
10 0.534 1.068
20 0.342 0.360
30 0.180 0.360

Answer:
Rate of a reaction = \(\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{\Delta[\mathrm{B}]}{\Delta t}\)
(1) Over time interval from O to 10 minutes
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 14
(Note that the rate of a reaction in terms of changes in concentration of any reactant or product at the given time remains the same.)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(2) Over the time interval from 10 to 20 minutes,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 15

Question 14.
Show that the rate of reaction is the same whether expressed in terms of the rate of consumption of any reactant or of the formation of any product.
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
The concentrations of reactants and products at different time intervals are given in the following table :
Concentrations of various species at different times for the reaction N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) :

Time/s [N2O5]/M [NO2]/M [O2]/M
0 0.0300 0 0
200 0.0213 0.0174 0.00435
400 0.0152 0.0296 0.00740
600 0.0108 0.0384  0.00960

Answer:
The rate of the reaction can be expressed in terms of rate of consumption of reactants or rate of formation of products.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 16
Consider concentrations at time t1 = 200 seconds and t2 = 400 seconds
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 17
The constant values of rate of reaction proves that the rate of the reaction may be measured in terms of concentration changes of reactants or products per unit time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 15.
Define Rate law (or differential rate law).
Answer:
Rate law (or differential rate law) : It is defined as an experimentally determined mathematical equation which expresses the rate of a chemical reaction in terms of molar concentrations of the reactants which influence the rate of the reaction. For example, for a reaction, A + B → Products By rate law, Rate = R = k[A] x [B] where k is a rate constant and [Al and [B] are molar concentrations of the reactants A and B respectively.

Question 16.
Give examples of rate law with illustrations.
Answer:
Consider following examples :
(i) H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
R = k[H2] [I2]

(ii) 2H2O2(g) → 2H2O(I) + O2(g)
Experimentally it is observed that the rate of the reaction is proportional to the concentration of H2O2.
∴ R = k [H2O2]

(iii) NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
Experimentally it is observed that rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of CO but it is proportional to [NO2]2.
∴ R = k[NO2]2

Question 17.
What are the applications of the rate law?
Answer:

  • The rate of any reaction at the given concentration can be measured by knowing the rate law and the rate constant.
  • The concentration of the reactants or the products at any instant during the progress of a reaction can be estimated with the help of rate law and the rate constant.
  • The mechanisms of simple or complex chemical reactions can be predicted and studied.

Question 18.
Define the rate constant. What are the factors which influence the rate constant of a chemical reaction?
Answer:
(A) Rate constant : The rate constant of a chemical reaction is defined as the rate of the chemical reaction when the concentration (or active masses) of each reactant has unit value, i.e., 1 mol dm-3 in the case of solution and the pressure is 1 atm in case of gases, e.g., for a reaction, A → products, Rate R = k[A].

If [A] = 1 mol dm-3, then k = R.

(B) The rate constant of a reaction depends on the following factors:

  • Nature of the reactants.
  • Temperature of the reaction. As the temperature increases, the velocity constant (rate constant) increases.
  • The conditions of the reactions like the presence of the catalyst, solvent, pH, etc.
  • It does not depend on the concentration of the reactants. But if one or more substances are in excess concentration, then the order of the reaction is independent of them.

Question 19.
What are the characteristics of rate constant?
Answer:
The characteristics of rate constant are as follows :

  • The rate constant depends upon the nature of the reaction.
  • Higher the value of the rate constant, faster is the reaction.
  • Lower the value of the rate constant, slower is the reaction.
  • By increasing the temperature, the magnitude of the rate constant increases.
  • For the given reaction, the rate constant has higher value in the presence of a catalyst than in the absence of the catalyst.
  • The reactions having lower activation energy have higher values for rate constants.

Solved Examples 6.2 – 6.3.2

Question 20.
Solve the following :

(1) Write the rate expressions for the following reactions in terms of rate of consumption of the reactants and the rate of formation of the products.
(i) 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
(ii) H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
Solution :
(i) Given : 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
Rate of consumption of NO at time \(t=\frac{-d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of O2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of NO2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of the reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
\(=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(ii) Given : H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
Rate of consumption of H2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of I2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{I}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of HI at time \(t=\frac{d[\mathrm{HI}]}{d t}\)
∴ Rate of reaction at any time t \(=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{HI}]}{d t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(2) The gas-phase reaction between NO and Br2 is represented by the equation. 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
(a) Write the expressions for the rate of consumption of reactants and formation of products.
(b) Write the expression for the rate of overall reaction in terms of rates of consumption of reactants and formation of products.
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
(a) Rate of consumption of NO at time t \(=-\frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of Br2 at time t \(=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{Br}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of NOBr at time \(t=\frac{d[\mathrm{NOBr}]}{d t}\)
(b) Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{Br}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
\(=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NOBr}]}{d t}\)

(3) The decomposition of N2Os is represented by the equation
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) How is the rate of formation of NO2 related to the rate of formation of O2?
(b) How is the rate of formation of O2 related to the rate of consumption of N2O5?
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) Rate of formation of NO2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of O2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

They are related to each other through rate of reaction.
∴ Rate of reaction \(=\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(b) Rate of consumption of N2O5 at time t \(=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)

Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

In general,
Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(4) Nitric oxide reacts with H2 according to the reaction. 2NO(g) + 2H2(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g)
What is the relationship among \(\frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t} \text { and } \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{d t} ?\)
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + 2H2(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g)
The relationship among the rate of consumption of the reactants and the rate of formation of products is as follows :

Rate of reaction :
\(R=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{d t}\)

(5) The rate of decomposition of N2Os was studied in liquid bromine,
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
If at a certain time, the rate of disappearance of N2O5 is 0.015 Ms-1 find the rates of formation of NO2 and O2. What is the rate of the reaction at this instant?
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Rate of disappearance of N2O5 = 0.015 M s-1
Rate of formation of NO2 =?
Rate of formation of O2 =?
Rate of reaction = ?
Rate of disappearance of \(\mathrm{N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)
= 0.015 M s-1

Since 4 moles of NO2 are formed from 2 moles of N2O5 Rate of formation of NO2Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 21
Answer:
Rate of formation of NO2 = 0.03 Ms-1
Rate of formation of O2 = 0.0075 M s-1
Rate of reaction = 0.0075 Ms-1.

(6) In the reaction, PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + CI2(g), at a particular moment, the rate of disappearance of PCl5 is 0.015 Ms-1. What are the rates of formation of PCI3 and Cl2?
Solution :
Given : PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 22
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 23
Answer:
Rate of formation of PCl3 = 0.015 Ms-1
Rate of formation of Cl2 = 0.015 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(7) In the reaction, 2N3O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g), at a certain time, the rate of formation of NO2 is 0. 04 Ms-1. Find the rate of consumption of N2O5, rate of formation of O2 and the rate of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Rate of formation of NO2 = \(\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\) = 0.04 Ms-1

From the reaction, rate of consumption of N2O5 is half the rate of formation of NO2 since when 2 moles of N2O5 are consumed, 4 moles of NO2 are formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 24
Rate of formation of O2 is one-fourth rate of formation of NO2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 25
Answer:
(i) Rate of consumption of N2O5
(ii) Rate of formation of O2 = 0.01 Ms-1
(iii) Rate of reaction = 0.01 Ms-1

(8) Consider the reaction 2A + B → 2C. Suppose that at a particular moment during the reaction, rate of disappearance of A is 0.076 M/s,
(a) What is the rate of formation of C?
(b) What is the rate of consumption of B?
(c) What is the rate of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : 2A + B → 2C
Rate of disappearance of A = 0.076 Ms-1
(a) Rate of formation of C =?
(b) Rate of consumption of B =?
(c) Rate of reaction = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 26
Answer:
(a) Rate of formation of C = 0.076 Ms-1
(b) Rate of consumption of B = 0.038 M s-1
(c) Rate of reaction = 0.038 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(9) Consider the reation \(\mathbf{3 I}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{-}+\mathbf{S}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{8(u q)}^{2-} \longrightarrow \mathbf{I}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}+2 \mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) At a particular time t, \(t, \frac{d\left[\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\right]}{d t}=2.2 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{M} / \mathrm{s}\) What are the values of \(\text { (a) }-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}^{-}\right]}{d t}\) \(-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\right]}{d t}\) \(\text { (c) } \frac{d\left[\mathbf{I}_{3}^{-}\right]}{d t}\) at the same time?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 27
(a) Rate of consumption of \(\mathrm{I}^{-}=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}^{-}\right]}{d t}\)
When 2 moIes of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) are formed, 3 moves of I are consumed in the same time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 28

(b) In the formation of 2 moles of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\), 1 mole of \(\mathrm{S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\) is consumed in the same time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 30

(10) Ammonia and oxygen react at high temperature as :
4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)
In an experiment, rate of formation of NO(g) is 3.6 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1.
Calculate-
(a) Rate of disappearance of ammonia
(b) Rate of formation of water.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 31
Answer:
(a) Rate of disappearance of NH3
= 3.6 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1
(b) Rate of formation of H2O
= 5.4 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(11) The rate law for the reaction
C2H4Br2 + 3I → C2H4 + 2Br +I3 is Rate = k [C2H4Br2][I]. The rate of the reac-tion is found to be 1.1 x 10-4 M/s when the concentrations of C2H4Br2 and I– are 0.12M and 0.18 M respectively. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : C2H4Br2 + 3I → C2H4 + 2Br +I3
By rate law, Rate of reaction = R = k x [C2H4Br2][I]
R = 1.1 x 10-4 Ms-1
[C2H4Br2] = 0.12 M; [I] =0.18 M
Rate constant = k =?
R = k x [C2H4Br2] x [I]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 33
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 5.1 x 10-3 M-1s-1

(12) For a reaction, 2A + B → C, the rate law is, rate =k x [A]2 x [B]. If the rate constant of the reaction is 3.74 x 10-2M-2s-1, calculate the rate of the reaction when the concentrations of A, B and C are 0.108 M, 0.132 M and 0.124 M respectively.
Solution :
Given : Rate constant of the reaction = k
= 3.74 x 10-2M-2s-1
[A] =0.108 M, [B] = 0.132M, [C] = 0.124 M
Rate of the reaction = R = ?
By rate law,
R = k [A]2 x [B] = (0.108)2 x 0.132 = 1.54 x 10-3 Ms-1
(Concentration of C need not be considered since it is a product.)
Answer:
Rate of reaction = 1.54 x10-3 Ms-1

(13) For a reaction, A + B → C, if the concentration of A doubles, the rate of the reaction doubles. While if the concentration of B doubles the rate of the reaction increases by four fold. Write rate law. .
Solution :
Let x moles of A react with y moles of B. xA + yB → C
To write rate law, it is necessary to find x and y values.

(i) Initial rate \(=R_{1}=k[\mathrm{~A}]_{1}^{x}[\mathrm{~B}]_{1}^{y}\)
Final rate R2 is doubled when the concentration of A is doubled, i.e., R2 = 2R1 when final concentration,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 174
(It is assumed that the concentration of B remains same.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 34

(ii) Initial rate \(=R_{1}=k[\mathrm{~A}]_{1}^{x}[\mathrm{~B}]^{y}\)
If the concentration of B is doubled keeping of A constant, rate becomes four times, i.e.,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 35
Hence the rate law is represented by an expression.
Rate = k[A] [B]2
Answer:
Rate law is. Rate = k [A] [B]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(14) For the reaction, A2 + B + C → AC + AB, it is found that tripling the concentration of A2 triples the rate, doubling the concentration of C doubles the rate and doubling the concentration of B has no effect,
(a) What is the rate law?
(b) Why the change in concentration of B has no effect?
Solution :
Given : A2 + B + C → AC + AB
(a) The rate law may be represented as,
Rate = k [A2]x [B]y [C]z
Let [A]1, [B]1 and [C]1 represent initial concentration and [A]2, [B]2 and [C]2 represent final concentrations, and let R1 and R2 be initial and final rates of the reaction when the concentrations are changed.

(i) If [A]2 = 3[A]1, R2 = 3R1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 36
If the concentrations of B and C remain constant, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 37

(b) In the rate determining step, B may not be involved as the reactant, hence rate is independent of changes in concentration of B. (OR B may be in large excess as compared to the concentrations of A and C.)
Answer:
(a) Rate law : Rate = k [A] [C]

Question 21.
Define and explain the term order of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
Order of a chemical reaction : The order of a chemical reaction is defined as the number of molecules (or atoms) whose concentrations influence the rate of the chemical reaction.
OR
The order of a chemical reaction is defined as the sum of the powers (or exponents) to which the concentration terms of the reactants are raised in the rate law expression for the given reaction.

Explanation :
Consider a reaction,
n1A + n2B → Products
where n1 moles of A react with n2 moles of B.

The rate of this reaction can be expressed by the rate law equation as,
R = k [A]n1 [B]n2
where k is the rate constant of the reaction, hence, the order of the reaction is n – n1 + n2, (observed, experimentally).

If n = 1, the reaction is called the first order reaction, if n = 2, it is called the second order reaction, etc.

If n = 0, it is called the zero order reaction, e.g., photochemical reaction of H2(g) and Cl2(g).

Question 22.
What are the features (or key points) of order of a reaction?
Answer:
The features of order of reaction are as follows :

  • It represents the number of atoms, ions or molecules whose concentrations influence the rate of the reaction.
  • It is not related to the stoichiometric equation of the reaction, hence it cannot be predicted from stoichiometric balanced equation.
  • It is experimentally determined quantity.
  • It is defined only in terms of the concentrations of the reactants and not of products.
  • It may have values which are integers, fractional or zero.
  • Higher values are rare. Reactions of first and second order are in large number. Third order reactions are very few like,
    2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl(g).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Solved Examples 6.3.3

Question 23.
Solve the following :
(1) From the rate expressions for the following reactions, determine their order :
(a) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) : Rate = k [N2O5]
(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g) : Rate = k [CHL3] [Cl2]1/2
(c) C2H5Cl(g) → C2H4(g) + HCl(g): Rate = k [C2H5Cl]
(d) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g) → : Rate = k (NO2] [F2]
Solution :
(a) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
The rate law expression given for the reaction is Rate = k x [N2O5]
Hence the reaction is of first order.

(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g)
The given rate law expression is, R = k [CHCl3] x [Cl2]1/2 Here the order of a reaction is one with respect to CHCl3(g) and half with respect to Cl2(g). Therefore the overall order of the reaction is 1 + 1/2 = 1.5.

(c) C2H5Cl(g) → C2H4(g) + HCl(g)
The given rate law expression is, Rate = k [C2H5Cl]
Hence the reaction has order equal to one.

(d) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g)
The given rate law expression for the reaction is Rate = k [NO2] x [F2]
Hence the reaction is first order with respect to NO2 and first order with respect to F2. The overall order of the reaction is, n = nNO2 + nF1 = 1 + 1 = 2.

(2) Determine the order of following reactions from their rate expressions :
(a) 2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2 Rate = k [H2O2]
(b) NO2 + CO → NO + CO2 Rate = k [NO2]2
(c) 2NO + O2 → 2NO2 Rate = k [NO]2 x [O2]
(d) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g)
Rate = k [CHCl3] [Cl2]
Solution :
(a) For the reaction,
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
Since the rate law expression given is,
Rate = k [H2O2]
Hence the reaction is of first order.

(b) For the reaction,
NO2 + CO → NO + CO2
Since the rate law given is Rate = k [NO2]2, the reaction is second order with respect to NO2 and zero order with respect to CO. Hence the net order of the reaction is, n = nNO2 + nco = 2 + 0 = 2

(c) For the reaction,
2NO + O2 → 2NO2
Since the rate law expression given is, Rate = k [NO]2 x [O2] the reaction is second order with respect to NO and first order with respect to O2. Hence the overall order of reaction is n = nNO2 + no2 = 2 + 1 = 3.

(d) For the reaction, by rate law,
Rate = k [CHCl3] x [Cl2] reaction is first order with respect to CHCl3 and first order with respect to Cl2. Hence the overall order is, n = ncHcl3 + ncl2 = 1 + 1 = 2.

(3) Write the rate law expressions for the following reactions:
(1) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2 + O2; order of the reaction is 1.
(2) CH3CHO → CH4 + CO; order of the reaction Is 3/2.
Solution :
(1) For the given reaction, order is one hence the rate law expression is, Rate = k [N2O5].
(2) For the given reaction, order is 3/2, hence the rate law expression is Rate = k x [CH2CHO]3/2.

(4) The reaction \(\mathbf{H}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{2(\mathbf{a q})}+3 \mathbf{I}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{-}+2 \mathbf{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+} \longrightarrow 2 \mathbf{H}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{(0)}+\mathbf{I}_{3(a q)}^{-}\) is first order in H2O2 and I, zero order in H+. Write the rate law.
Solution:
Given :
\(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+3 \mathrm{I}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}{ }_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{i})}+\mathrm{I}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Since the reaction is first order in H2O2 and F and zero order in H+, the expression for rate law will be,
Rate =k [H2O2]1 [I]1 [H+]0
∴ Rate = k [H2O2] [I]
Answer:
Rate = k [H2O2] [I]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(5) The rate law for the gas-phase reaction
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) is rate = k [NO2]2 [O2]. What is the order of the reaction with respect to each of the reactants and what is the overall order of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
Rate = k [NO]2[O2]
Order of the reaction with respect to NO = nNo = 2
Order with respect to O2 = nO2 = 1
Overall order of the reaction = n = nNO + nO2
= 2 + 1
= 3
Answer:
Order with respect to NO = 2
Order with respect to O2 = 1
Overall order = 3

(6) What is the order for the following reactions?
(a) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g), rate = k [NO2][F2]
(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g), rate = k[CHCl3][Cl2]1/2
Solution :
(a) Given : 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F
Rate = k [NO2][F2]
Hence the reaction is first order with respect to NO2 and first order with respect to F2
∴ Order of reaction = nNO2 + nF2 = 1 + 1 = 2

(b) Given :
CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g),
Rate = k [ CHCl3] [Cl2]1/2
Hence the reaction is first order in CHCl3 and half order in Cl2.
∴ Order of reaction
= nCHCl3 + nCl2 = 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:
(a) Order of the reaction = 2
(b) The order of the reaction = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

(7) Write the rate law for the following reactions :
(a) A reaction that is zero order in A and second order in B.
(b) A reaction that is second order in NO and first order in Br2.
Solution :
(a) Given : A + B → Products
The reaction is zero order in A and second order in B. Hence the rate law is represented as, Rate = k [A]O[B]2
Rate = k[B]2

(b) Given : 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
The reaction is second order in NO and first in Br2. Hence the rate law is,
∴ Rate = k [NO]2[Br2]
Answer: (a) Rate law : Rate = k[B]2
(b) Rate law : Rate = k [NO]2[Br2]

(8) The reaction A + B → Products, is first order in each of the reactants, (a) Write the rate law.
(b) How does the reaction rate change if the concentration of B is decreased by a factor 3?
(c) What is the change in the rate if the concentration of each reactant is tripled? (d) What is the change in the rate, if the concentration of A is doubled and that of B is halved?
Solution :
(a) The reaction is first order in A and B. Hence the equation for rate law is,
Rate = k [A] [B]
(b) Before changing the concentration of B, Initial rate = R1 – k [A]1 [B]1
After change in concentration of B,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 39
Hence the rate of the reaction will be decreased by a factor 3.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(c) When the concentration of each reactant is tripled, then the final concentrations will be, [A]2 = 3[A]1 and [B]2 = 3[B1]
∴ R2 = k x 3[A]1 x 3 [B]1
∴ R2 = k x 3[A]1 x 3 [B]1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 40
Hence the rate of the reaction will be increased by 9 times.

(d) When the concentration A is doubled and that of B is halved then the final concentrations will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 41
Rate of the reaction will remain unchanged.
Answer:
(a) Rate law is, Rate = k [A] [B],
(b) Rate is decreased by a factor 3,
(c) Rate is increased by 9 times,
(d) Rate remains unchanged.

(9) Consider the reaction A2 + B → products. If the concentration of A2 and B are halved, the rate of the reaction decreases by a factor of 8. If the concentration of A2 is increased by a factor of 2.5, the rate increases by the factor of 2.5. What is the order of the reaction? Write the rate law.
Solution :
Given : A2 + B → Products
(i) When concentration of A2 and B are halved :
[A2]2(final) = 1/2 [A2]1(final) and [B]2 = 1/2 [B]1 then, R2(final) = 1/8R1(intial).

(ii) When concentration of A2 is increased by the factor 2.5,
[A2]2 = 2.5 [A2]1 (concentration of B is same) then, R2 = 2.5 R1
Now let the reaction be, XA2 + yB → Products

From data in (ii),
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 43
Hence the reaction is of third order. The rate law can be represented as,
Rate = k [A2] [B]2
Answer:
(i) Order of the reaction = 3
(ii) Rate law : Rate = k [A2] [B]3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(10) Consider the reaction C + D → Products. The rate of the reaction increases by a factor of 4 when the concentration of C is doubled. The rate of the reaction is tripled when concentration of D is tripled. What is the order of the reaction? Write the rate law.
Solution :
Given : C + D → Products OR xC + yD → Products
(i) When the concentration of C is doubled, the rate of the reaction increases by 4.

[C]2(final) = 2[C]1(initial) then R2(final) = 4R1(initial)
(In this, the concentration of D is assumed to be constant.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 44
Hence, the reaction is second order in C.
∴ nC = 2
(ii) When the concentration of D is tripled, rate is tripled. The concentration of C is assumed to be constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 45
Rate law : Rate = A[C]2[D]
Answer:
(i) Order of the reaction = 3
(ii) Rate law : Rate = A[C]2[D]

(11) The reaction F2(g) + 2ClO2(g) → 2FClO2(g) is first order in each of the reactants. The rate of the reaction is 4.88 x 10-4 M/s when [F2] = 0.015 M and [ClO2]= 0.025 M. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
Solution :
Given :
F2(g) + 2ClO2(g) → 2FClO2(g)
Order of reaction in F2 = nF2 = 1
Order of reaction in CIO2 = nClO2 = 1
Rate = R = 4.88 x 10-4 Ms-1
[F2] = 0.015 M; [ClO2] = 0.025 M
Rate = k = ?
By rate law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 46
Answer:
Rate constant = 1 = 1.3 M-2s-1

(12) The reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → 2H2O(g) + N2(g) is first order in H2 and second order in NO. The rate constant of the reaction at a certain tem­perature is 0.42M-2s-1. Calculate the rate when [H2] = 0.015 M and [NO] = 0.025 M.
Solution :
Given : 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → 2H2O(g) + N2(g)
Order of reaction in H2 = nH1 = 1
Order of reaction in NO = nNO = 2
Rate constant = k = 0.42 M-2s-1
[H2] = 0.015 M; [NO] = 0.025 M
Rate of reaction = R = ?
By rate law,
Rate = R = k [H2] [NO]2
= 0.42 x 0.015 x (0.025)2 M-2s-1 M M
= 3.94 x 10-6 Ms-1
Answer:
Rate of reaction = R = 3.94 x 10-6 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(13) Find the order of following reactions whose rate laws are expressed as follows. CA and CB are the concentrations of reactants A and B respectively :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 47
Solution :
Given :
(1) For, – \(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{0}\) the order of the reaction, n = 0. Hence it is a zero order reaction.

(2) For, – \(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{3 / 2}\), the overall order of the reaction is 3/2.

(3) For, –\(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{1 / 2} \mathrm{C}_{B}^{2}\), the reaction has order 1/2 with respect to A and 2 with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 = \(\frac{5}{2}\).
Hence the (overall) order of the reaction is \(\frac{5}{2}\).

(4) For, \(-\frac{d c}{d t}=k \mathrm{C}_{A}^{5 / 2} \times \mathrm{C}_{B}^{0}\)
The reaction has order \(\frac{5}{2}\) with respect to A and zero with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{5}{2}\) + 0 = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence the order of the reaction is \(\frac{5}{2}\).

(5) For, \(-\frac{d c}{d t}=k \times \mathrm{C}_{A}^{1 / 3} \times \mathrm{C}_{B}^{2 / 3}\). The reaction has order \(\frac{1}{3}\) with respect to A and \(\frac{2}{3}\) with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1
Hence the order of the reaction is 1.

(14) The rate of a reaction, 2A + B → Products is 3.78 x 10-4 M s-1 when the concentrations of A and B are 0.3 M each. If the rate constant of the reaction is 4.2 x 10-3s-1 find the order of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : 2A + B → Products
Rate = R = 3.78 x 10-4Ms-1
[A] = [B] = 0.3 M
Rate constant = 1 = 4.2 x 10-3 s-1
Let the order of the reaction in A be x and in B be y.

Then, by rate law,
Rate = R = k [A]x [B]y 3.78 x 10-4
= 4.2 x 10-3(0.3)x(0.3)y
= 4.2 x 10-3 (0.3)x+y
∴ \(\frac{3.78 \times 10^{-4}}{4.2 \times 10^{-3}}\) = (0.3)x+y
0.09 = (0.3)x+y
(0.3)2 = (0.3)x+y                        .
∴ x + y = 2
Hence the order of overall reaction is 2.
Answer:
The order of the reaction is 2.

(15) The rate of the reaction, A → Products is 1.25 x 10-2 M/s when concentration of A is 0. 45 M. Determine the rate constant if the reaction is
(a) first order in A
(b) second order in A.
Solution :
Given : A → Products
Rate = R = 1.25 x 10-2 M/s
[A] = 0.45 M

(a) Rate constant, k = ? if order is one.
For first order, rate law is, R = k [A]
∴ \(k=\frac{R}{[\mathrm{~A}]}=\frac{1.25 \times 10^{-2}}{0.45}\)
= 2.78 x 10-2s-1

(b) Rate constant, k =? if order is two. For second order, rate law is, R = k [A]2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 50
Answer:
(a) Rate constant, k = 2.78 x 10-2
(b) Rate constant, k = 6.173 x 10-2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 24.
Define and explain the term elementary reaction.
Answer:
Many reactions take place in a series of steps. Such reactions are called complex reactions. Each step taking place in a complex reaction is called an elementary reaction. This shows that a complex reaction is broken down in a series of elementary chemical reactions.

By adding all the elementary steps of a complex reaction we get the overall reaction.

The mechanism of a reaction is decided from the sequence of the elementary steps that are added to give overall reaction.

Elementary reaction : It is defined as the reac­tion which takes place in a single step and cannot be divided further into simpler chemical reactions.

The order and molecularity of the elementary reaction are same.

Some reactions take place in one step and cannot be broken down into simpler reactions. For example,

C2H5I(g) → C2H4(g) + HI(g)
O3(g) → O2(g) + O(g)

Question 25.
Define and explain the term molecularity of a reaction. Give examples.
OR
Define the molecularity of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
Molecularity : The molecularity of an elementary reaction is defined as the number of molecules (or atoms or ions) which take part in a chemical reaction.

Explanation :

  • The molecularity of a reaction is always integral.
  • It cannot be determined experimentally.
  • The minimum value of the molecularity is one.
  • It cannot have fractional or zero values.
  • The reactions are classified according to the mole­cularity as follows :

(a) Unimolecular reaction (OR First order reac­tion) : In this only one molecule takes part in the reaction, e.g., N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g)

The rate law expression for this reaction is, Rate = k [N2O5]. Hence it is unimolecular and first order.

Other unimolecular reactions are,
O3(g) → O2(g) + O(g)
C2H5I(g) → C2H2(g) + HI(g)

(B) Bimolecular reaction In this two molecules take part in the reaction,
e.g., 2HI(g) → H2(g) + I2(g)
O3(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g)
2NO2(g) → 2NO(g) + O2(g)

(c) Trimolecular reaction: In this three molecules take part in the reaction.
e.g., 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)

The higher molecularity is rare since the prob ability of simultaneous collisions between more molecules is very low.

Question 26.
Explain order and molecularity of elementary reactions.
Answer:
(1) The order and molecularity of elementary reaction are same.
(2) Consider second order bimolecular reaction,
2NO2(g) → 2NO(g) + O2.
(3) The rate of the reaction is given by, Rate = k [NO2]2
(4) Similarly consider unimolecular first order reaction,
C2H5I(g) → C2H4(g) + HI(g)
Rate = k [C2H5I]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 27.
Define and explain the term rate-determining step.
Answer:
(1) Many chemical reactions take place in a series of elementary steps. Among many steps of the reaction, one of the steps is the slowest step compared to other steps.

Rate determining step : The slowest step in the reaction mechanism which involves many steps is called the rate-determining step.

(2) Example :
Consider decomposition of gaseous NO2Cl.
2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g)
This reaction takes place in two steps :
Step I : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(g)} \stackrel{k_{1}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (slow, unimolecular)

Step II: \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(g)} \stackrel{k_{2}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (fast, bimolecular)

2NO2CI(g) → 2NO2(g) + CI2(g) (overall reaction)

Among two steps, first step being slower represents rate-determining step. The rate law can be represented as, Rate = k1 [NO2CI]

Hence, the reaction is first order.

In this Cl(g) is formed as a reaction intermediate.

Question 28.
What are the features of rate-determining step?
Answer:
Features of rate-determining step :

  • The overall reaction can never occur faster than its rate-determining step.
  • The rate-determining step can occur anywhere in the reaction mechanism and depends on nature of reactants, conditions of the reaction, etc.
  • The rate law of a rate-determining step can directly be obtained from its stoichiometric equation.
  • The rate law of a rate-determining step can directly be obtained from its stoichiometric equation.

Question 29.
What is reaction intermediate? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Reaction intermediate : The additional species other than the reactants or products formed in the mechanism during progress of the reaction is called reaction intermediate.

Features of reaction intermediate :

  • The reaction intermediate appears in the reaction mechanism but does not appear in the overall reaction or in the products.
  • It is always formed in one step and consumed in the subsequent step in the mechanism.
  • Its concentration is very small and cannot be determined easily.
  • Rate of the reaction is independent of concentration of this intermediate.
  • The life period of the reaction intermediate is extremely small, hence cannot be isolated.
  • The composition of the reaction intermediate, decides the mechanism of the reaction.
  • Consider decomposition of gaseous NO2Cl. 2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g)

This reaction takes place in two steps :
Step I : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{k_{1}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (slow, unimolecular)

Step II : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{k_{2}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\) (fast, bimolecular)
2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g) (overall reaction)
Cl formed in Step I is removed in Step II, Hence Cl is a reaction intermediate.

Question 30.
Identify the molecularity and write the rate law for each of the following elementary reactions :
(a) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(b) H2I(g) + I(g) → 2HI(g)
(c) CI(g) + Cl(g) + N2(g) → N2(g)
Answer:
NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g) Molecularity is 2.
Rate law : Rate = k [NO] x [O3]

(b) H2I(g) + I(g) → 2HI(g) Molecularity is 2.
Rate law : Rate = k [H2I] x [I]

(c) Cl(g) + Cl(g) + N2(g) →Cl2(g) + N2(g) Molecularity is 3.
Rate law : Rate = k [Cl]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 31.
Write molecularity of the following reaction:
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g).
Answer:
For the reaction, 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) Molecularity = 3.

Question 32.
How Is reaction intermediate predicted in the reaction?
Answer:
(1) When a reaction takes place in more than one steps, then a substance produced in one step is removed in the next step is called reaction intermediate.
(2) For example,
(I) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) → NO2(g) + O(g)
In the reaction. NO3 and O are reaction intermediates.

Question 33.
A certain reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) Cl(g) + O3(g) → ClO(g) + O2(g)
(ii) ClO(g) + O(g) → Cl(g) + O2(g)
(a) Write the chemical equation for overall reaction.
(b) Identify the reaction intermediate.
(c) Identify the catalyst.
(d) What is the molecularity of each step?
Answer:
Step I : Cl(g) + O3(g) → ClO(g) + O2(g)
Step II : ClO(g) + O(g) → Cl(g) + O2(g)
(a) Overall reaction is obtained by adding both the reactions.
O3(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g)
(b) Reaction intermediate is ClO(g) which is formed in the first step and removed in the second step.
(c) Cl(g) acts as a catalyst. It is an example of homo-geneous catalysis in which catalyst Cl(g) forms an intermediate ClO(g) and again is released in the second step.
(d) Since both the steps involve two reactants each, both the steps are bimolecular.

Question 34.
The rate law for the reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g) is given by rate = k [H2] [NO]2.
The reaction occurs in the following two steps :
(i) H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2O(g) + H2O(g)
(ii) N2O(g) + H2(g) → N2(g) + H2O(g)
What is the role of N2O in the mechanism? What is the molecularity of each of the elementary steps?
Answer:
N2O is a reaction intermediate which is formed in the first step and removed in the second step. Molecularity of the elementary steps :
(a) First step – Termolecular.
(b) Second step-Bimolecular.

Question 35.
What is the rate law for the reaction,
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
The reaction occurs in the following steps :
NO2 + NO2 → NO3 + NO (slow)
NO3 + CO → NO2 + CO2 (fast)
What is the role of NO3?
Answer:
Overall reaction :
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
Step-I NO2 + NO2 → NO3 + NO (slow) (slow)
Step-II NO3 + CO → NO2 + CO2 (fast)

(A) From first rate determining slow step, rate law is, Rate = k[NO2]2
(B) Role of NO3 : In the reaction, NO3 is the reaction intermediate which is formed in first step and removed in the second step.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 36.
The rate law for the reaction 2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl(g) is given by rate = k[NO][Cl2]. The reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) NO(g) + Cl2(g) → NOCl2(g)
(ii) NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)
(a) Is NOCl2 a catalyst or reaction intermedi-ate? Why?
(b) Identify the rate determining step.
Answer:
(a) NOCl2 is a reaction intermediate since it is formed in the first step and removed in the second step. It is not a catalyst since it was not present in the first step or on reactant side nor in the second step on product side.
(b) Since rate law is, Rate = k[NO][Cl2], and the sub-stances NO and Cl2 are present in the first step as reactants, it is the slow and rate-determining step.

Question 37.
The rate law for the reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g) is given by rate = k[H2][NO]2. The reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) H2 + 2NO → N2O + H2O
(ii) N2O + H2 → N2 + H2O
What is the role of N2O in the mechanism? Identify the slow step.
Answer:
(a) N2O is the reaction intermediate since it is formed in the first step and removed in the second step.
(b) By rate law, Rate = k [H2][NO]2. Since the first step involves the substances H2 and NO, it is the slow and rate-determining step.

Question 38.
What are integrated rate laws?
Answer:
Integrated rate laws : The equations which are obtained by integrating the differential rate laws (expressions) and which provide direct relationship between the concentrations of the reactants and time are called integrated rate laws.

For example, integrated rate law for first order reaction is represented as,
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\text { Reactant }]_{\text {final }}}{[\text { Reactant }]_{\text {initial }}}\)

Question 39.
Derive the expression for integrated rate law (equation) for the first-order reaction.
Answer:
Consider the following first-order reaction, A → B The rate of the chemical reaction is given by the rate law expression as, Rate, R = k [A] where [A] is the concentration of the reactant A and k is the velocity constant or specific rate of the reaction.
The instantaneous rate is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 52

If [A0] is the initial concentration of the reactant and [A]t at time t, then by integrating the above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 53

This is the integrated rate equation for the first order reaction. This is also called integrated rate law.

Question 40.
How is the integrated rate equation for the first order reaction represented by considering the concentration of the product?
Answer: The
integrated rate equation for the first order reaction can be represented as,
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\) where [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant (at time, 1 = 0) and [A]t is that at time t. Consider the reaction, A → B
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 54

If a is the initial concentration of the reactant A and x is the concentration of the product B after time t, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 55

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 41.
Explain the exponential rate law expression for the first order reaction.
Answer:
The integrated rate equation for the first order reaction can be represented as,
\(k=\frac{1}{t} \log _{\mathrm{e}} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\)
where k is a rate constant, [A]0 and [A]t are initial and final concentrations of the reactant after time t.
∴ k = \(-\frac{1}{t} \log _{\mathrm{e}} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{t}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{0}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 56
where [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of the reactant when t = 0 and t = t respectively.

Thus, the concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time and the time required to complete the first order reaction will be infinity.

Another feature of the exponential behaviour is the time required to complete a definite fraction of the reaction is always constant. Therefore, the first order reactions are also described in terms of the half-life of the reaction ™.

Question 42.
What are the units of rate constant of first order reaction?
Answer:
The units of rate constant (k) for the first order reaction is per time (or s-1).

Question 43.
Give three examples of first order reaction.
Answer:
The examples of first order reaction are :
(1) Decomposition of H2O2 :
2H2O2(I) → 2H2O(1) + O2(g) Rate = k[H2O2]
(2) Decomposition of N2Os :
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) Rate = k[N2O5]
(3) Isomerisation of cyclopropane to propene :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 67

Question 44.
Write a note on a zero order reaction.
OR
What is a zero order reaction? Explain.
Answer:
(1) Definition : Zero order reaction : A reaction in which the rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of any reactant taking part in the reaction is called zero order reaction.
(2) Explanation : For example, consider photochemical reaction between H2 and Cl2 gases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 72
In this the rate of the reaction remains constant throughout the progress of the reaction, even if the concentrations of the reactants decrease with time, until the reactant has reacted entirely.

Hence, by the rate law,
R = k [H2]° [Cl2]° = k (constant).

Question 45.
Derive the expression for integrated rate law for zero-order reaction A → Products.
Answer:
Consider a zero order reaction, A → Products
The rate of the reaction is, Rate \(=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

By rate law,
Rate = k x [A]0 = k
∴ – d[A] = k x dt

If [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant A at t = 0 and [A]t is the concentration of A present after time t, then by integrating above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 73
This is the integrated rate law expression for rate constant for zero order reaction.
∴ k x t = [A]0 – [A]t
∴ [A]t = – kt + A0

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 46.
How would you obtain the unit of the velocity constant k for (i) the first order reaction (ii) the zero order reaction?
Answer:
(i) For a first order reaction :
Consider the reaction,
A → B
The rate (R) of the reaction will be, R = k [A] = kc, where [A] is concentration in mol dm-3Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 74
Hence, the SI unit of velocity constant for the first order reaction is second-1.

(ii) For a zero order reaction :
The rate of reaction is R = k [A]0 = k
Hence, the velocity constant k has the unit of the rate of the reaction, i.e., mol dm-3 s-1.

Question 47.
Obtain an expression for half-life period of zero order reaction.
Answer:
The rate law expression for zero order reaction is, [A]t = – kt + [A]0
where [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of the reactant at time, t = 0 and after time t respectively, Half-life period, t1/2 is the time when the concentration reduces from [A]0 to [A]0/2. i.e., at t = t1/2, [A]t = [A]0/2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 75
Hence for a zero-order reaction, the half-life period is directly proportional to the initial concentration of the reactant.

Question 48.
Give the examples of zero order reactions.
Answer:
Zero order reactions are not common. They take place under special conditions. They are hetero-geneous catalysed reactions generally involving metals as catalysts.

(1) Decomposition NH3 on Pt surface :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 79
(2) Decomposition of N2O to N2 and O2 on Pt :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 80
(3) Decomposition of PH3 on hot tungsten catalyst at high pressure.

Question 49.
Decomposition of NH3(g) on platinum surface at high temperature is a zero order reaction. Explain.
Answer:

  • The decomposition of NH3(g) on platinum surface is represented as,
    2NH3(g) \(\frac{1130 \mathrm{~K}}{\mathrm{Pt}}\) N2(g) + 3H2(g)
  • Since it is a heterogeneous catalysed reaction, NH3 gaseous molecules at high pressure are adsorbed on the metal surface covering the surface area.
  • The number of NH3 molecules adsorbed is small compared to NH3 molecules in the gaseous phase.
  • Only the molecules adsorbed on the surface get decomposed. Hence rate of the decomposition becomes independent of the concentration (pressure) of NH3. Therefore the decomposition reaction is zero order.

Question 50.
The catalysed decomposition of nitrous oxide (N2O) to nitrogen and oxygen is a zero order reaction. Explain.
Answer:

  • The decomposition of N2O(g) on platinum can be represented as, \(2 \mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{\mathrm{Pt}}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{~N}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)
  • Since it is heterogeneously catalysed reaction, N2O gaseous molecules are adsorbed on the metal surface covering the surface area.
  • The number of N2O molecules adsorbed is small compared to N2O molecules in the gaseous phase.
  • Only the molecules adsorbed on the metal surface get decomposed. Hence rate of decomposition becomes independent of the concentration (pressure) of N2O. Therefore the decomposition of N2O is a zero order reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 51.
Inversion of cane sugar (sucrose) is a pseudo-first-order reaction. Explain.
OR
The reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 82
Can it be of pseudo-first-order type?
Answer:
The inversion of cane sugar (sucrose) is an acid catalysed hydrolysis reaction which can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 83

This is a bimolecular reaction. Hence, the true rate law for the reaction should be, Rate = k[C12H22O11] [H2O]. This shows that the reaction should be second order.

Since water (H2O) is in large excess, its concentration remains constant and the rate depends only upon the concentration of cane sugar.

∴ Rate = k[C12H22O11]

Therefore the second order true rate law becomes first order rate law. Hence the inversion of cane sugar is a pseudo first order reaction.

Solved Examples 6.4-6.5

Question 52.
Solve the following :

(1) For the reaction 2A + B → products, find the rate law from the following data :

[A]/M [B]/M rate/Ms-1
0.3 0.05 0.15
0.6 0.05 0.30
0.6 0.2 1.20

Solution:
In steps (i) and (ii), the concentration of A is doubled but the concentration of B remains constant. Since the rate is doubled the rate is proportional to the concentration of A or R α [A] and hence with respect to A order of the reaction is 1 or nA = 1.

In steps (ii) and (iii), the concentration of A is kept constant but the concentration of B is increased 4 times and rate of the reaction is increased 4 times. Hence the rate of reaction is proportional to concentration of B, R α [B] and hence with respect of B, order is 1 or nB = 1. Hence rate law will be, Rate = k [A] x [B].

(2) In a first order reaction A → product, 80 % of the given sample of compound decomposes in 40 min. What is the half life period of the reaction ?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 91
Answer:
Half life period = 17.22 min

(3) The reaction A + B → products is first order in each of the reactants.
(a) How does the rate of reaction change if the concentration of A is increased by factor 3?
(b) What is the change in the rate of reaction if the concentration of A is halved and concen­tration of B is doubled?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 92
Hence the rate remains the same.
Answer:
(a) The rate increases by factor 3.
(b) The rate remains the same.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(4) Half-life period of a first order reaction is 41.09 min. Calculate rate constant in per second.
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2
= 41.09 min = 41.09 x 60 s
= 2.465 x 103s
Rate constant = k = ?
For a first order reaction,
\(\begin{aligned}
k &=\frac{0.693}{t_{1 / 2}} \\
&=\frac{0.693}{2.465 \times 10^{3}}
\end{aligned}\)
= 2.81 x 10-4 s-1
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 2.81 x 10-4 s-1

(5) A first order reaction takes 15 minutes to com­plete 25%. How much will it take to complete 65 %?
Solution:
(i) Given : For 25% completion, t1 = 15 min.
For 35 % completion, t2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 94
Answer:
Time required to complete 65 % reaction = 547 min

(6) Gaseous A2 dissociates as, A2(g) → 2A(g). Initial pressure of A2 is 0.8 atm. After 20 minutes the pressure is 1.1 atm. Calculate rate constant and half-life period for the reaction.
Solution :
Given : [A]0 = Initial pressure = P0 = 0.8 atm
Final pressure = Total pressure = PT = 1.1 atm
Rate constant = k = ?
Half life period = t1/2 = ?
A2(g) → 2A(g)
P0 – x 2x
Pressure of A2 = Pt = P0 – x
Total pressure of the mixture,
PT = P0 – x + 2x = P0 + x
∴ x = PT – P0
∴ Pt = P0 – X = P0 – (PT – P0) – 2P0 – PT
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 95
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 2.35 x 10-2 min-1
Half-life period = t1/2 = 29.5 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(7) The decomposition of N2O5(g) at 320 K according to the following equation follows first order reaction :
N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g)
The initial concentration of N2O5(g) is 1-24 x 10-2 mol. L-1 and after 60 minutes,
0.20 x 10-2 mol. L-1. Calculate the rate con­stant of the reaction at 320 K.
Solution :
Given :
Initial concentration
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 96

(8) From the following data for the liquid phase reaction A → B, determine the order of reaction and calculate its rate constant:

t/s 0 600 1200 1800
[A]/Mol L-1 0.624 0.446 0.318 0.226

Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 97
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 5.618 x 10-4 s-1

(9) The concentration of a reactant in a first-order reaction A → products, varies with time as follows :

t/min 0 10 20 30 40
[AJ/M 0.0800 0.0536 0.0359 0.0241 0.0161

Show that the reaction is first order.
Solution :
Given : A → Products
[A]0 = 0.08 M
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 98
Since all the values of rate constant using first order rate law equation come constant, the reaction is of first order.
Answer:
Order of the reaction is one.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(10) In a first order reaction x → y, 40% of the given sample of compound remains unreacted in 45 minutes. Calculate rate constant of the reac­tion.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 99
Answer:
k = 0.02036 min-1

(11) If the half-life period of a zero order reaction with initial concentration 0.1 M is 21.3 min, what will be the half-life when the concentration is 0.3 M?
Solution :
Given : Reaction is zero order. t1/2 = 21.3, when
initial concentration = [A]1 x = 0.1 M t1/2 = 2 when
initial concentration = [A]2 = 0.3 M
For zero order reaction, t1/2 = \(\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 100
Answer:
Half life period = 63.9 min

(12) Consider the reaction 2A + 2B → 2C + D.
From the following data, calculate the order and rate constant of the reaction.

[A]0/M [B]0/M r0/Ms_1
0.488 0.160 0.24
0.244 0.160 0.06
0.244 0.320 0.12

Write the rate law of the reaction.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 101

Hence the reaction is 2nd order in A.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 102
Hence the reaction is first order in B.
The order of overall reaction = n = nA + nB = 2 + 1 = 3
By rate law,
Rate = R = k[A]2[B]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 103
Answer:
(i) Order of reaction = 3
(ii) Rate constant = k = 63M-2s-1
(iii) Rate law : Rate = k [A]2 [B]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(20) In acidic solution, sucrose is converted to a mixture of glucose and fructose in pseudo first order reaction. It has been found that the con-centration of sucrose decreased from 20 mmol L-1 to 8 mmol L-1 in 38 minutes. What is the half-life of the reaction?
Solution :
Given :
Initial concentration = [A]0 = [sucrose]0
= 20 mmol L-1
= 20 x 10-3 mol L-1

Final concentration = [A]t = [sucrose]t
= 8 mmol L-1
= 8 x 10-3 mol L-3
time = t = 38 min
Half-life period = t1/2 =?
For first order reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 106
Answer:
Half-life period = t1/2 = 28.74 min

(21) The half-life of a first order reaction is 1.7 hours. How long will it take for 20 % of the reactant to disappear?
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2 = 1.7 hrs.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 107
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 108
Answer:
Time required for 20% reaction = 32.86 min

(22) The gaseous reaction A2 → 2A is first order in A2. After 12.3 minutes, 65% of A2 remains un­decomposed. How long will it take to decompose 90% of A2? What is the half-life of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : A2 → 2A
t1 = 12.3 min
[A]0 = 100, [A], = 65
t2 = ? for 90 % decomposition Half-life period = t1/2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 109
Answer:
(i) Time required for 90% reaction = 65.8 min
(ii) Half-life periods = t1/2 = 19.8 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(23) Sucrose decomposes in acid solution to give glucose and fructose according to the first-order rate law. The half-life of the rection is 3 hours. Calculate the fraction of sucrose which will remain after 8 hours.
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2 = 3 hrs
Time = t = 8 hrs
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 110
Answer:
Fraction of sucrose left = 0.1576

(24) The rate constant of a first order reaction is 6.8 x 10-4 s-1. If the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.04 M, what is its molarity after 20 minutes? How long will it take for 25% of the reactant to react?
Solution :
Given : Rate constant = k = 6.8 x 10-4s-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 111
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 112
Answer:
(i) Molarity of reactant after 20 min = 0.0177 M
(ii) Time for 25 % of the reaction = 7.05 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(25) The rate constant of a certain first-order reaction is 3.12 x 10-3 min-1,
(a) How many minutes does it take for the reactant concentra­tion to drop to 0.02 M if the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.045 M?
(b) What is the molarity of the reactant after 1.5 hr?
Solution :
Given : Rate constant = k = 3.12 x 10-3 min-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 113
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 114
Answer:
(i) Time required to drop the concentration to 0.02 M = 260 min
(ii) Molarity after 1.5 hr = 0.034 M

(26) From the following data for the decomposition of azoisopropane,
(CH32)2 CHN = NCH(CH3)2 → N2 + C6H14 estimate the rate of the reaction when total pressure is 0.75 stm.

Time/s Total pressure/atm
0 0.65
200 1.0

Solution :
Given :
(CH3)2CHN = NCH(CH3)2(g) → N2(g) + C6H14(g)
At time t P0 – x x x
At t = 0, [A]0 = P0 = 0.65 atm
At t = 200 s,
Total pressure = PT = 0.75 atm, Rate =?
From the reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 115
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 116
Answer:
Rate of the reaction = 2.13 x 10-3 atm s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(27) The rate constant for a zero order reaction is 0.04 Ms-1. Calculate the half-life period of the reaction, when the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.01 M.
Solution :
Given : Order of the reaction = 0
Rate constant = k = 0.04 Ms-1
Concentration = [A]0 = 0.01 M
Half-life period = t1/2 =?
For zero order reaction,
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}=\frac{0.01}{0.04}=0.25 \mathrm{~s}\)
Answer:
Half-life period = t1/2 = 0.25 s

(28) A flask contains a mixture of A and B. Both the compounds decompose by first order kinetics. The half-lives are 60 min for A and 15 min for B. If the initial concentrations of A and B are equal, how long will it take for the concentration of A to be three times that of B?
Solution :
Given :
For A : tm = 60 min For B : t1/2 = 15 min
Let initial concentrations of
[A]0 = [B]0 = M mol dm-3
After time t, let the concentrations be, [B]t = x, then [A]t = 3x
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 117
Answer:
After 31.8 min, concentration of A will be three time that of B. ‘

Question 53.
Obtain Arrhenius equation from collision theory of bimolecular reactions.
Answer:
Consider a bimolecular reaction,
A – B + C → A + B – C
(i) Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic
requirement for a reaction to occur is reacting species A – B and C must come together and collide. The rate of reaction will depend on the rate and frequency of collisions between them. As the i concentration and temperature increase, rate of collisions increases, hence the rate of reaction increases. But the rate of reaction is low as com-pared to the rate of collisions.

(ii) Energy of activation : For fruitful collisions, the colliding molecules must possess a certain amount of energy called activation energy Ea. Due to collisions between A – B and C, there is a change in electron distribution about three nuclei namely A, B and C so that old A – B bond is weakened while new bond is partially formed between B and C, and results in the formation of an activated complex or a transition state.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 119

Therefore transition state always has higher energy than reactants or products. Due to high energy, activated complex is unstable, short lived and decomposes into the products.

To form activated complex, the reactant mol-ecules have to climb the potential energy barrier i. e., activation energy level, hence molecular collision energy of colliding molecules must be high so that reactant molecules form activated complex and further decompose into products.

The fraction (f) of molecules at temperature T having activation energy Ea is given by f = e-Ea/RT.

If P represents the probability of Z collisions with proper orientation then,
Reaction rate = P x Z x e-Ea/RT,

Hence the rate constant k of the reaction may be represented as, k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is called frequency factor or pre-exponential factor and ΔH is the enthalpy change of the reaction. This equation is called Arrhenius equation.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 54.
Define :
(i) Transition state or activated complex.
Answer:
Transition state or activated complex : The configuration of atoms formed from reactant molecules and which is at the peak of barrier in energy profile diagram having maximum potential energy compared to reactants and products is called transition state or activated complex.

Question 55.
If a gaseous reaction has activation energy 75k J mol-1 at 298 K, find the fraction of successful collisions.
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 75 kJ mol-1 = 75000 mol-1; Temperature = T = 298 K The fraction (f) of successful collisions between the molecules with an energy equal to Ea is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 120
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 121
This shows that only 7 collisions out of 1014 collisions are sufficiently energetic to convert reactants into products.

Question 56.
Draw energy profile diagram and show
(i) Activated complex
(ii) Energy of activation for forward reaction
(iii) Energy of activation for backward reaction
(iv) Heat of reaction.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 122
(i) B → Activated complex
(ii) Ef → Energy of activation for forward reaction
(iii) Eb → Energy of activation for backward reaction
(iv) ΔH → Heat of reaction.

Question 57.
Obtain Arrhenius equation, k = A x e-Ea/RT
Answer:
(i) From experimental observations of variation in rate constants with temperature, Arrhenius developed a mathematical equation between reaction rate con­stant (k), activation energy (Ea) and temperature T.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 123

When a graph of Ink is plotted against reciprocal of temperature (1/T) a straight line with a negative slope is obtained. This is described by a mathematical equation as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 124

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

where k is a rate constant, R is the gas constant, E.a is activation energy, T is absolute temperature and the parameter A is called frequency factor or preexponential factor. This is Arrhenius equation.

Question 58.
What is a frequency factor or pre-exponential factor?
Answer:
In Arrhenius equation, k=A x e-Ea/RT the factor A is called frequency factor and since it is a coefficient of exponential expression, e~Ea/RT it is also called a pre-exponential factor.

In the above equation k is a rate constant at temperature T, Ea is the energy of activation and R is a gas constant.

A is related to frequency of collisions (Z) or rate of collisions. It is represented as, A = P x Z where P is the probability of collisions with proper orientations and Z is the frequency of collisions of reacting molecules.

The units of A are same as that of k.

Question 59.
Obtain a relation, \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\),
OR
Obtain a relation showing variation in rate constant with temperature.
Answer:
By arrhenius equation, the rate constant k of the reaction at a temperature T is represented as, k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a frequency factor, R is a gas constant and Ed is the energy of activation.

By taking logarithm to the base e, we get,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 126

If kt and k2 are the rate constants at temperatures T1 and T2 respectively, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 127
By measuring the rate constants k1 and k2 at two different temperatures T1 and T2, the energy of activation Ea of the reaction can be obtained.

Question 60.
How is the energy of activation determined from rate constants at two different temperatures?
Answer:
For the given reaction, rate constants k1 and k2 are measured at two different temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Then \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\) where Ea is the energy of activation.

Hence by substituting appropriate values, energy of activation Ea for the reaction is determined.

Question 61.
Obtain a relation, \(\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{\left(t_{1 / 2}\right)_{2}}{\left(t_{1 / 2}\right)_{1}}\), where k1 and k2 are rate constants while (t1/2)1 and (t1/2)2 are halflife periods of the first order reaction at temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Write the relation for activation energy.
Answer:
The rate constant k and half-life period t1/2 are related as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 129

Question 62.
How does a catalyst differ from reaction intermediate?
Answer:

  • A catalyst accelerates the rate of reaction, while reaction intermediate has no effect on the rate of the reaction.
  • The catalyst is always present at the start of the reaction whereas reaction intermediate is produced during the mechanism of the reaction.
  • A catalyst is consumed in one of the steps of mechanism and regenerated in a subsequent step while the reaction intermediate is formed in one step and consumed in subsequent step.
  • The catalyst is stable but the reaction intermediate is unstable and short lived.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 63.
How is lowering of activation energy in the presence of a catalyst obtained?
Answer:

  • In the presence of a catalyst, activation energy of a reaction is lowered, hence rate and rate constant increase.
  • If ΔEa is lowering of activation energy, while k1 and k2 are the rate constants of the reaction in the absence and presence of the catalyst respectively then,
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 135

Question 64.
The rate constant of a reaction of 400 K is 1.35 x 102s-1. When a nickel catalyst is used, the rate constant of the reaction becomes 3.8 x 102s-1. Find activation energy. If the initial activation energy is 20 KJ, what will be activation energy in the presence of the catalyst?
Answer:
In the presence of a catalyst, the activation energy is lowered and rate constant is increased.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 136
The decrease activation energy of the reaction in the presence of a catalyst will be Ea = 20 – 3.446 = 16.554 kJ.

Solved Examples 6.6-6.7

Question 65.
Solve the following :

(1) Calculate activation energy for a reaction of which rate constant becomes four times when temperature changes from 30 °C to 50 °C. (Given : R = 8.314 K-1mol-1)
Solution :
Given : k2 = 4k1
T1 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
T2 = 273 + 50 = 323 K
Activation energy = Ea =?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 141
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 56.41 kJ

(2) The rate constant of a first order reaction are 0.58 s-1 at 313 K and 0.045 s-1 at 293 K. What is the energy of activation for the reaction?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 142
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 97.46 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(3) The energy of activation for a first order reaction is 104 kJ mol-1. The rate constant at 25°C is 3.7 x 10-5s-1. What is the rate constant at 30 °C?
Solution :
Given : Energy of activation = Ea = 104 kJ mol-1 = 104 x 103 mol-1
Initial rate constant – k1= 3.7 x 10-5 s-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
Final rate constant = k2 =?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 143
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 144
Answer:
Rate constant at 30 0C = 7.4 x 10-4 s-1

(4) What is the activation energy for a reaction whose rate constant doubles when temperature changes from 30 °C to 40 °C?
Solution :
Given :
Initial rate constant = k1
and final rate constant = k2; \(\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}\) = 2
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 40 = 313 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 145
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 54.66 kj mol-1

(5) The activation energy for a certain reaction is 334.4 kj mol-1. How many times larger is the rate constant at 610 K than the rate constant at 600 K?
Solution :
Given :
Activating energy = Ea = 334.4 kJ mol-1
= 334.4 x 103 J mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 600 K
Final temperature = T2 = 610 K
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 146
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 147
Answer:
Rate constant increase three time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(6) The rate of a reaction at 600 K is 7.5 x 105 times the rate of the same reaction at 400 K. Calculate the energy of activation for the reaction. (Hint: The ratio of rates is equal to the ratio of rate constants.)
Solution :
Given : \(\frac{R_{2}}{R_{1}}\) = 7.5 x 105.
From the hint, \(\frac{R_{2}}{R_{1}}=\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}\) = 7.5 x 10s
Initial temperature = T1 = 400 K
Final temperature = T2 = 600 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 148
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 135 kj mol-1

(7) The rate constant of a first order reaction at 25 °C is 0.24 s’. If the energy of activation of the reaction is 88 kJmol-1, at what temperature would this reaction have rate constant of 4 x 10-2s-1?
Solution :
Given : k2 =0.24s-1; k2 =4 x 10-2s-1 T1 = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Energy of activation = Ea
= 88 kJ mol-1 = 88000 J mol-1
T2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 149
Answer:
Temperature = 283.6 K

(8) The half-life of a first order reaction is 900 min at 820 K. Estimate its half-life at 720 K if the energy of activation ot the reaction is 250 kJ mol-1 (1.464 x 105 mm).
Solution:
Given: Initial half-life period = (t1/2)1 = 900 min
Energy of activation = 250 kJ mol-1
= 250 x 103 kJ mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 820 K
Final temperature = T2 = 720 K
Final half-life period = (t1/2)2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 150
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 151
Answer:
Half-life period = 1.46 x 105 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(9) The rate of a gaseous reaction is 6.08 x 10-2 Ms-1 at 50°C. What will be its rate at 60°C? Energy of activation of the reaction is 18.26 kj mol-1. (R = 8.314k-1 mol-1)
Solution :
Given : Initial rate = R1 = 6.08 x 10″2Ms-1
Energy of activation = Ea = 18.26 kJmol-1 = 18260 mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 50 = 323 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 60 = 333 K
Final rate of the reaction = R2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 152
Answer:
Rate of reaction at 37°C = 7.46 x 10-2 Ms-1

(10) A first order gas-phase reaction has an energy of activation of 240 kj mol-1. If the frequency factor of the reaction is 1.6 x 1013 s-1, calculate its rate constant at 600 K.
Solution :
Given : Energy of activation = Ea = 240 kJ mol-1 = 240 x 103 mol-1
Frequency factor = A = 1.6x 1013 s-1
Temperature = T= 600 K
Rate constant = k = ?
By Arrhenius equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 153
Answeer:
Rate constant = k = 2.01 x 10-8 s-1

(11) In the Arrhenius equation for a first order reaction, the values of ‘A’ and ‘Ea’ are 4 x 1013 sec-1 and 98.6 kJ mol-1 respectively. At what temperature will its half-life period be 10 minutes? [R = 8.314 JK-1 mol-2]
Solution :
Given
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 154
= 311.3 K
Answer:
Temperature = T = 311.3 K

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(12) The frequency factor for a second-order reaction is 4.83 x 1012M-1s-1 at 27°C. If the rate con­stant of the reaction is 1.37 x 10-3M-1s-1, find the energy of activation.
Solution :
Given : Frequency factor = A
= 4.83 x 1012 M-1s-1
Rate constant = k= 1.37 x 10-3 M-1s-1
Temperature = T = 273 + 27 = 300 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
By Arrhenius equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 155
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 89.305 kJ mol1

(13) Rate constants (k) for a reaction were measured at different temperatures. When log10ft was plotted against 1/T, the slope of the graph was 3.28 x 103. Calculate the energy of activation.
Solution :
Given : Slope of a graph = 3.28 x 103
Activation energy = Ea = ?
From Arrhenius equation, k = A x e-Ea/RT
\(\log _{10} k=\frac{-E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R} \times \frac{1}{T}+\log _{10} A\)

The graph is a straight line with slope equal to Ea/2.303R
∴ \(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R}\) = 3.28 x 103
∴ Ea = 2.303/? x 3.28 x 103
= 2.303 x 8.314 x 3.28 x 103
= 62.8 x 103 mol-1
= 62.8 kJ mol-1
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 62.8 kj mol-1

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 66.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. The rate of a reaction is expressed in the units
(a) L mol-1t-1
(b) mol dm-3 t-1
(c) Ms
(d) M-1s-1
Answer:
(b) mol dm-3 t-1

2. For a gaseous reaction the unit of rate of reaction is
(a) L atm s-1
(b) atm mol-1s-1
(c) atm s-1
(d) mol s
Answer:
(c) atm s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

3. In the reaction A 4- 3B → 2C, the rate of formation of C is
(a) the same as rate of consumption of A
(b) the same as the rate of consumption of B
(c) twice the rate of consumption of A
(d) 3/2 times the rate of consumption of B
Answer:
(c) twice the rate of consumption of A

4. The units of rate of a reaction and rate constant are same for a reaction of order.
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) fractional
Answer:
(a) zero

5. During the progress of a reaction, the rate constant of a reaction
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains unchanged
(d) first increases and then decreases
Answer:
(a) increases

6. For the reaction, 2A → 3C, the reaction rate is equal to
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 158
Answer:
(c)

7. For the reaction, 2X + 3Y → 4Z, reaction may be represented as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 159
Answer:
(b)

8. For the reaction 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) liquid bromine, which of the following rate equation is ‘incorrect’?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 160
Answer:
(b)

9. The rate of reaction for certain reaction is expressed as :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 161
The reaction is
(a) 3A → 2B + C
(b) 2B → 3A + C
(c) 2B+C → 3A
(d) 3A + 2B → C
Answer:
(c) 2B+C → 3A

10. Order of a reaction is
(a) number of molecules reacting in a reaction
(b) the number of molecules whose concentration changes during a reaction
(c) the number of molecules of reactants whose concentration determine the rate
(d) increase in number of molecules of products
Answer:
(c) the number of molecules of reactants whose concentration determine the rate

11. The unit of rate constant for zero order reaction is
(a) t-1
(b) mol dm-3 t-1
(c) mol-1 dm3 t-1
(d) mol-2 dm6 t-1
Answer:
(b) mol dm-3 t-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

12. A → B is a first order reaction with rate 6.6 x 10-5 ms-1. When [A] is 0.6 m, rate constant of the reaction is-
(a) 1.1 x 10-5 s-1
(b) 1.1 x 10-4 s-1
(c) 9 x 10-5 s-1
(d) 9 x 10-4 s-1
Answer:
(b) 1.1 x 10-4 s-1

13. For a first order reaction, when the rate of a reaction is plotted against concentration of the reactant, then the graph obtained is
(a) a curve
(b) a straight line with negative slope
(c) a straight line with a positive slope
(d) a straight line with positive intercept
Answer:
(c) a straight line with a positive slope

14. For a chemical reaction, A → products, the rate of reaction doubles when the concentration of ‘A’ is increased by a factor of 4, the order of reaction is
(a) 2
(b) 0.5
(c) 4
(d) 1
Answer:
(b) 0.5

15. The order of reaction between equimolar mixture of H2 and Cl2 in the presence of sunlight is
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
(a) 0

16. Molecularity of reaction can be
(a) zero
(b) integral
(c) fractional
(d) negative
Answer:
(b) integral

17. The reaction,
CH3COOC2H5 + H2O \(\stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow}\) CH3COOH + C2H5OH is of
(a) zero order
(b) first order
(c) second order
(d) pseudo first order reaction
Answer:
(d) pseudo first order reaction

18. A reaction is first order with respect to reactant A and second order with respect to reactant B. The rate law for the reaction is given by
(a) rate = k[A][B]2
(b) rate = [A][B]2
(c) rate = k [A]2[B]
(d) rate = k[A]0[B]2
Answer:
(a) rate = k[A][B]2

19. Molecularity of an elementary reaction
(a) may be zero
(b) is always integral
(c) may be semi-integral
(d) may be integral, fractional or zero.
Answer:
(b) is always integral

20. The unit of rate constant for first order reaction is
(a) min-2
(b) s
(c) s-1
(d) min
Answer:
(c) s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

21. The integrated rate equation for first order reaction A → products is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 162
Answer:
(b)

22. Time required to complete 90% of the first order reaction is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 163
Answer:
(a)

23. The rate constant of a first order reaction is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 164
Answer:
(d)

24. The half-life of a first order reaction is 30 min and the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.1M. If the initial concentration of reactant is doubled, then the half-life of the reaction will be
(a) 1800s
(c) 15 min
(b) 60 min
(d) 900s
Answer:
(a) 1800s

25. The rate constant for a first order reaction is loos the time required for completion of 50% of reaction is-
(a) 0.0693 milliseconds
(b) 0.693 milliseconds
(c) 6.93 milliseconds
(d) 69.3 milliseconds
Answer:
(c) 6.93 milliseconds

26. The slope of the straight line obtained by plotting rate versus concentration of reactant for a first order reaction is
(a) – k
(b) – k/2.303
(c) k/2.303
(d) k
Answer:
(d) k

27. If C0 and C are the concentrations of a reactant initially and after time t then, for a first order reaction
(a) C = C0ekr
(b) C0 = 1/C e-kr
(c) C = C0e-kr
(d) CO = C ekr
Answer:
(b) C0 = 1/C e-kr

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

28. A graph corresponding to a first order reaction is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 165
Answer:
(b)

29. For two first order reactions, A → products and B → products, k1 and k2 are the rate constants. The fIrst reaction (A) is slower than the second reaction (B). The graphical observation corresponding to this observation will be
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 166
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 167
Answer:
(b)

30. Half-life (t1/2) of first order reaction is
(a) dependent of concentration
(b) independent of concentration
(c) dependent of time
(d) dependent of molecularity
Answer:
(b) independent of concentration

31. For a first order reaction, the half-life period is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 168
Answer:
(c)

32. When half-life period of a zero order reaction is plotted against concentration of the reactant at constant temperature, the graph obtained is
(a) a curve
(b) a straight line with a positive slope
(c) a straight line with a negative slope
(d) an exponential graph
Answer:
(b) a straight line with a positive slope

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

33. The rate of a reaction between A and B is R = k [A]n x [B]m On doubling the concentration of A and halving the concentration of B, the ratio of the new rate to the earlier rate of the reaction will be
(a) m + n
(b) n – m
(c) 2(n-m)
(d) \(\frac{1}{{ }_{2} n+m}\)
Answer:
(c) 2(n-m)

34. Consider the reaction
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 169
(a) 0,052 M/s
(b) 0.114 M/s
(c) 0.026 M/s
(d) -0.026 M/s
Answer:
(c)

35. The rate of the first order reaction A → products is 0.01 M/s, when reactant concentration is 0.2 M. The rate constant for the reaction will be
(a) 0.05 s-1
(b) 0.05 min-1
(c) 0.1 s-1
(d) 0.01 s-1
Answer:
(a) 0.05 s-1

36. The rate constant of a reaction
(a) decreases with increasing Ea
(b) decreases with decreasing Ea
(c) is independent of Ea
(d) decreases with increasing temperature
Answer:
(a) decreases with increasing Ea

37. The slope of a graph In [A]t versus t for a first order reaction is -2.5 x 10-3s-1. The rate constant for the reaction will be
(a) 5.76 x 10-3s-1
(b) 1.086 x 10-3s-1
(c) -2.5 x 10-3s-1
(d) 2.5 x 10-3s-1
Answer:
(d) 2.5 x 10-3s-1

38. For the reaction, Cl2 + 2I → 2CI + I2, the initial concentration of I was 0.2 mol L and the concentration after 20 minutes was 0.18 mol L-1. Then the rate of formation of I2 in mol L min-1 will be
(a) 1 x 10-3
(b) 5 x 10-4
(c) 1 x 10-4
(d) 2 x 10-3
Answer:
(b) 5 x 10-4

39. A catalyst increases the rate of the reaction by
(a) increasing Ea
(b) increasing T
(c) decreasing Ea
(d) decreasing T
Answer:
(c) decreasing Ea

40. The Arrhenius equation is
(a) A = ke-Ea/RT
(b) A/k = e-Ea/RT
(c) k = AeEa/RT
(d) k = Aee-RT/Ea
Answer:
(b) A/k = e-Ea/RT

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

41. The Arrhenius equation is
(a) k = Ae-RT/Ea
(b) A = keEa/RT
(c) k = Ae-RT/Ea
(d) A = keEa/RT
Answer:
(d) A = keEa/RT

42. When the initial concentration of the reactant is doubled, the half-life period of the reaction is also doubled. Hence the order of the reaction is
(a) one
(b) two
(c) fraction
(d) zero
Answer:
(d) zero

43. If k1 and k2 are the rate constants of the given reaction in the presence and absence of the catalyst, then
(a) k1 = k2
(b) k1 > k2
(c) k1 < k2
(d) k1 > k2
Answer:
(b) k1 > k2

44. If the ratio of rate constants at two temperatures for the given reaction is 2.5, the ratio of corresponding half-life periods is
(a) 2.5
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 0.4
Answer:
(d) 0.4

45. For a zero order reaction, if Co is the initial concentration, then the half life period will be
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 170
Answer:
(c)

46. The order of nuclear disintegration reaction is
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) fraction
Answer:
(b) one

47. The unit of rate constant for zero order reaction is
(a) mol L-2 s-1
(b) mol-1Ls-1
(c) mol2L-2s-1
(d) mol L-1 s-1
Answer:
(d) mol L-1 s-1

48. When a graph of log10k is plotted against 1 /T, the slope of the line is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 171
Answer:
(d)

49. The slope of a graph obtained by plotting half-life period and initial concentration of the reactant in zero order reaction is
\((a) \frac{2.303}{k}
(b) \frac{1}{k}
(c) \frac{1}{2 k}
(d) \frac{k}{2.303}\)
Answer:
(c)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

50. When a graph of log, 0k against 1/T is plotted, for reaction, a graph with slope equal to 1 x 103 is obtained. Hence the activation energy is
(a) 8.314 x 103 Jmor-1
(b) 3.61 kJ mol-1
(c) 4.85 x 103 Jmol-1
(d) 19.1 kJ mol-1
Answer:
(d) 19.1 kJ mol-1

51. The correct expression for activation energy is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 172
Answer:
(c)

52. In the reaction, 2A(g) → B(g), the initial pressure of A is 2.5 atm. After 10 minutes the pressure becomes 2.2 atm. Hence the pressure of A is
(a) 1.2 atm
(b) 1.9 atm
(c) 2.3 atm
(d) 0.3 atm
Answer:
(b) 1.9 atm

53. The half-life period of zero order reaction A → product is given by –
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 173
Answer:
(c)